summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/blu
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900
commite0c6872cf40896c7be36b11dcc744620f10adf1d (patch)
tree60335e10d2f4354b0674ec22d7b53f0f8abee672 /macros/blu
Initial commit
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/blu')
-rw-r--r--macros/blu/address.dat234
-rw-r--r--macros/blu/blue.tex4225
-rw-r--r--macros/blu/fmt.dat1418
-rw-r--r--macros/blu/lit.dat2375
-rw-r--r--macros/blu/pic.dat1358
-rw-r--r--macros/blu/readme.fst120
-rw-r--r--macros/blu/tools.dat2082
7 files changed, 11812 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/macros/blu/address.dat b/macros/blu/address.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b052997064
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/blu/address.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+%Address database, cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%Setup Januari 1995
+%Conventions
+%\def\<name>{%
+%Name of person or organization
+%\\Affiliation
+%\email{...}
+%\phone{...}
+%\fax{...}
+%\private{<privat address>}
+%}
+%The \email, \phone and \fax are extra,
+%when defined as gobble they won't hinder.
+\lst\adamskim{Marcin
+\\Marcin M Adamski
+\\Centrum Banacha pok. 3
+\\Ul. Mokotowska 25
+\\00-950 Warszawa
+\\POLAND
+\phone{}
+\email{adamski@impan.impan.gov.pl}
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
+}
+\lst\bollandj{Julita
+\\Julita Bolland
+\\Ul. Kaspyska 2m.2
+\\02-760 Warszawa
+\\POLAND
+\phone{0 48 (0)22 421767}
+\email{julitab@plearn.edu.pl}
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
+}
+\lst\bzylw{W{\l}odek
+\\W Bzyl
+\\Borowikowa 27m.4
+\\81080 Gdynia
+\\POLAND
+\phone{0 23 (0)85 84}
+\email{matwb@halina.univ.gda.pl}
+}
+\lst\coninckl{Luc
+\\L de Coninck
+\\De Kraal
+\\Zeedijk 101
+\\8400 Ostende
+\\BELGIUM
+\phone{059 506139}
+\email{ldc@kihwv.be}
+\registeredbluetrue\no{1}
+}
+\lst\creiderc{Chet
+\\C Creider
+\\Canada
+\email{creider@csd.uwo.ca}
+%\registeredbluetrue\no{2}%???
+}
+\lst\dolw{Wietse
+\\W Dol
+\\Coebergerstr. 12
+\\5624 AV Eindhoven
+\\The Netherlands
+\phone{040 467083}
+\email{W.Dol@LEI.AGRO.NL}
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
+}
+\lst\frambachehm{Erik
+\\Erik Frambach
+\\Boelemaheerd 32
+\\Groningen
+\email{e.h.m.frambach@eco.rug.nl}
+\phone{050 633785 privat: 050-421826}
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
+}
+\lst\gorbunovai{Irina
+\\Irina and Sergei Gorbunovi
+\\Dimitrovski Pr. {\oldstyle8}, KB {\oldstyle93}
+\\{\oldstyle125422} Moscow
+\\RUSSIA
+\phone{095 9768261}
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{hon}
+}
+\lst\grinevaoa{Olienka
+\\O.A Grineva
+\\Kosigina {\oldstyle11}-{\oldstyle2}, KB {\oldstyle322}
+\\{\oldstyle195426} St.\ Peterburg
+\\RUSSIA
+\phone{00-7-812-5206186}
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
+}
+\lst\oljagpo{Olja
+\\O.A Grineva
+\\OS-{\oldstyle426} Post Office Box {\oldstyle153}
+\\{\oldstyle195426} St. Peterburg
+\\RUSSIA
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
+}
+\lst\hendricksona{Amy
+\\A Hendrickson
+\\57 Longwood Avenue
+\\Brookline MA 02146
+\\USA
+\email{amyh@ai.mit.edu}
+\phone{617-738-8029}
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
+}
+\lst\isf{ISF
+\\International Science Foundation
+\\Washington
+\\USA
+\fax{202 342 2765}
+}
+\lst\jancm{Mirko
+\\M Janc
+\\Texhnical Typesetting Inc.
+\\1510 Caton Center Drive Suite E
+\\Baltimore MD 21227
+\\USA
+\phone{410 987 1822}
+\privat{613 Waterwheel Lane
+\\Apt 34 MIllersville
+\\MD 21108
+\\USA}
+}
+\lst\jascowskib{Bogus{\l}aw
+\\B Jascowski
+\\Ul. Tatrza\'nska 6/1
+\\80331 Gdansk
+\\POLAND
+\phone{0 48 (0)58 567877}
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
+}
+\lst\knuthde{Prof.\ Knuth
+\\D.E Knuth
+\\Department of The Art of Computer Programming
+\\Stanford University
+\\Stanford CA 94305
+\\USA
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
+}
+\lst\kolodziejskah{Hanna
+\\H Ko{\l}odziejskah
+\\Ul. Rembielinska 15m.131
+\\03-352 Warszawa
+\\POLAND
+\phone{614 08 11}
+\email{hkolo@plearn.edu.pl}
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
+}
+\lst\laancgvander{Kees
+\\C.G van der Laan
+\\Hunzeweg 57
+\\9893 PB Garnwerd
+\\Garnwerd (Gr)
+% \\The Netherlands
+\phone{31 (0)5941 1525}
+\email{cgl@rc.service.rug.nl}
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-100}
+}
+\lst\makhovayai{Irina
+\\I Makhovaya
+\\MIR Publishers
+\\Pervy Rishsky Pr. 2
+\\129820 Moscow
+\\RUSSIA
+\email{cyrtug@mir.msk.su}
+\phone{286 06 22}
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
+}
+\lst\nemogak{Karol
+\\RNDr Karol Nemoga Csc
+\\Obchodno 4
+\\Bratuslava
+\\SLOWAKY
+\phone{07 3309 224}
+\email{nemoga@savba.cs}
+}
+\lst\nesgjhv{Gerard
+\\G J H van Nes
+\\Dars 9
+\\1751 PD Schagerbrug
+%\\The Netherlands
+\phone{02247-1918} %ecn: \phone{02246-4185}, \fax{02246-1864}
+\email{vannes@ecn.nl}
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
+}
+\lst\ntg{NTG
+\\Nederlandstalige \TeX{} Gebruikersgroep
+\\Postbus 394
+\\1740 AJ Schagen
+%\\The Netherlands
+\email{ntg@nic.surfnet.nl}
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
+}
+\lst\ryckom{Marek
+\\M Ry\'cko
+\\Ul. Anielewicza 23m.68
+\\01-026 Warszawa
+\\POLAND
+\phone{0 48 (0)22 386258}
+\email{marek@camk.edu.pl}
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
+}
+\lst\salomond{David
+\\D Salomon
+\\11835 Sapota Dr.
+\\Lakeside CA 92040
+\\USA
+\email{dxs@ms.secs.csun.edu}
+\phone{09 619 443 6528}
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
+}
+\lst\temme{Nico
+\\N.M Temme
+\\P. van Wijngaardlaan 18
+\\1391 VD Abcoude
+%\\THE NETHERLANDS
+\email{nicot@cwi.nl}
+\phone{02946 3345}
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
+}
+\lst\winninkj{Jos
+\\Jos Winnink
+\\Centraal Plan Bureau
+\\Applied Mathematics and Computer Science Department
+\\van Stolkweg 14
+\\PO Box 80510
+\\2508GM Den Haag
+%\\THE NETHERLANDS
+\email{jos.winnink@cpb.nl}
+\phone{31) 70 338 3339 privat: 050-421826}
+\fax{(31) 70 338 3350}
+\registeredbluetrue%\no{-1}
+}
+\endinput \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/blu/blue.tex b/macros/blu/blue.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0aa5d33fb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/blu/blue.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,4225 @@
+%To prevent double loading
+\ifx\beginscript\undefined\else
+\message{---not loaded---}\endinput\fi
+%The material is shareware and subject
+%to the separate note on copyright.
+%
+%To print the format properly, copy
+%the following 11-lines job and
+%substitute the semicolon token
+%(=escape char) for `semi-col'. (2x)
+% ---Kees---
+%\input blue.tex
+%\hfuzz10pt
+%\title{File: blue.tex}
+%\issue{Version 1.0}
+%\beginscript
+%\thisverbatim={\catcode`\`semicol'=0
+% \catcode`\!=12
+% \catcode`\|=12
+% \input blue.tex}
+%\beginverbatim
+%`semi-col'endverbatim
+%\endscript
+%
+%
+%
+%Copyright Notice BLUe's Format system
+%-------------------------------------
+%The software
+% blue.tex
+% fmt.dat
+% tools.dat
+%is shareware available. It is not allowed
+%to make any profit on it. A happy user is
+%requested to send US$25 to the author, or
+%better still according to the Macindex the
+%equivalent of 20 breads in US dollars.
+%(twenty-five US dollar)
+% C.G van der Laan
+% Hunzeweg 57
+% 9893 PB Garnwerd
+% The Netherlands
+% (cgl@rc.service.rug.nl)
+%The contributors will be added to my
+% register.blu database.
+%Russian users are relieved for the moment
+%from the shareware request, with respect
+%to personal use.
+%Auxiliary and personalized files are the
+%databases
+% address.dat addresses
+% lit.dat references
+% pic.dat pictures.
+%
+%The main reason to ask for shareware support
+%is to protect myself against too many request,
+%and to raise some funds to continue my \TeX{}
+%work.
+%
+%The user's guide `Publishing with \TeX,' and the
+%accompanying articles are free for personal use.
+%
+% March, 1995
+% C.G van der Laan%;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%general description%
+\message{ ---blue.tex 1.0, Jan 95, cgl--- }
+% ;nonum
+%This file blue.tex accompanies
+%Publishing with TeX by Kees van der Laan
+%Available from CTAN:
+%-pwt.scr (user's guide, which invokes
+% the chapters: pwt.int, -.txt, -.mat
+% -.tab, -.grf, -.ref, -.ind, -.cus
+% -.aft, -.fmt, -.tls, -.tot, -.his,
+% next to the dynamical generated
+% answers, examples, contents and index.)
+%-blue.tex (macros)
+%-fmt.dat, tools.dat,
+%-lit.dat, pic.dat, address.dat.
+%Author: C.G. van der Laan
+% Hunzeweg 57
+% 9893 PB Garnwerd
+% The Netherlands
+% 31 (0)594 62 1525
+% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%Purpose: general independent format.
+%It is composed of
+%-- abbreviations, from tugboat.cmn
+%-- manmac.tex (+customization macros)
+%-- ppt.tex, my preprint proposal, from
+% TUGboat BLUes
+%-- miscellaneous additions
+%-- \eqalign family with multi-alignment
+% point, from Math into BLUes
+%-- icon macros via LaTeX's line fonts
+%-- btable.tex, my bordered table macros,
+% from Table Diversions
+%-- vrb.tex (my verbatim mode suite), from
+% BLUe's Verbatim
+%-- macros for cross-referencing, from
+% BLUe's Cross-Referencing
+%-- macros for bibliography handling, from
+% BLUe's Bibliography
+%-- gkppic.tex a subset of gkpmac.tex for
+% LaTeX's picture environment
+%-- turtle graphics
+%-- trs.tex for overhead transparencies
+%-- crs.tex for crosswords via plain
+%-- macros for creating an index
+% from BLUe's Index
+%The problem is to keep the constituent
+%collections unaltered.
+%For each set a table of contents has
+%been added to locate macros.
+%The reason for putting it all in one file
+%is to handle conflicting items and to
+%facilitate fast loading, read make it a
+%format.
+%Note. In order to process this file
+%verbatim the semicolon has been reserved
+%as escape character.
+%The files have not been ordered alphabe-
+%tically, due to the hierarchy.
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%general description%;newpage
+%
+%
+%
+\catcode`\@=11
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%abbreviations%
+%;numvrb
+%Abbreviations borrowed from tugboat.cmn.
+\newcount\TestCount
+\def\smc{\tensmc}
+\def\SMC{\ninerm}
+\font\tensmc=cmcsc10
+
+\def\AllTeX{(\La)\TeX}
+
+\def\AMS{American Mathematical Society}
+
+\def\AmS{{\the\textfont2 A}\kern-.1667em%
+ \lower.5ex\hbox{\the\textfont2 M}%
+ \kern-.125em{\the\textfont2 S}}
+\def\AmSTeX{\AmS-\TeX}
+ \def\AmSLaTeX{\AmS-\LaTeX}%Addition
+\def\aw{A\kern.1em-W}
+\def\AW{Addison\kern.1em-\penalty\z@
+ \hskip\z@skip Wesley}
+
+\def\BibTeX{{\rm B\kern-.05em{\smc i%
+ \kern-.025emb}\kern-.08em\TeX}}
+
+\def\CandT{{\sl Computers \&
+ Typesetting}}
+
+\def\DVItoVDU{DVIto\kern-.12em VDU}
+
+\def\ISBN{{\SMC ISBN} }
+
+% Japanese TeX
+\def\JTeX{\leavevmode\hbox{\lower.5ex%
+ \hbox{J}\kern-.18em\TeX}}
+
+\def\JoT{{\sl The Joy of \TeX}}
+
+\def\LAMSTeX{L\raise.42ex\hbox{\kern
+ -.3em\the\scriptfont2 A}\kern-.2em%
+ \lower.376ex\hbox{\the\textfont2 M}%
+ \kern-.125em{\the\textfont2 S}-\TeX}
+ \let\LAmsTeX=\LAMSTeX%addition
+\def\La{\TestCount=\the\fam \leavevmode
+ L\raise.42ex\hbox{$\fam\TestCount
+ \scriptstyle\kern-.3em A$}}
+\def\LaTeX{\La\kern-.15em\TeX}
+
+% for Robert McGaffey
+\def\Mc{\setbox\TestBox=\hbox{M}M\vbox
+ to\ht\TestBox{\hbox{c}\vfil}}
+
+\font\manual=logo10
+% font used for the METAFONT logo, etc.
+\def\MF{{\manual META}\-{\manual FONT}}
+\def\MP{{\manual META}\-{\smc post}}
+\def\MFB{{\sl The \slMF book}}
+
+% multilingual (INRS) TeX
+\def\mtex{T\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex%
+ \hbox{\^E}\kern-.125emX}
+
+\def\pcMF{\leavevmode\raise.5ex\hbox
+ {p\kern-.3ptc}MF}
+\def\PCTeX{PC\thinspace\TeX}
+\def\pcTeX{\leavevmode\raise.5ex\hbox
+ {p\kern-.3ptc}\TeX}
+
+\def\Pas{Pascal}
+
+\def\PiC{P\kern-.12em\lower.5ex%
+ \hbox{I}\kern-.075emC}
+\def\PiCTeX{\PiC\kern-.11em\TeX}
+
+\def\plain{{\tt plain}}
+
+\def\POBox{P.\thinspace O.\ Box }
+\def\POBoxTUG{\POBox\unskip\ 21041,
+ Santa Barbara, CA93121-1041, USA}
+
+\def\PS{{Post\-Script}}
+
+\def\SC{Steering Committee}
+
+\def\SGML{{\SMC SGML}}
+
+\def\SliTeX{{\rm S\kern-.06em{\smc
+ l\kern-.035emi}\kern-.06em\TeX}}
+
+\def\slMF{\MF}
+%Use \font\manualsl=logosl10 instead,
+%if it's available, for
+%\def\slMF{{\manualsl META}\-{\manualsl
+% FONT}}
+
+% Atari ST (Klaus Guntermann)
+\def\stTeX{{\smc st\rm\kern-0.13em\TeX}}
+
+\def\TANGLE{{\tt TANGLE}}
+
+\def\TB{{\sl The \TeX book}}
+\def\TP{{\sl \TeX\/}:
+ {\sl The Program\/}}
+
+\def\TeX{T\hbox{\kern-.1667em%
+ \lower.424ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}
+
+\def\TeXhax{\TeX hax}
+
+% Don Hosek
+\def\TeXMaG{\TeX M\kern-.1667em%
+ \lower.5ex\hbox{A}\kern-.2267emG}
+
+\def\TeXtures{{\it Textures}}
+\let\Textures=\TeXtures
+
+\def\TeXXeT{\TeX--X\kern-.125em%
+ \lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667emT}
+
+\def\ttn{{\sl TTN}}
+\def\TTN{{\sl \TeX{} and TUG News}}
+
+\def\tubfont{\sl}
+\def\TUB{{\tubfont TUGboat\/}}
+
+\def\TUG{\TeX\ \UG}
+
+\def\UG{Users Group}
+
+\def\UNIX{{\SMC UNIX}}
+
+\def\VAX{\leavevmode\hbox{V\kern-.12em%
+ A\kern-.1em X}}
+
+\def\VorTeX{V\kern-2.7pt\lower.5ex%
+ \hbox{O\kern-1.4pt R}\kern-2.6pt\TeX}
+
+\def\XeT{\leavevmode\hbox{X\kern-.125em%
+ \lower.424ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667emT}}
+
+\def\WEB{{\tt WEB}}
+\def\WEAVE{{\tt WEAVE}}
+%Additions
+\def\maps#1#2{MAPS {\oldstyle#1}.%
+ {\oldstyle#2}}%;nonum
+%
+%Although not necessary because of
+%alphabetical ordering, I supplied
+%also
+%
+%Table of contents abbreviations TUG
+%\AllTeX..........................7
+%\AMS.............................9
+%\AmS, \AmSTeX...................14
+%\aw.............................16
+%\AW.............................17
+%\BibTeX.....................20, 21
+%\CandT......................23, 24
+%\DVItoVDU.......................26
+%\ISBN...........................28
+%\JTeX.......................31, 32
+%\JoT............................34
+%\LAMSTeX....................36--39
+%\La.........................41--43
+%\LaTeX..........................44
+%\maps (added)
+%\Mc.........................47--48
+%\MF.............................52
+%\mf.............................53
+%\MFB........................54, 55
+%\mtex.......................57, 58
+%\pcMF.......................60, 61
+%\PCTeX..........................62
+%\pcTeX......................63, 64
+%\Pas............................66
+%\PiCTeX.........................70
+%\plain..........................72
+%\POBox..........................74
+%\POBoxTUG...................75--76
+%\PS.............................78
+%\SC.............................80
+%\SGML...........................82
+%\SliTeX.....................84, 85
+%\slMF......................%90, 91
+%\stTeX..........................94
+%\TANGLE.........................96
+%\TB.............................98
+%\TP.............................99
+%\TeX......................102, 103
+%\TeXhax........................105
+%\TeXMaG...................108, 109
+%\TeXtures......................111
+%\TeXXeT...................114, 115
+%\ttn...........................117
+%\TTN...........................118
+%\TUB...........................121
+%\TUG...........................123
+%\UG............................125
+%\UNIX..........................127
+%\VAX......................129, 130
+%\VorTeX...................132, 133
+%\XeT......................135, 136
+%\WEB...........................138
+%\WEAVE.........................139
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%abbreviations%;newpage
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%manmac%
+%;numvrb
+%manmac.tex cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%Knuth's macros for formatting The TeXbook
+%and The METAfont book.
+%
+%\catcode`@=11
+%
+\font\tentex=cmtex10
+
+\font\inchhigh=cminch
+\font\titlefont=cmssdc10 at 40pt
+
+\font\ninerm=cmr9
+\font\eightrm=cmr8
+\font\sixrm=cmr6
+
+\font\ninei=cmmi9
+\font\eighti=cmmi8
+\font\sixi=cmmi6
+\skewchar\ninei='177
+\skewchar\eighti='177
+\skewchar\sixi='177
+
+\font\ninesy=cmsy9
+\font\eightsy=cmsy8
+\font\sixsy=cmsy6
+\skewchar\ninesy='60
+\skewchar\eightsy='60
+\skewchar\sixsy='60
+
+\font\eightss=cmssq8
+
+\font\eightssi=cmssqi8
+
+\font\ninebf=cmbx9
+\font\eightbf=cmbx8
+\font\sixbf=cmbx6
+
+\font\ninett=cmtt9
+\font\eighttt=cmtt8
+
+\hyphenchar\tentt=-1 % inhibit hyphenation
+ % in typewriter type
+\hyphenchar\ninett=-1
+\hyphenchar\eighttt=-1
+
+\font\ninesl=cmsl9
+\font\eightsl=cmsl8
+
+\font\nineit=cmti9
+\font\eightit=cmti8
+
+\font\tenu=cmu10 % unslanted text italic
+\font\magnifiedfiverm=cmr5 at 10pt
+%Next two not available on my system
+%\font\manual=manfnt % font used for the
+ % METAFONT logo, etc.
+%\font\cmman=cmman % font used for
+%
+%miscellaneous Computer Modern variations
+\newskip\ttglue
+\def\tenpoint{\def\rm{\fam0\tenrm}%
+ \textfont0=\tenrm\scriptfont0=\sevenrm
+ \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm
+ \textfont1=\teni \scriptfont1=\seveni
+ \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei
+ \textfont2=\tensy\scriptfont2=\sevensy
+ \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy
+ \textfont3=\tenex\scriptfont3=\tenex
+ \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
+ \def\it{\fam\itfam\tenit}\def\oldstyle
+ {\fam1 \teni}\textfont\itfam=\tenit
+ \def\sl{\fam\slfam\tensl}%
+ \textfont\slfam=\tensl
+ \def\bf{\fam\bffam\tenbf}%
+ \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
+ \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf
+ \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf
+ \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\tentt}%
+ \textfont\ttfam=\tentt
+ \tt \ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
+ \normalbaselineskip=12pt plus1pt minus1pt
+ \def\MF{{\manual META}\-{\manual FONT}}%
+ \let\sc=\eightrm
+ \let\big=\tenbig
+ \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule
+ height8.5pt depth3.5pt width\z@}%
+ \normalbaselines\rm}
+
+\def\ninepoint{\def\rm{\fam0\ninerm}%
+ \textfont0=\ninerm\scriptfont0=\sixrm
+ \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm
+ \textfont1=\ninei\scriptfont1=\sixi
+ \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei
+ \textfont2=\ninesy\scriptfont2=\sixsy
+ \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy
+ \textfont3=\tenex\scriptfont3=\tenex
+ \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
+ \def\it{\fam\itfam\nineit}\def\oldstyle
+ {\fam1 \ninei}\textfont\itfam=\nineit
+ \def\sl{\fam\slfam\ninesl}%
+ \textfont\slfam=\ninesl
+ \def\bf{\fam\bffam\ninebf}%
+ \textfont\bffam=\ninebf
+ \scriptfont\bffam=\sixbf
+ \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf
+ \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\ninett}%
+ \textfont\ttfam=\ninett
+ \tt \ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
+ \normalbaselineskip=11pt plus1pt minus1pt
+ \def\MF{{\manual hijk}\-{\manual lmnj}}%
+ \let\sc=\sevenrm
+ \let\big=\ninebig
+ \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height8pt
+ depth3pt width\z@}%
+ \normalbaselines\rm}
+
+\def\eightpoint{\def\rm{\fam0\eightrm}%
+ \textfont0=\eightrm \scriptfont0=\sixrm
+ \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm
+ \textfont1=\eighti \scriptfont1=\sixi
+ \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei
+ \textfont2=\eightsy \scriptfont2=\sixsy
+ \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy
+ \textfont3=\tenex \scriptfont3=\tenex
+ \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
+ \def\it{\fam\itfam\eightit}\def\oldstyle
+ {\fam1 \eighti}\textfont\itfam=\eightit
+ \def\sl{\fam\slfam\eightsl}%
+ \textfont\slfam=\eightsl
+ \def\bf{\fam\bffam\eightbf}%
+ \textfont\bffam=\eightbf
+ \scriptfont\bffam=\sixbf
+ \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf
+ \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\eighttt}%
+ \textfont\ttfam=\eighttt
+ \tt \ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
+ \normalbaselineskip=10pt plus1pt minus1pt
+ \def\MF{{\manual opqr}\-{\manual stuq}}%
+ \let\sc=\sixrm
+ \let\big=\eightbig
+ \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height7pt
+ depth2pt width\z@}%
+ \normalbaselines\rm}
+
+\def\tenmath{\tenpoint\fam-1 } % use after $
+ % in ninepoint sections
+\def\tenbig#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to8.5pt{}%
+ \right.\n@space$}}}
+\def\ninebig#1{{\hbox{$\textfont0=\tenrm
+ \textfont2=\tensy
+ \left#1\vbox to7.25pt{}\right.\n@space$}}}
+\def\eightbig#1{{\hbox{$\textfont0=\ninerm
+ \textfont2=\ninesy
+ \left#1\vbox to6.5pt{}\right.\n@space$}}}
+% Page layout
+\newdimen\manmachsize\newdimen\manmacvsize
+\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
+\newdimen\manmacparindent\newdimen\ruleht%Cornrules
+\manmachsize29pc\manmacvsize44pc\maxdepth2.2pt
+\manmacparindent=3pc \ruleht=.5pt
+\pagewidth\manmachsize\pageheight\manmacvsize
+\abovedisplayskip=6pt plus 3pt minus 1pt
+\belowdisplayskip=6pt plus 3pt minus 1pt
+\abovedisplayshortskip=0pt plus 3pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip=4pt plus 3pt
+
+\newinsert\footins
+\def\manmacfootnote#1{\edef\@sf{\spacefactor
+ \the\spacefactor}#1\@sf
+ \insert\footins\bgroup\eightpoint
+ \interlinepenalty100 \let\par=\endgraf
+ \leftskip=\z@skip \rightskip=\z@skip
+ \splittopskip=10pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \floatingpenalty=20000
+ \smallskip\item{#1}\bgroup\strut
+ \aftergroup\@foot\let\next}
+
+\skip\footins=12pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+% space added when footnote is present
+\count\footins=1000
+% footnote magnification factor (1 to 1)
+\dimen\footins=30pc
+% maximum footnotes per page
+
+\newinsert\margin
+\dimen\margin=\maxdimen
+\count\margin=0 \skip\margin=0pt
+% marginal inserts take up no space
+
+\newif\iftitle
+\def\titlepage{\global\titletrue}
+% for pages without headlines
+\def\rhead{} % contains the running headline
+
+\def\leftheadline{\hbox to \pagewidth{%
+ \vbox to 10pt{}% strut to position the
+ % baseline
+ \llap{\tenbf\folio\kern1pc}% folio to
+ % left of text
+ \tenit\rhead\hfil% running head flush left
+}}
+\def\rightheadline{\hbox to \pagewidth{%
+ \vbox to 10pt{}% strut to position the
+ % baseline
+ \hfil\tenit\rhead\/% running head flush
+ % right
+ \rlap{\kern1pc\tenbf\folio}% folio to
+ % right of text
+}}
+
+\def\onepageout#1{\shipout\vbox{ % here we
+ % define one page of output
+ \offinterlineskip % butt the boxes together
+ \vbox to 3pc{ % this part goes on top of
+ % the 44pc pages
+ \iftitle % the next is used for title pages
+ \global\titlefalse % reset the titlepage
+ % switch
+ \setcornerrules % for camera alignment
+ \else\ifodd\pageno \rightheadline\else
+ \leftheadline\fi\fi
+ \vfill} % this completes the \vbox to 3pc
+ \vbox to \pageheight{
+ \ifvoid\margin\else%marginal info is present
+ \rlap{\kern31pc\vbox to\z@{\kern4pt%
+ \box\margin \vss}}\fi
+ #1 % now insert the main information
+ \ifvoid\footins\else%footnote info is present
+ \vskip\skip\footins \kern-3pt
+ \hrule height\ruleht width\pagewidth
+ \kern-\ruleht \kern3pt
+ \unvbox\footins\fi
+ \boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth
+ } % this completes the \vbox to \pageheight
+}\advancepageno}
+
+\def\setcornerrules{\hbox to \pagewidth{%
+ \vrule width 1pc height\ruleht
+ \hfil \vrule width 1pc}
+ \hbox to \pagewidth{\llap{\sevenrm(page
+ \folio)\kern1pc}%
+ \vrule height1pc width\ruleht depth\z@
+ \hfil \vrule width\ruleht depth\z@}}
+
+\def\manmacoutput{\onepageout{
+ \unvbox255}}
+
+\newbox\partialpage
+\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup
+ \output={\global\setbox\partialpage=
+ \vbox{\unvbox255\bigskip}}\eject
+ \output={\doublecolumnout}%
+ \hsize=9cm \vsize=51cm}%cgl mods
+\def\enddoublecolumns{\output=
+ {\balancecolumns}\eject \endgroup
+ \pagegoal=\vsize}
+
+\def\doublecolumnout{\splittopskip=\topskip
+ \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth \dimen@=25cm
+ \advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage
+ \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
+ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
+ \onepageout\pagesofar
+ \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty}
+\def\pagesofar{\unvbox\partialpage
+ \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to
+ \pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}}
+\def\balancecolumns{\setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox255}
+ \dimen@=\ht0
+ \advance\dimen@ by\topskip
+ \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
+ \divide\dimen@ by2 \splittopskip=\topskip
+ {\vbadness=10000
+ \loop \global\setbox3=\copy0
+ \global\setbox1=\vsplit3 to\dimen@
+ \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
+ \global\advance\dimen@ by1pt
+ \repeat}
+ \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}
+ \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}
+ \pagesofar}
+
+% To produce only a subset of pages,
+% put the page numbers on separate
+% lines in a file called pages.tex
+\let\Shipout=\shipout
+\newread\pages \newcount\nextpage
+\openin\pages=pages
+\def\getnextpage{\pages\else
+ {\endlinechar=-1\read\pages to\next
+ \ifx\next\empty % in this case we should
+ % have eof now
+ \else\global\nextpage=\next\fi}\fi}
+\ifeof\pages\else\message{OK, I'll ship only
+ the requested pages}\getnextpage\fi
+%
+\def\shipout{\ifeof\pages
+ \let\next=\Shipout\else
+ \ifnum\pageno=\nextpage
+ \getnextpage\let\next=\Shipout
+ \else\let\next=\Tosspage\fi\fi \next}
+%
+\newbox\garbage
+\def\Tosspage{\deadcycles=0
+ \setbox\garbage=}
+
+% Chapter formatting
+% The preface and table of contents are
+% formatted in place, not here.
+\newcount\exno % for the number of exercises
+ % in the current chapter
+\newcount\subsecno % for the number of
+ % subsections in the current chapter
+
+\def\manmacbeginchapter#1 #2#3. #4\par{%
+\global\exno=0\subsecno=0\def\chapno{#2#3}
+ \ifodd\pageno
+ \errmessage{You had too much text on
+ that last page, I'm backing up}
+ \advance\pageno by-1
+ \fi \titlepage
+ \def\\{ } % \\'s in the title will be
+ % treated as spaces
+ \message{#1 #2#3:} % show the chapter
+ % title on the terminal
+ \def\MF{{\manual 89:%insert semi-col
+ <=>:}} % slant the logo
+ \xdef\rhead{#1 #2#3: #4\unskip}
+ {\def\TeX{T\kern-.2em\lower.5ex%
+ \hbox{E}\kern-.06em X}
+ \def\MF{{\vbox to30pt{}\manual ()*+,-.*}}
+ \def\\{#3}
+ \ifx\empty\\
+ \rightline{\inchhigh #2\kern-.04em}
+ \else\rightline{\inchhigh #2\kern-.06em%
+ #3\kern-.04em}%
+ \fi \vskip 1.75pc
+ \baselineskip 36pt \lineskiplimit
+ \titlelsl \lineskip 12pt
+ \let\\=\cr%now the \\'s are line dividers
+ \halign{\line{\titlefont\hfil##}\\#4%
+ \unskip\\}\vfill\eject} % output the
+ % chapter title page
+ \tenpoint\noindent\ignorespaces}% the first
+%paragraph of a chapter is not indented
+\newdimen\titlelsl \titlelsl=1pt
+
+\outer\def\manmacendchapter{\ifodd\pageno
+ \else\vfill\eject\null\fi
+ \begingroup\bigskip\vfill % beginning of
+ % the quotes
+ \def\eject{\endgroup\eject}
+ \def\par{\ifhmode\/\endgraf\fi}\obeylines
+ \def\TeX{T\kern-.2em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}%
+ \kern-.000em X}
+ \def\MF{{\manual opqr}\-{\manual stuq}}
+ \eightpoint \let\tt=\ninett
+ \baselineskip 10pt
+ \parfillskip \z@
+ \interlinepenalty 10000
+ \leftskip \z@ plus 40pc minus \parindent
+ \let\rm=\eightss \let\sl=\eightssi
+ \everypar{\sl}}
+%
+\def\manmacauthor#1(#2){\smallskip
+\noindent\rm--- #1\unskip\enspace(#2)}
+
+\def\dbend{{\manual\char127}}
+% dangerous bend sign
+\def\d@nger{\medbreak\begingroup
+ \clubpenalty=10000
+ \def\par{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}
+ \noindent\hang\hangafter=-2
+ \hbox to0pt{\hskip-\hangindent\dbend
+ \hfill}\ninepoint}
+\outer\def\danger{\d@nger}
+\def\dd@nger{\medbreak\begingroup
+ \clubpenalty=10000
+ \def\par{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}
+ \noindent\hang\hangafter=-2
+ \hbox to0pt{\hskip-\hangindent\dbend
+ \kern1pt\dbend\hfill}\ninepoint}
+\outer\def\ddanger{\dd@nger}
+\def\enddanger{\endgraf\endgroup} % omits
+ % the \medbreak
+
+\outer\def\subsection#1. {\medbreak
+ \advance\subsecno by 1
+ \noindent
+ {\it \the\subsecno.\enspace#1.\enspace}}
+\def\ansno#1.#2:{\medbreak\noindent
+ \hbox to\parindent{\bf\hss#1.#2.\enspace}
+ \ignorespaces}
+
+% Composition macros
+\hyphenation{man-u-script man-u-scripts
+ ap-pen-dix xscaled}
+
+%\def\AmSTeX{$\cal A\kern-.1667em\lower
+% .5ex\hbox{$\cal M$}\kern-.075em S$-\TeX}
+\def\bull{\vrule height .9ex width .8ex%
+ depth -.1ex } % square bullet
+\def\SS{{\it SS}} % scriptscript style
+\def\|{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char`\|}}
+ % vertical line
+\def\dn{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char'14}}
+ % downward arrow
+\def\up{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char'13}}
+ % upward arrow
+\def\]{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char`\ }}
+ % visible space
+
+\def\pt{$\,${\rm pt}} % units of points,
+ % in math formulas
+\def\em{$\,${\rm em}} % units of ems,
+ % in math formulas
+\def\<#1>{\leavevmode\hbox{$\langle$#1%
+ \/$\rangle$}} % syntactic quantity
+\def\oct#1{\hbox{\rm\'{}\kern-.2em\it
+ #1\/\kern.05em}} % octal constant
+\def\hex#1{\hbox{\rm\H{}\tt#1}}
+ % hexadecimal constant
+\def\cstok#1{\leavevmode\thinspace\hbox{%
+ \vrule\vtop{\vbox{\hrule\kern1pt\hbox{%
+ \vphantom{\tt/}\thinspace{\tt#1}%
+ \thinspace}}\kern1pt\hrule}\vrule}%
+ \thinspace} % control sequence token
+
+{\obeyspaces\gdef {\ }}
+\def\parbreak{\hfil\break\indent\strut}
+\def\stretch{\nobreak\hskip0pt plus2pt\relax}
+
+% macros for non-centered displays
+\outer\def\begindisplay{\obeylines
+ \startdisplay}
+{\obeylines\gdef\startdisplay#1
+ {\catcode`\^^M=5$$#1\halign\bgroup\indent
+ ##\hfil&&\qquad##\hfil\cr}}
+%
+\outer\def\enddisplay{\crcr\egroup$$}
+% (the following \begin...\end-type
+% macros do not appear in Appendix E)
+% macros for demonstrating math constructions
+\outer\def\beginmathdemo{
+ $$\advance\baselineskip by2pt
+ \halign\bgroup\indent\hbox to 160pt{##\hfil}&
+ $##$\hfil\cr\noalign{\vskip-2pt}
+}
+\outer\def\begindisplaymathdemo{
+ $$\advance\baselineskip by15pt
+ \halign\bgroup\indent\hbox to 160pt{##\hfil}&
+ $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil\cr
+ \noalign{\vskip-15pt}
+}
+\outer\def\beginlongmathdemo{
+ $$\advance\baselineskip by2pt
+ \halign\bgroup\indent\hbox to 210pt{##\hfil}&
+ $##$\hfil\cr\noalign{\vskip-2pt}
+}
+\outer\def\beginlongdisplaymathdemo{
+ $$\advance\baselineskip by15pt
+ \halign\bgroup\indent\hbox to 210pt{##\hfil}&
+ $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil\cr
+ \noalign{\vskip-15pt}
+}
+\outer\def\endmathdemo{\crcr\egroup$$}
+
+% macros for font tables
+\def\oddline#1{\cr
+ \noalign{\nointerlineskip}
+ \multispan{19}\hrulefill&
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\lower 2.3pt\hbox{%
+ \hex{#1x}}}\smash{\box0}\cr
+ \noalign{\nointerlineskip}}
+\def\evenline{\cr\noalign{\hrule}}
+\def\chartstrut{\lower4.5pt\vbox to14pt{}}
+\def\beginchart#1{$$\postdisplaypenalty=-10000
+ \global\count@=0 #1
+ \halign to\hsize\bgroup
+ \chartstrut##\tabskip0pt plus10pt&
+ &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##\cr
+ \lower6.5pt\null
+ &&&\oct0&&\oct1&&\oct2&&\oct3&&\oct4&&
+ \oct5&&\oct6&&\oct7&\evenline}
+\def\endchart{\raise11.5pt\null&&&\hex 8&&
+ \hex 9&&\hex A&&\hex B&&\hex C&&\hex D&&
+ \hex E&&\hex F&\cr\egroup$$}
+\def\:{\setbox0=\hbox{\char\count@}%
+ \ifdim\ht0>7.5pt\reposition
+ \else\ifdim\dp0>2.5pt\reposition\fi\fi
+ \box0\global\advance\count@ by1 }
+\def\reposition{\setbox0=\hbox{$\vcenter
+ {\kern2pt\box0\kern2pt}$}}
+\def\normalchart{%
+ &\oct{00x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
+ \:&&\oddline0
+ &\oct{01x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
+ \:&\evenline
+ &\oct{02x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
+ \:&&\oddline1
+ &\oct{03x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
+ \:&\evenline
+ &\oct{04x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
+ \:&&\oddline2
+ &\oct{05x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
+ \:&\evenline
+ &\oct{06x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
+ \:&&\oddline3
+ &\oct{07x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
+ \:&\evenline
+ &\oct{10x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
+ \:&&\oddline4
+ &\oct{11x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
+ \:&\evenline
+ &\oct{12x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
+ \:&&\oddline5
+ &\oct{13x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
+ \:&\evenline
+ &\oct{14x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
+ \:&&\oddline6
+ &\oct{15x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
+ \:&\evenline
+ &\oct{16x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
+ \:&&\oddline7
+ &\oct{17x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
+ \:&\evenline}
+%
+% (now Appendix E resumes again)
+% macros for verbatim scanning
+\chardef\other=12
+\def\ttverbatim{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ \catcode`\{=\other
+ \catcode`\}=\other
+ \catcode`\$=\other
+ \catcode`\&=\other
+ \catcode`\#=\other
+ \catcode`\%=\other
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ \obeyspaces \obeylines \tt}
+
+\outer\def\begintt{$$\let\par=\endgraf
+ \ttverbatim \parskip=\z@
+ \catcode`\|=0 \rightskip-5pc \ttfinish}
+{\catcode`\|=0 |catcode`|\=\other
+ % | is temporary escape character
+ |obeylines % end of line is active
+ |gdef|ttfinish#1^^M#2\endtt{#1|vbox{#2}%
+ |endgroup$$}}
+\catcode`\|=\active
+{\obeylines \gdef|{\ttverbatim
+ \spaceskip=\ttglue
+\let^^M=\ \let|=\endgroup}}
+
+% macros for syntax rules (again, not in
+% Appendix E)
+\def\[#1]{\silenttrue\xref|#1|\thinspace
+ {\tt#1}\thinspace} % keyword in syntax
+\def\beginsyntax{\endgraf\nobreak\medskip
+ \begingroup \catcode`<=13 \catcode`[=13
+ \let\par=\endsyntaxline \obeylines}
+\def\endsyntaxline{\futurelet\next
+ \syntaxswitch}
+\def\syntaxswitch{\ifx\next\<\let\next=
+ \syntaxrule\else
+ \ifx\next\endsyntax\let\next=\endgroup
+ \else\let\next=\continuerule
+ \fi\fi \next
+}
+\def\continuerule{\hfil\break\indent\qquad}
+\def\endsyntax{\medbreak\noindent}
+{\catcode`<=13 \catcode`[=13
+ \global\let<=\< \global\let[=\[
+ \gdef\syntaxrule<#1>{\endgraf\indent
+ \silentfalse%\xref%Mod cgl
+ \<#1>}} \def\alt{\ $\vert$ }
+\def\is{\ $\longrightarrow$ }
+
+% macros to demarcate lines quoted from
+% TeX source files
+\def\beginlines{\par\begingroup\nobreak
+ \medskip\parindent\z@ \obeylines
+ \hrule\kern1pt\nobreak \everypar{\strut}}
+\def\endlines{\kern1pt\hrule\endgroup
+ \medbreak\noindent}
+\def\weakendlines{\kern1pt\hrule\endgroup
+ \medskip\noindent}
+\def\finalendlines{\kern1pt\hrule\endgroup
+ \medbreak}
+
+\outer\def\manmacexercise{\medbreak
+ \global\advance\exno by 1
+ \noindent\llap{\manual\char'170
+ \rm\kern.15em}% triangle in margin
+ {\ninebf EXERCISE \bf\chapno.\the\exno}\par
+ \nobreak\noindent}
+\def\dexercise{\global\advance\exno by 1
+ \llap{\manual\char'170
+ \rm\kern.15em}% triangle in indented space
+ {\eightbf EXERCISE \bf\chapno.\the\exno}\hfil
+ \break}
+\outer\def\dangerexercise{\d@nger\dexercise}
+\outer\def\ddangerexercise{\dd@nger\dexercise}
+
+\newwrite\ans
+\immediate\openout\ans=answers
+ % file for answers to exercises
+\outer\def\manmacanswer{\par\medbreak
+ \immediate\write\ans{}
+ \immediate\write\ans{\string\ansno
+ \chapno.\the\exno:}\copytoblankline}
+\def\copytoblankline{\begingroup\setupcopy
+ \copyans}
+\def\setupcopy{\def\do##1{\catcode`##1=
+ \other}\dospecials
+ \catcode`\|=\other \obeylines}
+{\obeylines \gdef\copyans#1
+ {\def\next{#1}%
+ \ifx\next\empty\let\next=\endgroup
+ \else\immediate\write\ans{\next}%
+ \let\next=\copyans
+ \fi\next}}
+
+% Macros for drawing figures (not in
+% Appendix E)
+\def\hidehrule#1#2{\kern-#1\hrule
+ height#1 depth#2 \kern-#2 }
+\def\hidevrule#1#2{\kern-#1{\dimen0=#1
+ \advance\dimen0 by#2\vrule width\dimen0}%
+ \kern-#2 }
+% \makeblankbox puts rules at the edges of
+% a blank box whose dimensions are those
+% of \box0 (assuming nonnegative wd,ht,dp)
+% #1 is rule thickness outside,
+% #2 is rule thickness inside
+\def\makeblankbox#1#2{\hbox{\lower\dp0
+ \vbox{\hidehrule{#1}{#2}%
+ \kern-#1% overlap the rules at the corners
+ \hbox to\wd0{\hidevrule{#1}{#2}%
+ \raise\ht0\vbox to #1{}% set the vrule height
+ \lower\dp0\vtop to #1{}% set the vrule depth
+ \hfil\hidevrule{#2}{#1}}%
+ \kern-#1\hidehrule{#2}{#1}}}}
+\def\maketypebox{\makeblankbox{0pt}{1pt}}
+\def\makelightbox{\makeblankbox{.2pt}{.2pt}}
+
+% \box\bigdot is a null box with a bullet
+% at its reference point
+\newbox\bigdot \newbox\smalldot
+\setbox0=\hbox{$\vcenter{}$}
+% \ht0 is the axis height
+\setbox1=\hbox to\z@{$\hss\bullet\hss$}
+% bullet is centered on the axis
+\setbox\bigdot=\vbox to\z@{\kern-\ht1
+ \kern\ht0 \box1 \vss}
+\setbox1=\hbox to\z@{$\hss\cdot\hss$}
+% cdot is centered on the axis
+\setbox\smalldot=\vbox to\z@{\kern-\ht1
+ \kern\ht0 \box1 \vss}
+
+% \arrows makes things like <--- text --->
+\def\arrows#1#2{% #1=width, #2=text
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\mkern-2mu\mathord
+ -\mkern-2mu$}
+ \hbox to #1{\kern-.055556em$\leftarrow
+ \mkern-6mu$\cleaders\copy0\hfil
+ \kern.4em #2\kern.4em\cleaders\copy0\hfil
+ $\mkern-6mu\rightarrow$\kern-.055556em}}}
+
+% \samplebox makes the outline of a box,
+% with big dot at reference point
+\def\samplebox#1#2#3#4{% #1=ht, #2=dp, #3=wd,
+% #4=text
+ {\setbox0=\vtop{\vbox to #1{\hbox to #3{}
+ \vss}\nointerlineskip\vbox to #2{}}
+ % now \box0 has the desired ht, dp, and wd
+ \hbox{\copy\bigdot
+ \vrule height.2pt depth.2pt width#3%
+ \kern-#3\makelightbox\kern-#3%
+ \raise#1\vbox{\hbox to #3{\hss#4\hss}
+ \kern 3pt}}}}
+
+% \sampleglue makes glue between sample boxes
+\newdimen\varunit
+\varunit=\hsize
+\advance\varunit by-2\parindent
+\divide\varunit by 58 % illustrations in
+ % Chapter 12
+\def\sampleglue#1#2{% #1=width, #2=text
+ \vtop{\hbox to #1{\xleaders\hbox to
+ .5\varunit{\hss\copy\smalldot\hss}\hfil}
+ \kern3pt
+ \tabskip \z@ plus 1fil
+ \halign to #1{\hfil##\cr#2\cr}}}
+
+% Indexing macros
+\newif\ifproofmode
+\proofmodetrue % this should be false when
+ % making camera-ready copy
+\newwrite\inx
+\immediate\openout\inx=index % file for
+ % index reminders
+\newif\ifsilent
+\def\specialhat{\ifmmode\def\next{^}\else
+ \let\next=\beginxref\fi\next}
+\def\beginxref{\futurelet\next
+ \beginxrefswitch}
+\def\beginxrefswitch{\ifx\next\specialhat
+ \let\next=\silentxref\else
+ \silentfalse\let\next=\xref\fi \next}
+\catcode`\^=\active \let ^=\specialhat
+\def\silentxref^{\silenttrue\xref}
+
+\def\marginstyle{\vrule height6pt depth2pt
+ width\z@ \sevenrm}
+
+\chardef\bslash=`\\
+\def\xref{\futurelet\next\xrefswitch}
+\def\xrefswitch{\begingroup
+ \ifx\next|\aftergroup\vxref
+ % case 1 or 2, |arg| or |\arg|
+ \else\ifx\next\<\aftergroup\anglexref
+ % case 3, "\<arg>" means angle brackets
+ \else\aftergroup\normalxref
+ \fi\fi\endgroup} % case 0, "{arg}"
+\def\vxref|{\catcode`\\=\active
+ \futurelet\next\vxrefswitch}
+\def\vxrefswitch#1|{\catcode`\\=0
+ \ifx\next\empty\def\xreftype{2}%
+ \def\next{{\tt\bslash\text}}%type2
+ \else\def\xreftype{1}\def\next{%
+ {\tt\text}}\fi %type1
+ \edef\text{#1}\makexref}
+{\catcode`\|=0 \catcode`\\=\active |gdef\{}}
+\def\anglexref\<#1>{\def\xreftype{3}%
+ \def\text{#1}\def\next{\<\text>}\makexref}
+\def\normalxref#1{\def\xreftype{0}%
+ \def\text{#1}\let\next=\text\makexref}
+\def\makexref{\ifproofmode\insert\margin
+ {\hbox{\marginstyle\text}}%
+% \ifindexfile %Mod cgl oct 94
+ \xdef\writeit{\write\inx{\text\space!%
+ \xreftype\space\noexpand\number\pageno.%
+ }}\writeit
+% \else\advance\inxcnt1
+% \ea\xdef\csname\the\inxcnt\endcsname
+% {\text\space!\xreftype\space}%
+% \mark{\the\inxcnt}\fi
+ \else\ifhmode\kern0pt\fi\fi
+ \ifsilent\ignorespaces\else\next\fi}
+% the \insert (which is done in proofmode
+% only) suppresses hyphenation, so the
+% \kern\z@ is put in to give the same effect
+% in non-proofmode.
+
+% Internal cross references that may change
+\def\sesame{61}
+ % page number for Sesame Street quote
+\def\bmiexno{20}
+ % exercise number for bold math italic
+\def\punishexno{1}
+ % exercise number for `punishment'
+\def\fracexno{6}
+ % exercise number for `\frac'
+\def\vshippage{31}
+ % error message from `\vship'
+\def\storypage{24}
+ % listing of story.tex
+\def\metaT{4}
+ % exercise number for T of METAFONT
+\def\xwhat{2}
+ % exercise number for x3:=whatever
+\def\Xwhat{2}
+ % exercise number for whatever itself
+
+\def\checkequals#1#2{\ifnum#1=#2\else
+ \errmessage{Redefine \string#1 to be
+ \the#2}\fi}
+
+%Things for The METAFONTbook only
+%(omitted) ;nonum
+%
+%Contents manmac.tex
+% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%Font definition ................7-58
+%Size switching macros ........60-154
+%Page layout (and OTR) .......156-282
+%-parameters..................159-193
+%-\manmacfootnote.............167-176
+%-\margin (insert)............185-188
+%-\titlepage......................191
+%-\leftheadline...............195-201
+%-\rightheadline..............202-209
+%-\onepageout.................211-235
+%-\setcornerrules.............237-243
+%-\manmacoutput...................245
+%-\begindoublecolumns.........248-253
+%-\enddoublecolumns...........254-256
+%-\doublecolumnout............258-264
+%-\pagesofar..................265-267
+%-\balancecolumns.............268-281
+%Subset of pages..............283-304
+%-\Shipout........................286
+%-\getnextpage................289-295
+%-\shipout....................297-301
+%-\Tosspage.......................304
+%Chapter formatting ..........306-393
+%-\manmacbeginchapter.........315-344
+%-\manmacendchapter...........348-363
+%-\author....................365, 366
+%-\dbend......................368-385
+%-\subsection.................387-393
+%Composition macros...........395-431
+%-\AmSTeX....................399, 400
+%-\bull......................401, 402
+%-\SS.............................403
+%-\vrt............................404
+%-\dn........................406, 407
+%-\up........................408, 409
+%-\]..............................410
+%-\pt........................413, 414
+%-\em........................415, 416
+%-\<#1>......................417, 418
+%-\oct.......................419, 420
+%-\hex............................421
+%-\cstok......................423-427
+%-\parbreak..................429, 430
+%-\stretch........................431
+%Macros for non-centered
+% displays..................433-439
+%-\begindisplay..............434, 435
+%-\startdisplay...............436-438
+%-\enddisplay.....................440
+%Macros for showing math
+% constructions.............441-466
+%-\beginmathdemo..............444-448
+%-\begindisplaymathdemo.......449-454
+%-\beginlongmathdemo..........455-459
+%-\beginlongdisplaymathdemo...460-465
+%-\endmathdemo....................466
+%Macros for font tables.......468-526
+%-\oddline....................469-474
+%-\evenline.......................475
+%-\chartstrut.....................476
+%-\beginchart.................477-484
+%-\endchart...................485-487
+%-\:..........................488-491
+%-\reposition................492, 493
+%-\normalchart................494-526
+%Macros for verbatim scanning.529-555
+%-\ttverbatim.................531-542
+%-\begintt....................544-546
+%-\ttfinish...................547-551
+%Macros for syntax rules......557-579
+%-\[#1]......................559, 560
+%-\beginsyntax................561-563
+%-\endsyntaxline.............564, 565
+%-\syntaxswitch...............566-570
+%-\continuerule...................572
+%-\endsyntax......................573
+%-<, [............................575
+%-\syntaxrule................576, 577
+%-\alt............................578
+%-\is.............................579
+%Macros to demarcate lines quoted
+% from \TeX{} source files..581-591
+%-\beginlines................583, 585
+%-\endlines..................586, 587
+%-\weakendlines..............588, 589
+%-\finalendlines.............590, 591
+%Macros to mark up exercises
+% and answers...............593-624
+%-\manmacexercise............593, 598
+%-\dexercise..................599-603
+%-\dangerexercise.................604
+%-\ddangerexercise................605
+%-\manmacanswer...............610-613
+%-\copytoblankline...........614, 615
+%-\setupcopy..................616-618
+%-\copyans....................619-624
+%Macros for drawing figures...626-696
+%-\hidehrule.................628, 629
+%-\hidevrule..................630-632
+%-\makeblankbox...............638-645
+%-\maketypebbox...................646
+%-\makelightbox...................647
+%-\bigdot....................656, 657
+%-\smalldot..................660, 661
+%-\arrows.....................664-670
+%-\samplebox..................674-683
+%-\sampleglue.................691-696
+%Indexing macros..............698-752
+%-\ifproofmode, \ifsilent....698, 704
+%-\inx............................701
+%-\specialhat................706, 707
+%-\beginxref.................708, 709
+%-\beginxrefswitch............710-712
+%-^...............................713
+%-\silentxref.....................714
+%-\marginstyle...............716, 717
+%-\bslash.........................719
+%-\xref...........................720
+%-\xrefswitch.................721-727
+%-\vxref.....................728, 729
+%-\vxrefswitch................730-736
+%-\anglexref.................738, 739
+%-\normalxref................740, 741
+%-\makexref...................742-754
+%Internal cross-references that
+% may change................760-782
+%
+%Additions
+%
+%\Large font for amongst others
+%chapterhead of report
+\font\Largerm=cmr12
+ scaled\magstep4
+\let\subsubheadfont\Largerm
+\font\Largei=cmmi12
+ scaled\magstep4\relax
+\font\Largeit=cmti12
+ scaled\magstep4\relax
+\font\Largesl=cmsl12
+ scaled\magstep5\relax
+\font\Largesy=cmsy10
+ scaled\magstep5\relax
+\font\Largeex=cmex10
+ scaled\magstep5\relax
+\font\Largebf=cmbx12
+ scaled\magstep4\relax
+\font\Largett=cmtt12
+ scaled\magstep4\relax
+\font\twelverm=cmr12
+\font\twelvebf=cmbx12
+\font\twelveit=cmti12
+\font\twelvesl=cmsl12
+\font\twelvemus=cmmi12
+\font\twelvesy=cmsy10 scaled\magstep1
+\font\twelveex=cmex10 scaled\magstep1
+\font\nineex=cmex10 scaled\magstephalf
+\def\Large{\def\rm{\fam0\Largerm}%
+ \textfont0=\Largerm
+ \scriptfont0=\twelverm
+ \scriptscriptfont0=\ninerm
+ \textfont1=\Largei
+ \scriptfont1=\twelvemus
+ \scriptscriptfont1=\ninei
+ \textfont2=\Largesy
+ \scriptfont2=\twelvesy
+ \scriptscriptfont2=\ninesy
+ \textfont3=\Largeex
+ \scriptfont3=\twelveex
+ \scriptscriptfont3=\nineex
+ \def\it{\fam\itfam \Largeit}%
+ \textfont\itfam=\Largeit
+ \def\sl{\fam\slfam\Largesl}%
+ \def\oldstyle{\fam1 \Largei}
+ \textfont\slfam=\Largesl
+ \def\bf{\fam\bffam\Largebf}%
+ \textfont\bffam=\Largebf
+ \scriptfont\bffam=\tenbf
+ \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf
+ \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\Largett}%
+ \textfont\ttfam=\Largett
+ \tt\ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
+ \normalbaselineskip=21pt
+ \def\MF{{\manual META}\-{\manual FONT}}%
+ \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule
+ height16pt depth5pt width\z@}%
+ \let\sc=\twelverm\let\big=\Largebig
+ \normalbaselines\rm}
+\def\Largebig#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox
+ to12pt{}\right.\n@space}}}
+%
+%\large font for transparencies
+\font\largerm=cmr12
+ scaled\magstep2
+\let\subsubheadfont\largerm
+\font\largei=cmmi12
+ scaled\magstep2\relax
+\font\largeit=cmti12
+ scaled\magstep2\relax
+\font\largesl=cmsl12
+ scaled\magstep2\relax
+\font\largesy=cmsy10
+ scaled\magstep3\relax
+\font\largeex=cmex10
+ scaled\magstep3\relax
+\font\largebf=cmbx12
+ scaled\magstep2\relax
+\font\largett=cmtt12
+ scaled\magstep2\relax
+\def\large{\def\rm{\fam0\largerm}%
+ \textfont0=\largerm
+ \scriptfont0=\tenrm
+ \scriptscriptfont0=\sevenrm
+ \textfont1=\largei
+ \scriptfont1=\teni
+ \scriptscriptfont1=\seveni
+ \textfont2=\largesy
+ \scriptfont2=\tensy
+ \scriptscriptfont2=\sevensy
+ \textfont3=\largeex
+ \scriptfont3=\tenex
+ \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
+ \def\it{\fam\itfam \largeit}%
+ \textfont\itfam=\largeit
+ \def\sl{\fam\slfam\largesl}%
+ \def\oldstyle{\fam1 \largei}
+ \textfont\slfam=\largesl
+ \def\bf{\fam\bffam\largebf}%
+ \textfont\bffam=\largebf
+ \scriptfont\bffam=\tenbf
+ \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf
+ \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\largett}%
+ \textfont\ttfam=\largett
+ \tt\ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
+ \normalbaselineskip=20pt
+ \def\MF{{\manual META}\-{\manual FONT}}%
+ \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule
+ height15.5pt depth4.5pt width\z@}%
+ \let\sc=\tenrm \let\big=\largebig
+ \normalbaselines\rm}
+\def\largebig#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox
+ to10pt{}\right.\n@space}}}
+%
+%Customization of \beginchapter and
+%\endchapter from Manmac BLUes.
+\outer\def\beginchapter#1 #2#3. #4\par{%
+ \def\chapno{#2#3}\global\exno0 \subsecno0
+ \def\hl{\gdef\hl{\the\issue\hfil\it\rhead}}
+ \headline{\hl}
+ \def\\{ }\xdef\rhead{#4}
+ \centerline{\titlefont
+ #1 #2#3\quad #4}
+ \bigskip\tenpoint\noindent\ignorespaces}
+%
+\footline{\tiny\rlap{\the\year}\hfil
+ --\folio--\hfil\llap{\copyright cgl}}
+%
+\outer\def\endchapter{\vfill\eject\vfill}
+%
+%\output{\plainoutput}
+%
+\hsize18cm \pagewidth\hsize
+\vsize25cm \pageheight\vsize
+%\issue{MAPS 93.1}
+%History of changes
+%1994 Table of contents added and
+% names of footnote and output
+% provided with unique prefix manmac.
+% Customization \beginchapter added.
+%1993 Adapted for twocolumn layout.
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%manmac%;newpage
+%
+%
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%ppt.tex cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%;numvrb
+%Adapted TUGboat.sty, 2-column bias
+%\xcol is the column no within a page,
+%ranges from 1 to \maxcols (=1 or 2).
+\newcount\xcol
+\newcount\maxcols
+%
+\newdimen\pagewd\newdimen\colwd
+\newdimen\intercolwd
+\newtoks\headlinesep\newtoks\footlinesep
+\headlinesep{\kern2ex}\footlinesep{\kern1ex}
+%\catcode`\@=11
+% remove \outer
+\def\newbox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt}
+\def\boxcs#1{\box\csname#1\endcsname}
+\def\setboxcs#1{\setbox\csname#1\endcsname}
+\def\newboxcs#1{\expandafter
+ \newbox\csname#1\endcsname}
+\newboxcs{column1}
+\newboxcs{column2}
+%
+\def\midpage#1{\vbox{\ifnum\xcol=\maxcols
+ \the\headline\else\null\vskip\baselineskip
+ \fi\the\headlinesep
+ \vbox to\vsize{%
+ \hbox to\pagewd{#1}\vss}
+ \the\footlinesep
+ \ifnum\xcol=\maxcols
+ \the\footline\else\vskip4ex\fi}}
+%
+\headline={\hbox to\pagewd{\sevenrm
+ \the\issue\hfill{\it\the\title}}}
+%
+\newtoks\pagenumber\pagenumber{\folio}
+\footline={\hbox to\pagewd{\tiny
+\rlap{Draft \today}\hfill--\the\pagenumber
+ --\hfill\llap{\copyright cgl}}}
+\def\today{\ifcase\month\or Jan\or Feb\or
+ March\or April\or May\or June\or July\or
+ Aug\or Sept\or Oct\or Nov\or Dec\fi
+ { }{\ea\oldstyle\number\day},
+ {\ea\oldstyle\number\year}}
+%
+\def\newcol{\endgraf\vfill\eject}
+%
+\def\newpage{\vfill\eject
+%\loop
+ \ifnum\xcol>1
+ {\leavevmode\endgraf\vfill\eject}
+ \fi
+}%\xcol is reset in the OTR %\repeat}
+% horizontal offset of column
+% from left edge of page
+\newdimen\coloffset \coloffset=\z@
+\def\incrcoloffset{%
+ \global\advance\coloffset\colwd
+ \global\advance\coloffset\intercolwd}
+%
+\output={\global\setboxcs{column\number\xcol}=
+ \midpage{\kern\coloffset\pagebody\hfil}
+ \incrcoloffset
+ \ifnum\xcol=\maxcols
+ \shipout\hbox{%
+ \rlap{\boxcs{column1}}%
+ \rlap{\boxcs{column2}}%
+ \hbox to\pagewd{\hss}}%
+ \advancepageno
+ \global\coloffset\z@
+ \global\xcol=\@ne
+ \else
+ \global\advance\xcol\@ne
+ \fi}
+%
+%Title, header and miscellaneous
+\newtoks\title\newtoks\subtitle
+\newtoks\author\newtoks\address
+\newtoks\businessaccount
+\newtoks\translator\newtoks\issue
+\newtoks\netaddress\newtoks\crowner
+\newtoks\telephone
+\newtoks\thisscript\newtoks\everyscript
+\newtoks\prehead\newtoks\posthead
+\newtoks\presubhead\newtoks\postsubhead
+\newtoks\presubsubhead\newtoks\postsubsubhead
+\newtoks\thishead
+\newtoks\thissubhead\newtoks\thissubsubhead
+\newtoks\everyhead
+\newtoks\everysubhead\newtoks\everysubsubhead
+\newtoks\tocvar
+\newdimen\subheadindent\subheadindent=0pc
+\newdimen\subsubheadindent\subsubheadindent=2pc
+\def\pasteupkeywords{\box\keywordsbox}
+\def\pasteupabstract{\box\abstractbox}
+\def\pasteupcontents{\unvbox\contentsbox}
+\def\pasteupacknowledgements{\ifvoid
+ \acknowledgementsbox
+ \else\the\preacknowledgements\unvbox
+ \acknowledgementsbox\fi
+ }%
+%pastupindex is much more complicated;vrblin100
+\def\beginscript{\lastscript
+ \the\everyscript\begingroup
+ \the\thisscript
+ \hrule\kern2ex\noindent
+ {\titlefont\the\title\unskip}%
+ \if!\the\subtitle!\else{\subtitlefont
+ \Dash\the\subtitle\unskip}\fi
+ \medskip\the\author
+ \medskip\pasteupkeywords
+ \medskip\pasteupabstract
+ \medbreak\pasteupcontents\smallbreak}
+\def\endscript{\makesignature
+ \xcol=\maxcols
+ \vfil\eject\endgroup\tracingstats1
+ \stop\thisscript{}}
+\def\notlastscript{\let\stop\relax}
+\def\lastscript{\let\stop\end}
+\prehead{\vskip0pt plus9ex
+ \penalty-250\vskip0pt plus-9ex
+ \bgroup\catcode`\^=7 \the\everyhead
+ \the\thishead\bigskip\noindent}
+\posthead{\medskip\nobreak\egroup
+ \noindent\ignorewhitespace}
+\def\beginhead{\the\prehead\bgroup
+ \headfont}
+\def\endhead{\egroup\the\posthead}
+\presubhead{\vskip0pt plus6ex
+ \penalty-100\vskip0pt plus-6ex
+ \medskip\vskip\parskip\noindent
+ \bgroup\catcode`\^7 \the\everysubhead
+ \the\thissubhead
+ \leavevmode\hbox to\subheadindent{}}
+\postsubhead{\egroup\quad\ignorewhitespace}
+\def\beginsubhead{\the\presubhead
+ \bgroup\subheadfont}
+\def\endsubhead{\egroup\the\postsubhead}
+\presubsubhead{\vskip0pt plus3ex
+ \penalty-50\vskip0pt plus-3ex\bgroup
+ \catcode`\^=7
+ \the\everysubsubhead\the\thissubsubhead
+ \smallskip\vskip\parskip\noindent
+ \leavevmode\hbox to\subsubheadindent{}}
+\postsubsubhead{\egroup\quad\ignorewhitespace}
+\def\beginsubsubhead{\the\presubsubhead
+ \bgroup\subsubheadfont}
+\def\endsubsubhead{\egroup
+ \the\postsubsubhead}
+%;vrblin150
+\def\head#{\beginhead\bgroup\ag\endhead
+ \afterassignment\ignorespaces
+ \let\dummy=}
+\def\subhead#{\beginsubhead\bgroup\ag
+ \endsubhead\afterassignment\ignorespaces
+ \let\dummy=}
+\def\subsubhead#{\beginsubsubhead\bgroup
+ \ag\endsubsubhead\let\dummy=}
+\def\script#{\beginscript\bgroup\ag\endscript
+ \afterassignment\ignorespaces
+ \let\dummy=}
+%
+\def\bluetitle#1\par{\title{#1}}
+\def\bluesubtitle#1\par{\subtitle{#1}}
+\def\bluekeywords#1\par{\keywords{#1}}
+\def\bluehead#1\par
+ {\beginhead#1\unskip\endhead}
+\def\bluesubhead#1\par
+ {\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead}
+\def\bluesubsubhead#1\par
+ {\beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead}
+\def\bluemakelabels#1\par
+ {\makelabels{#1}}
+\def\blueabstract#1\par{\abstract{#1}}
+\def\blueissue#1\par{\issue{#1}}
+%
+\long\def\ignorepars#1{\ifx\par#1\let\next\relax
+ \else\let\next#1\sraperongi\fi\ignorepars}
+\long\def\sraperongi#1\ignorepars{\fi\next}
+{\catcode`\^=7 \gdef\ignorewhitespace{\begingroup
+%Due to Phil Taylor EuroTeX 94
+\catcode`\ =9 %space
+\catcode`\^^I=9 %tab
+\catcode`\^^L=9 %f-feed
+\catcode`\^^M=9 %e-o-l
+\futurelet\dummy\endgroup}}
+%;vrblin200
+\def\tubissue#1(#2){TUGboat~{\oldstyle#1},
+ {\oldstyle#2}} \def\\{\hfil\break}
+\def\makesignature{\medskip
+ \rightline{\hbox to.4\hsize{\strut
+ \llap{\copyright\quad}\the\author\hss}}
+ \rightline{\vbox{\noindent
+ \hsize=.4\hsize
+ \the\address\hfill\break
+ \the\netaddress\\
+ \the\telephone}}}
+%
+\def\on{\bgroup\afterassignment\doold\count0=}
+%
+\def\doold{\oldstyle\the\count0\egroup}
+\def\oa#1 {{\oldstyle\fifoolda#1\ofifolda} }
+\def\fifoolda#1#2{\ifcat#1a#1\else\aftergroup#1\fi
+ \ifx\ofifolda#2 \ofifolda\fi
+ \fifoolda#2}
+\def\ofifolda#1\ofifolda{\fi}
+%
+% Defaults
+% %;vrblin250
+\newif\ifonecol
+\def\A#1{\csname A#1\endcsname}
+\expandafter\def\csname A4\endcsname
+ {\ifonecol\hsize16cm\pagewd\hsize
+ \else\hsize9cm\intercolwd.5cm
+ \pagewd\hsize
+ \advance\pagewd\hsize
+ \advance\pagewd\intercolwd
+ \fi\colwd\hsize \vsize25cm}
+%
+\def\onecol{\maxcols=1 \xcol=1
+ \onecoltrue\A4
+ \hyphenchar\tentt='055 %`-
+ \hyphenchar\ninett='055
+ \hyphenchar\eighttt='055
+ \tolerance500
+ \hbadness=499
+ \hfuzz=4pt
+}
+%
+\def\twocol{\maxcols=2 \xcol=1
+ \onecolfalse\A4
+ \hyphenchar\tentt='055
+ \hyphenchar\ninett='055
+ \hyphenchar\eighttt='055
+ \tolerance500
+ \hbadness=499
+ \hfuzz=5pt
+}
+%Personalisation
+\author{Kees van der Laan}
+\address{Hunzeweg {\oldstyle57}\\
+ {\oldstyle9893} PB Garnwerd\\
+ The Netherlands}
+\netaddress{cgl@rc.service.rug.nl}
+\telephone{{\oldstyle31\thinspace{\rm(}0{\rm)}%
+ 594\thinspace62\thinspace1525}}
+\crowner{cgl}
+\businessaccount{Giro: C.G. van der Laan
+ no {\oldstyle1321224}}
+\def\logo{\copy\ntglogobox}%a \vbox
+%end Personalisation
+\def\bluetex{blue.tex}
+%\catcode`\@=12
+\hoffset-1cm \voffset-1cm
+\parindent1pc
+\let\titlefont\bf
+\let\headfont\bf
+\let\subheadfont\bf
+\let\subsubheadfont\bf
+\let\subtitlefont\rm
+\twocol
+%\endinput
+%;nonum
+%Contents ppt cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%- OTR
+% \boxcs........................14
+% \setboxcs.....................15
+% \newboxcs.....................16
+% \midpage...................21-28
+% \headline..................30-31
+% \footline..................34-36
+% \pagenumber...................33
+% \today.....................37-41
+% \newcol.......................42
+% \newpage...................44-49
+% \incrcoloffset.............53-55
+% \output....................57-72
+%- Markup structures
+% \title, \subtitle.............75
+% \author.......................76
+% \address, \netaddress.........77
+% \issue........................77
+% \thisscript, \everyscript.....78
+% \prehead, \posthead...........79
+% \presubhead...................80
+% \presubsubhead................81
+% \pasteupkeywords..............82
+% \pasteupabstract..............83
+% \pasteupcontents..............84
+% \beginscript.............101-110
+% \endscript...............111-114
+% \notlastscript...............115
+% \lastscript..................116
+% \prehead.................117-119
+% \posthead................120-121
+% \presubhead..............124-126
+% \beginhead...............122-123
+% \endhead.....................124
+% \beginsubhead............127-128
+% \endsubhead..................129
+% \beginsubsubhead.........133-134
+% \endsubsubhead...............135
+% \script..................159-161
+% \head....................151-153
+% \subhead.................154-156
+% \subsubhead..............157-158
+% \ignorepars..............159-160
+% \sraperongi..................161
+% \ignorewhitespace........162-169
+%- Miscellaneous
+% \tubissue....................201
+% \\...........................202
+% \makesignature...........203-209
+% \on......................
+% \ona.....................
+%- Defaults
+% \onecol..................251-263
+% \twocol..................265-277
+%- Initializations 278-289
+% \author......................278
+% \address.................279-280
+% \netaddress..............281-282
+% \headfont....................286
+% \subheadfont.................287
+% \subsubheadfont..............288
+% \parindent...................285
+% \hoffset, \voffset...........284
+%
+%Split-off---inner level---are
+% - tugboat.cmn abbreviations
+% - size switching macros
+% - \beginquote...\endquote
+% - \bitem (essentially plain's \item)
+% - verbatim mode macros
+% - (bibliography macros,
+% \beginbtable...\endbtable,
+% ...)
+%Author: C.G van der Laan
+% Hunzeweg 57, 9893P
+% Garnwerd The Netherlands
+% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl, 0594621525
+%
+%History of changes
+%March 1996 \on, \ona added
+%Dec 1994 \global\advance\count0\@ne
+% changed into plain's \advancepageno.
+% Phil Taylor's
+% \ignorewhitespace has been included.
+% Parameterization over
+% \headlinesep, \footlinesep.
+% \makesignature's \diamond
+% changed into \copyright.
+%July 1994 No parameter separators for
+% \head etc.
+% \beginscript, \endscript instead
+% of \article, \endarticle.
+% Token variables for \prehead
+% \posthead, \presubhead
+% \presubsubhead.
+%June 1994 Name changed into ppt.tex
+%May 94 \runhead and \runfoot changed
+% into \headline and \footline
+% compatible with plain.
+%March 94 Essential set up
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ppt.tex%;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%Additions%
+%Additions to ppt
+%Shortcuts ;numvrb
+\let\ea=\expandafter\let\nx=\noexpand
+\let\ag=\aftergroup
+\def\dash{--}\def\Dash{---}
+\newtoks\contentsname
+\newtoks\abstractname
+\newtoks\keywordsname
+\newtoks\acknowledgementsname
+\newtoks\preacknowledgements
+\preacknowledgements{\bigbreak\leftline{\bf
+ \the\acknowledgementsname}\nobreak
+ \medskip\noindent}
+\newtoks\postacknowledgements
+\def\DeK{D\kern-.11em\lower.5ex\hbox
+ {E}\kern-.1em K} %;vrblin=50
+\def\tiny{\fiverm\baselineskip7pt minus1pt
+ \let\it\fivei\let\bf\fivebf\def\oldstyle
+ {\fam1 \fivei}} %;vrblin=200
+%\pagenumber{\folio}
+\newcount\fcnt
+\def\ftn{\global\advance\fcnt1
+ \footnote{${}^{\oldstyle\the\fcnt}$}}
+\def\vfootnote#1{\insert\footins
+ \bgroup\interlinepenalty
+ \interfootnotelinepenalty
+ \splittopskip\ht\strutbox
+ \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
+ \floatingpenalty\@MM
+ \leftskip\z@skip
+ \rightskip\z@skip
+ \spaceskip\z@skip
+ \xspaceskip\z@skip
+%mods cgl
+\small\noindent\llap{\oldstyle
+ #1\enspace}%
+%end mods cgl
+ \footstrut\futurelet\next\fo@t
+}
+%LaTeX things ;vrblin=250
+%\def\\{\hfil\break}
+\def\cite#1{(#1)}
+\def\verb{}
+\def\em{\it}
+\def\cs#1{{\tt\char92 #1}}
+%Some layout macros ;vrblin=300
+\newbox\keywordsbox
+\keywordsname{Keywords}
+%
+\def\beginkeywords{\setbox\keywordsbox
+ \vbox\bgroup\subhead{\sevenbf
+ \the\keywordsname: }\small}
+%
+\def\endkeywords{\egroup}
+%
+\def\keywords#{\beginkeywords\bgroup
+ \aftergroup\endkeywords
+ \afterassignment\ignorespaces
+ \let\dummy=}
+%
+\newbox\abstractbox
+%\abstractname{Abstract}
+%
+\def\beginabstract{\setbox\abstractbox
+ \vbox\bgroup\centerline{\sevenbf
+ \the\abstractname}\beginquote\small}
+%
+\def\endabstract{\endquote\egroup}
+%
+\def\abstract#{\beginabstract\bgroup
+ \aftergroup\endabstract
+ \afterassignment\ignorespaces
+ \let\dummy=}
+%
+\newbox\contentsbox
+%
+\let\se\quad\let\sse\qquad
+%
+\def\begincontents{\setbox\contentsbox
+ \vbox\bgroup\small\noindent
+ \the\contentsname\par\obeylines}
+%
+\def\endcontents{\egroup}
+%
+\def\contents#{\begincontents\bgroup
+ \aftergroup\endcontents
+ \afterassignment\ignorespaces
+ \let\dummy=}
+%
+\newbox\acknowledgementsbox
+%
+\def\beginacknowledgements{\setbox
+ \acknowledgementsbox=\vbox\bgroup}
+%
+\def\endacknowledgements{\egroup
+ \the\postacknowledgements}
+%
+\def\acknowledgements#{\beginacknowledgements
+ \bgroup\aftergroup\endacknowledgements
+ \afterassignment\ignorespaces
+ \let\dummy=}
+%
+\def\beginquote{\endgraf\bgroup\narrower
+ \smallbreak\noindent}
+%
+\def\endquote{\smallbreak\egroup\endgraf
+ \noindent}
+%
+\def\quote#{\beginquote\bgroup
+ \aftergroup\endquote
+ \afterassignment\ignorespaces
+ \let\dummy=}
+%
+\def\beginsummary{\beginquote
+ \narrower\sl}
+%
+\def\endsummary{\endquote\bigskip}
+%
+\def\summary#{\beginsummary\bgroup
+ \aftergroup\endsummary
+ \afterassignment\ignorespaces
+ \let\dummy=}
+%
+\def\begincenter{\bgroup\smallskip
+\leftskip0pt plus1fill
+\rightskip0pt plus 1fill
+\parfillskip0pt
+\obeylines}
+%
+\def\endcenter{\smallskip\egroup}
+\def\center#{\begincenter\bgroup
+ \aftergroup\endcenter
+ \afterassignment\ignorespaces
+ \let\dummy=}
+%
+\def\begincenterblock{\bgroup
+ \let\par\cr\obeylines\startcenterblock}
+{\obeylines\gdef\startcenterblock#1
+ {$$#1\vbox\bgroup\halign\bgroup%
+ &##\hfil\cr}}
+%
+\def\endcenterblock{\egroup\egroup$$
+ \egroup}
+%
+\def\begindisplaycenterline{%
+ $$\hbox\bgroup}
+%
+\def\enddisplaycenterline{\egroup$$}
+%
+\def\displaycenterline#{%
+ \begindisplaycenterline\bgroup
+ \aftergroup\enddisplaycenterline
+ \afterassignment\ignorespaces
+ \let\dummy=}
+%
+\def\begincenterdisplay{\csname
+ begindisplay\endcsname\vbox\bgroup}
+%
+\def\endcenterdisplay{\crcr\egroup\egroup$$}
+%
+% %;vrblin=350
+\def\bitem{\item{$\bullet$}}
+%
+\newcount\itemno
+%
+\def\nitem{\bgroup
+ \def\nitem{\advance\itemno1
+ \item{\the\prenum{\oldstyle\the\itemno
+ }\the\postnum}}
+ \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup
+ \smallbreak}
+ \let\smallskip\smallbreak\nitem}
+%
+\def\aitem{\bgroup\itemno96
+ \def\aitem{\advance\itemno1
+ \item{\char\itemno.}}
+ \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup
+ \smallbreak}
+ \let\smallskip\smallbreak
+ \aitem}
+%
+\def\Aitem{\bgroup\itemno64
+ \def\Aitem{\advance\itemno1
+ \item{\char\itemno.}}
+ \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup
+ \smallbreak}
+ \let\smallskip\smallbreak
+ \Aitem}
+%
+\def\endlist{\endgraf\egroup}
+%On purpose no \smallskip or so.
+%
+\newtoks\thisexample
+\newtoks\everyexample
+\newtoks\preexample
+\newtoks\postexample
+\newtoks\examplename
+%
+\preexample{\vskip0pt plus5ex
+ \penalty-100\vskip0pt plus-5ex
+ \medbreak\noindent}
+%
+\postexample{\nobreak\par\noindent
+ \ignorewhitespace}
+%
+\def\beginexample{\the\preexample\bgroup
+ \the\examplename\kern1ex\sl
+ (\ignorewhitespace}
+%
+\def\endexample{)\egroup\the\postexample}
+%
+\def\example#{\beginexample\bgroup
+ \aftergroup\endexample
+ \afterassignment\ignorewhitespace
+ \let\dummy=}
+%and the limited variants
+\def\limexample#1{\the\preexample
+ \the\examplename\kern1ex{\sl(#1)}\nobreak
+ \par\noindent\ignorewhitespace}
+%with as tribute to manmac
+\def\blueexample#1\par
+ {\limexample{#1\unskip}}
+%
+\def\endintermezzo{\hfil\break\nobreak
+ {\bf End intermezzo.}\medbreak}
+%For in \onecol
+%;numvrb400
+\def\begindemo{\endgraf\line\bgroup
+ $\vcenter\bgroup\hsize.475\hsize
+ \beginverbatim}
+%
+\def\yields{\endverbatim
+ \global\thisverbatim{}\egroup$
+ \kern\gutter
+ $\vcenter\bgroup\hsize.55\hsize}
+%
+\def\enddemo{\egroup$\hss\egroup}
+%;numvrb500
+\def\pagenorepresentation#1{\quad\dotfill
+ {\oldstyle#1}}
+%
+\def\fbox#1{\setbox0\hbox{\strut
+ $\;$#1$\,$}\leavevmode\rlap{\copy0}%
+ \makelightbox}
+%Knuth's frac Ex 11.6
+\def\frac#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em
+ \raise.5ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}%
+ \kern-.1em/\kern-.15em\lower.25ex
+ \hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}}
+%Defaults
+\let\small\eightpoint
+\overfullrule=0pt
+%;nonum
+%Contents
+%Newcount
+% \itemcnt.................208
+%Newtoks
+% \itemtag.................209
+%Shortcuts
+% \ea, \nx....................1
+% \ag.........................2
+% \dash, \Dash................3
+% \DeK.....................6, 7
+%Font switching
+% \tiny......................51
+% \small....................414
+% \cs.......................255
+%Footnote, paragraph
+% \ftncnt...................202
+% \ftn..................203-204
+%LaTeX
+% \\........................251
+% \cite.....................252
+% \verb.....................253
+% \em.......................254
+%Lay-out
+% \keywordsbox..............301
+% \abstractbox..............311
+% \contentsbox..............321
+% \beginkeywords........303-305
+% \endkeywords..............306
+% \keywordsname.............302
+% \keywords.............307-310
+% \beginabstract........313-315
+% \endabstract..............316
+% \abstractname.............312
+% \abstract.............317-320
+% \begincontents........323-325
+% \endcontents..............326
+% \contentsname.............322
+% \contents.............327-330
+% \beginsummary.........
+% \endsummary...............
+% \summary..............
+% \beginquote...........331-332
+% \endquote.............333-334
+% \quote................335-338
+%Centering texts
+% \begindisplaycenterline
+% \enddisplaycenterline
+% \displaycenterline
+% \begincenter
+% \endcenter
+% \center
+% \begincenterblock
+% \endcenterblock
+% \begincenter..........339-342
+% \endcenter................343
+% \center...............344-347
+%
+% \bitem....................351
+% \itemno...................352
+% \nitem................353-359
+% \aitem................360-366
+% \Aitem................367-373
+% \endlist..................374
+% \example..............376-378
+% \endintermezzo........379-380
+% \begindemo............401-403
+% <escape char>yields...405-408
+% \enddemo..................410
+%Parameterization ToC setting
+% \pagenorepresentation.501-502
+%Built on manmac
+% \fbox.................504-505
+%Defaults
+% \overfullrule=0pt.........507
+%
+%History of changes
+%Jan 95 \xyz and \partlogo to tools.dat
+% \pagenorepresentation added
+%July 1994 Boxes for keywords, abstract,
+% and contents added.
+%March 1994 Set up
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%Additions%;newpage
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%math extras%
+%From Math into BLUes the mods
+%-- \centering into \centeringp
+% in order not to
+% conflict with LaTeX
+%-- \eqalign has gotten a repetitive
+% template to allow for more
+% than one alignment point.
+%-- arrows for commutative diagrams
+%-- Knuth's typographer's half
+%-- prime for accenting summation symbols
+%-- Poor man's symbols
+% blackboard, grtlss, ext tensor prod.
+\newskip\centeringp%plain's
+\centeringp=0pt plus1000pt minus1000pt
+\def\eqalign#1{\null\,\vcenter{\openup
+ \jot\m@th\ialign{\strut\hfil
+ $\displaystyle {##}$&&%mod cgl
+ $\displaystyle {{}##}$\hfil\crcr
+ #1\crcr }}\,}
+\def\eqalignno#1{\displ@y
+ \tabskip\centeringp
+ \halign to\displaywidth{\hfil
+ $\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip
+ &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil
+ \tabskip\centeringp &\llap{$\@lign##$}%
+ \tabskip\z@skip\crcr
+ #1\crcr}}
+\def\leqalignno#1{\displ@y
+ \tabskip\centeringp
+ \halign to\displaywidth {\hfil
+ $\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip
+ &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil
+ \tabskip\centeringp&\kern-\displaywidth
+ \rlap{$\@lign ##$}\tabskip\displaywidth
+ \crcr #1\crcr}}
+%
+\def\fracdek#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em
+ \raise.50ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}
+ \kern-.1em/\kern-.15em\lower.25ex
+ \hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}}
+%
+\def\lllongrightarrow{\relbar\joinrel%
+ \relbar\joinrel\relbar\joinrel%
+ \relbar\joinrel\rightarrow}
+\def\llongrightarrow{\relbar\joinrel%
+ \relbar\joinrel\rightarrow}
+\def\adaptedbaselines{%
+ \baselineskip20pt
+ \lineskip3pt
+ \lineskiplimit3pt}
+\def\mapright#1{\smash{\mathop{
+ \llongrightarrow}\limits^{#1}}}
+\def\lmapright#1{\smash{\mathop{
+ \lllongrightarrow}\limits^{#1}}}
+\def\mapdown#1{\Big\downarrow
+ \rlap{$\vcenter{\hbox{$#1$}}$}}
+\def\mapup#1{\Big\uparrow
+ \rlap{$\vcenter{\hbox{$#1$}}$}}
+%
+\def\acclap#1{{}^{\rlap{$\scriptstyle
+ #1$}}}
+%
+\def\cfsymbol{\vbox{\hbox to \wd0{\hss
+ \vrule height1.5\ht0}
+ \hrule
+ \hbox to \wd0{\vrule depth1.5\ht0
+ \hss}}}
+%Space saving variant continued fraction
+\def\cf#1#2{\setbox0=\hbox{$#1\,\over
+ \,#2$}\vcenter{\cfsymbol}\kern-\wd0
+ {#1\atop#2}}
+%
+\def\IN{{\rm I\kern-.5ex N}}
+\def\Z{{\rm Z\kern-.9ex Z}}
+\def\Q{{\rm\kern.2ex\vrule
+ height1.5ex depth-.1ex
+ width.4pt\kern-.7ex Q}}
+\def\R{{\rm I\kern-.5ex R}}
+\def\C{{\rm\kern.3ex\vrule
+ height1.5ex depth-.05ex
+ width.4pt\kern-.7ex C}}
+\def\gtrless{\mathrel{\vcenter{
+ \offinterlineskip\hbox{${>}$}%
+ \kern-.2ex\hbox{${<}$} } }}
+\def\boxit#1{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{% <--!!
+ \vrule#1\vrule}\hrule}}
+\def\boxtimes{\mathbin{\boxit
+ {$\times$}}}
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%math extras%;newpage
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%icons%
+%From icons via LaTeX's fonts.
+%Here use is made of gkpmac's picture
+%environment.
+\def\icmat#1#2{%ICon MATrix(rectangular)
+%#1 is ht of icon matrix, e.g. 4
+%#2 is wd of icon matrix, e.g. 2
+\vbox{\hrule
+ \hbox to#2\unitlength{\vrule
+ height#1\unitlength\hfil\vrule}%
+ \hrule}%
+}%end icmat
+%
+\def\icurt#1#2{%IConUpperRightTriangle
+%#1 is ht of icon matrix, with UT
+%the upper triangular part, e.g. 4
+%#2 is wd of icon (upper triangular)
+%matrix, e.g. 2
+\vbox to #1\unitlength{\hrule
+ \hbox{\gkpbeginpicture(#2,#2)(0,0)%
+ \put(0,#2){\line(1,-1){#2}}%
+ \gkpendpicture\vrule}%
+ \vss}%
+}%end icurt
+%
+\def\squineicurt#1#2{%IConUpperRightTriangle
+%#1 is ht of icon matrix, with UT
+%the upper triangular part, e.g. 4
+%#2 is wd of icon (upper triangular)
+%matrix, e.g. 2
+%For small diaglines
+\csname newcount\endcsname\half
+\half#2 \divide\half 2
+\vbox to #1\unitlength{\hrule
+ \hbox{\gkpbeginpicture(#2,#2)(0,0)%
+ \put(0,0){\squine(0,\the\half,#2,#2,%
+ \the\half,0)}%
+ \gkpendpicture\vrule}%
+ \vss}%
+}%end icurt
+\def\icllt#1#2{%IConLowerLeftTriangle
+%#1 is ht of icon matrix, with LT
+%the lower triangular part, e.g. 4
+%#2 is wd of icon (lower triangular)
+%matrix, e.g. 2
+\vbox to #1\unitlength{\vss
+ \hbox{\vrule
+ \gkpbeginpicture(#2,#1)(0,0)%
+ \put(0,#2){\line(1,-1){#2}}%
+ \gkpendpicture}%
+ \hrule}%
+}%end icllt
+%
+\def\icuh#1#2#3{%IConUpperHessenberg
+%#1 is size of icon matrix, with UH
+% the upper Hessenberg part, e.g. 4
+%#2 is wd of icon (upper Hesenberg)
+% matrix, e.g. 1
+%#3 is size Lower Left triangular part,
+% #1-#2 (for simplicity the latter is added,
+% could have been calculated, perhaps some
+% inconsistency test could be incorporated)
+\vbox{\offinterlineskip
+ \hrule
+ \hbox to#1\unitlength{\vrule height%
+ #2\unitlength depth0pt\relax
+ \hfil\vrule}%
+ \hbox to#1\unitlength
+ {\gkpbeginpicture(#3,#3)(0,0)%
+ \put(0,#3){\line(1,-1){#3}}%
+ \gkpendpicture\hfil\vrule}%
+ \hbox to#1\unitlength{\hfil\vrule
+ width#2\unitlength height.2pt\relax}%
+ }%
+}%end icuh
+%Example of use
+%\input blue.tex
+%\beginscript
+%\unitlength=1ex
+%$$\icmat44\kern\unitlength\icllt44=
+% \icllt44\icuh413\qquad AL=LH$$
+%$$\icmat63=\icmat63\kern\unitlength
+% \icurt63\qquad A=QR$$
+%\endscript
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%icons%;newpage
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%btable%
+%Table Diversions cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%EuroTeX '92 proceedings, MAPS92.2.
+%The article discusses typsetting tables
+%via plain, surveys related work,
+%introduces the file btable.tex, and
+%provides a discipline for typesetting
+%cell-blocks.
+%;numvrb
+\newbox\btablebox
+\newtoks\thisbtable\newtoks\everybtable
+\newtoks\prebtable\newtoks\postbtable
+%Cell vertical size,
+%row height and depth (separation implicit),
+\newdimen\cvsize
+\newdimen\tsht \newdimen\tsdp
+\newdimen\tvsize\newdimen\thsize
+%Parameter setting macros: Rules
+\def\hruled{\def\lineglue{\hrulefill}
+ \def\colsep{}\def\rowsep{\hrule}
+ \let\rowstbsep=\colsep
+ \let\headersep=\rowsep}
+\def\vruled{\def\lineglue{\hfil}
+ \def\colsep{\vrule}\def\rowsep{}
+ \let\rowstbsep=\colsep
+ \let\headersep=\hrule}
+\def\ruled{\def\lineglue{\hrulefill}
+ \def\colsep{\vrule}\def\rowsep{\hrule}
+ \let\rowstbsep=\colsep
+ \let\headersep=\rowsep}
+\def\nonruled{\def\lineglue{\hfil}
+ \def\colsep{}\def\rowsep{}
+ \def\rowstbsep{\vrule}
+ \def\headersep{\hrule}}
+\def\dotruled{\def\lineglue{\dotfill}
+ \def\rowsep{\hbox to\thsize{\dotfill}}
+ \def\colsep{\lower1.5\tsdp\vbox to
+ \cvsize{\leaders\hbox to0pt{\vrule
+ height2pt depth2pt width0pt\hss.\hss}
+ \vfil}}
+ \let\rowstbsep=\colsep
+ \let\headersep=\rowsep}
+%Parameter setting macros:
+% Controling positioning
+\def\ctr{\def\lft{\hfil}\def\rgt{\hfil}}
+%Centered
+\def\fll{\def\lft{} \def\rgt{\hfil}}
+%Flushed left
+\def\flr{\def\lft{\hfil}\def\rgt{}}
+%Flushed right
+%Parameter setting macros: Framing
+\def\framed{\let\frameit=\boxit}
+\def\nonframed{\def\frameit##1{##1}}
+\def\dotframed{\let\frameit=\dotboxit}
+%;vrblin=100
+\def\beginbtable{\vbox\bgroup
+\ifx\empty\rowstblst \let\rsl=\rowstblst
+\else\ea\def\ea\rsl\ea{\rowstblst{}}%Append with sentinel
+\fi\ifx\empty\template\ifx\empty\rsl
+ \def\template{\colsepsurround
+ \lft####\rgt&&\lft####\rgt\cr}
+ \else\def\template{\colsepsurround
+ ####\hfil&&\lft####\rgt\cr}\fi
+\fi
+\def\tstrut{\vrule height\tsht
+ depth\tsdp width0pt}
+%Logical mark up of column and
+%row separators, via use of
+\def\cs{&\colsepsurround\colsep
+ \colsepsurround&}
+\def\prs{&\colsepsurround\lineglue&}
+\def\srp{&\lineglue\colsepsurround&}
+\def\rs{\colsepsurround\tstrut\cr
+ \ifx\empty\rowsep
+ \else\noalign{\rowsep}\fi
+ \ifx\empty\rsl
+ \else\ea\nxtrs\fi}
+\def\grs{\colsepsurround\tstrut\cr\ghostrow}
+\def\ghostrow{\rss\prs\logms2\lineglue\cr\nxtrs}
+\def\rss{&\colsepsurround\rowstbsep
+ \colsepsurround&}
+\def\hs{\colsepsurround\tstrut\cr
+ \ifx\empty\headersep
+ \else\noalign{\headersep}\fi
+ \ifx\empty\rsl\else\ea\nxtrs\fi}
+\the\everybtable\relax
+\the\thisbtable\relax
+\cellsize
+\tsht=.775\cvsize\tsdp=.225\cvsize
+\setbox\btablebox=\vbox\bgroup
+ \tabskip=0pt\relax\offinterlineskip
+ \halign\bgroup
+ \span\template\ifx\empty\first
+ \ifx\empty\rsl
+ \else\ifx\empty\header
+ \else\ea\rss\fi
+ \fi\else\first\ea\rss\fi
+ \ifx\empty\header
+ \ifx\empty\first
+ \ifx\empty\rsl\else
+ \ea\nxtrs\fi\else\ea\hs\fi
+ \else\header\tstrut\ea\hs\fi}%
+%end \beginbtable
+%;vrblin=200
+\def\endbtable{\colsepsurround
+ \tstrut\crcr\egroup\egroup
+ %end setbox
+ \global\thsize=\wd\btablebox
+ \global\tvsize=\ht\btablebox
+ \global\advance\tvsize by\dp\btablebox
+ \the\prebtable
+ \ifx\btablecaption\empty
+ \else\hbox to\thsize{\strut\hfil
+ \btablecaption\hss}\captionsep\fi
+ \frameit{\copy\btablebox}
+ \ifx\footer\empty
+ \else\footersep\hbox to\thsize{\strut
+ \footer\hss}\fi
+ \egroup\the\postbtable
+ \thisbtable={}}%
+%end \endbtable
+%
+\def\btable#1{\beginbtable#1\endbtable}
+%Defaults %;vrblin=300
+\def\cellsize{\cvsize=4ex
+ \tsht=.775\cvsize\tsdp=.225\cvsize}
+%\cellsize
+\def\colsepsurround{\kern.5em}
+\def\btablecaption{}
+\def\first{}
+\def\header{}
+\def\rowstblst{}
+\def\footer{}
+\def\captionsep{\medskip}
+\def\headersep{\hrule}
+\def\footersep{\smallskip}
+\def\rowstbsep{\vrule}
+\def\template{}
+\ctr
+\nonruled
+\nonframed
+%end Defaults
+%Auxiliaries %;vrblin=350
+\def\boxit#1{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule
+ \vbox{#1}\vrule}\hrule}}
+\def\dotboxit#1{\vbox{\offinterlineskip
+ \hbox to\thsize{\dotfill}%
+ \hbox{\lower\dp\btablebox\vbox to\tvsize{%
+ \xleaders\hbox to0pt{\hss\vrule
+ height1.5pt depth1.5pt width0pt.\hss
+ }\vfil}%
+ \vbox{#1}\lower\dp\btablebox\vbox to\tvsize{%
+ \xleaders\hbox to0pt{\hss\vrule
+ height1.5pt depth1.5pt width0pt.\hss
+ }\vfil}}%
+ \hbox to\thsize{\dotfill}}}
+%And to account for logical columns with
+%\logms% logical multispan
+\def\spicspan{\span\omit}
+\def\logms#1{\omit\mscount=#1\multiply
+ \mscount by2 \advance\mscount by-1
+ \loop\ifnum\mscount>1
+ \spicspan\advance\mscount by-1
+ \repeat}
+%To process FIFO
+\def\fifo#1{\ifx\ofif#1\ofif\fi
+ \process{#1}\fifo}
+\def\ofif#1\fifo{\fi}
+%To handle row stub list
+\def\nxtrs{\ifx\empty\rsl
+ \else\def\nxtel{\ea\nrs\rsl\srn}%
+ \ea\nxtel\fi}%next Row Stub
+\def\nrs#1#2\srn{\gdef\rsl{#2}#1\rss}
+%\endinput %btable
+%;nonum
+%Contents btable.tex
+%Newbox
+% \btablebox..................1
+%Newtoks
+% \thisbtable, \everybtable...2
+% \prebtable, \postbtable.....3
+%Parameter setting: rules
+% \hruled.................10-13
+% \vruled.................14-17
+% \ruled..................18-21
+% \nonruled...............22-25
+% \dotruled...............26-33
+%Parameter setting: positioning
+% \ctr.......................36
+% \fll.......................38
+% \flr.......................40
+%Parameter setting: framing
+% \framed....................43
+% \nonframed.................44
+% \dotframed.................45
+%User macro
+% \beginbtable..........101-148
+% \endbtable............201-217
+% \btable...................219
+%Defaults
+% \cellsize.............301-303
+% \colsepsurround...........304
+% \btablecaption............305
+% \first....................306
+% \header...................307
+% \rowstblst................308
+% \footer...................309
+% \captionsep...............310
+% \headersep................312
+% \footersep................312
+% \rowstbsep................314
+% \template.................314
+% \ctr......................320
+% \nonruled.................321
+% \nonframed................322
+%Auxiliaries
+% \boxit................351-352
+% \dotboxit.............353-363
+% \spicspan.................366
+% \logms................367-371
+% \fifo.................373-374
+% \ofif.....................375
+% \nxtrs................377-379
+% \nrs......................380
+%
+%History of changes
+%Version
+%December 1994
+%\rowstblst (and \rsl):
+% no longer does last element of list
+% need extra braces.
+%\postbtable is token variable
+%to guide user positioning.
+%\data omitted in the macro.
+%Formatting of footer made symmetrical
+%with caption.
+%\dotboxit corrected such that
+%vertical dotted lines are symmetrical
+%July 1994
+% \cellsize is invoked in
+% \beginbtable.
+% Token vars for \prebtable
+% \postbtable.
+%June 1994
+% \beginbtable...\endbtable
+% two-part macro
+% \btable minimal variant
+% \preinsert, \postinsert changed
+% into \prebtable, \postbtable
+% toks vars: \everybtable,
+% \thisbtable
+%Version 1.1 \btablecaption as caption
+% (to prevent name clashes)
+% \def\cellsize{\cvsize=
+% et cetera} to be used
+% as default
+% and after font change.
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%btable%;newpage
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%vrb%
+%vrb.tex
+%Author: C.G. van der Laan
+% Hunzeweg 57, 9893PB
+% Garnwerd The Netherlands
+% 0594621525, cgl@rc.service.rug.nl.
+%Purpose: Verbatim macros via plain,
+% to be used with AnyTeX.
+% ;numvrb
+%User toks variables
+\newtoks\thisverbatim
+\newtoks\everyverbatim
+\newtoks\preverbatim
+\newtoks\postverbatim
+%
+%User customization
+\preverbatim{\medskip}
+\postverbatim{\smallbreak}
+% ;vrblin100
+%User `options': \numvrb
+\newcount\vrblin
+\def\numvrb{\vrblin0
+ \everypar{\advance\vrblin1
+ \llap{\sevenrm\the\vrblin\quad}}}
+\def\nonum{\everypar={}}
+% : \emc, \unmc
+\def\makeescape#1{\catcode`#1=0 }
+\def\makeactive#1{\catcode`#1=13 }
+{\makeactive\<
+ \gdef\emc{\makeactive\<%
+ \def<##1>{$\langle##1\rangle$}}}
+\def\unmc{\catcode`\<=12 }%;vrblin200
+%User macro
+\def\beginverbatim{\begingroup
+ \the\preverbatim\tt\setupverbatim
+ \the\everyverbatim\relax
+ \the\thisverbatim\relax
+ \verbatimgobble}
+%
+\def\endverbatim{\the\postverbatim
+ \endgroup\global\thisverbatim={}}
+%
+\def\setupverbatim{%\makeactive\`%
+ \let\!=!\makeescape\!%Knuth&Levy
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%TB381
+ \parskip0pt
+ \obeylines\uncatcodespecials
+ \obeyspaces}
+%
+{\obeyspaces\global\let =\ \catcode`\^=7
+ \obeylines\gdef\verbatimgobble#1^^M{}%
+%\makeactive\` \gdef`{\relax\lq}%TB381
+}%
+\def\uncatcodespecials{\def\do##1{%
+ \catcode`##1=12 }\dospecials}
+%
+\def\math{\bgroup$\catcode`\_=8\relax
+ \catcode`\^=7\relax}
+\def\endmath{$\egroup}
+%
+\def\verbatim#{\beginverbatim\bgroup
+ \aftergroup\endverbatim
+ \afterassignment\ignorespaces
+ \let\dummy=}
+% ;vrblin250
+%Minimal | tag for inline verbatim
+\def\vrt{{\tt\char`\|}}\makeactive\|
+\def|{\bgroup\tt\setupverbatim
+ \the\everyverbatim\relax
+ \the\thisverbatim\relax
+ \def|{\egroup\thisverbatim{}}}
+%;\vrblin300
+%centering verbatims
+\def\boxlines{\obeyspaces\fifol}
+%\gdef\fifol#1^^M{\ifx\lofif#1\lofif\fi
+% \processl{#1}\fifol}
+\def\begincenterverbatim{$$%
+ \def\processl##1{\hbox{##1}}%
+ \def\lofif##1\fifol{\fi\egroup
+ \egroup$$\thisverbatim{}}
+ \let\endcenterverbatim\lofif
+ \bgroup\tt\setupcopy
+ \let\!=!\catcode`\!=0
+ \the\everyverbatim\the\thisverbatim
+ \vbox\bgroup\boxlines}
+%
+{\obeylines\gdef\fileverbatim#1{%
+ \thisverbatim{\input#1}\beginverbatim
+ \endverbatim
+}}
+\def\bluefileverbatim#1\par{\fileverbatim{#1}}
+%Default
+\everyverbatim{\baselineskip12pt
+ plus2ptminus1pt
+ \lineskip1ptplus1ptminus1pt}
+%\endinput
+% ;nonum
+%Contents vrb.tex cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%Newtoks
+% \thisverbatim.................2
+% \everyverbatim................3
+% \preverbatim..................4
+% \postverbatim.................5
+%Customization
+% \preverbatim..................8
+% \postverbatim.................9
+%Options
+% \numvrb.................103-105
+% \vrblin.....................104
+% \nonum......................106
+% \makeescape.................108
+% \makeactive.................109
+% \emc....................111-112
+% \unmc.......................113
+% <#1>........................112
+%User macro
+% \beginverbatim..........202-206
+% <esc char>endverbatim...208-209
+% \verbatim...............228-231
+% \setupverbatim..........211-215
+% \verbatimgobble.............218
+% `...........................219
+% \uncatcodespecials..........221
+% <escape char>math.......224-225
+% <escape char>endmath....... 226
+% \begincenterverbatim....305-313
+%Inline verbatim
+% \vrt........................252
+% vertical bar symbol...... ..253
+%Files
+% \bluefileverbatim...........
+%
+%History of changes
+%March 1996 \bluefileverbatim added
+%July 1994 Version 2
+% \pre- and \postverbatim
+% changed into token vars.
+% Added
+% \unmc, unable metacode
+% \verbatim minimal tag
+% <escape char>math
+% <escape char>endmath
+%Febr 1994 Release Version 1.0
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%vrb%;newpage
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%bibliography%
+%From BLUe's Bibliography%;numvrb
+%\ls<name> template
+\newcount\bcnt
+\def\lsstraight{\let\ls\nitem}
+%
+%\ls a la AMS
+%
+\newcount\suffixcnt
+\def\lsams{\frenchspacing
+ \let\lstnme\relax \let\lstyear\relax
+ %
+ \def\ls##1{\ea\bibitem##1}
+ %
+ \def\bibitem##1(##2){%
+ \def\authornme{##1}%
+ \def\authoryear{##2}%
+ \ifx\lstnme\authornme
+ \def\authornme{------}%
+ \ifx\lstyear\authoryear
+ \global\advance\suffixcnt1
+ \def\authoryear{--}%
+ \else\let\lstyear\authoryear\suffixcnt0
+ \fi
+ \else\let\lstnme\authornme
+ \let\lstyear\authoryear\suffixcnt0
+ \fi\nitem\authornme$\,$%
+ (\authoryear\suffix)}%end \bibitem
+%
+\def\suffix{\ifcase\suffixcnt\or a\or b\or
+ c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or i\or j\or
+ k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r\or
+ s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or y\or z\fi}
+} %;vrblin100
+%Loading
+%Load selected entries
+\def\gobble#1{}
+\def\loadselectivefrom#1{%#1 lit etc.
+ \def\lst##1{\ifx##1\undefined\ea\gobble
+ \else \ea\gdef\ea##1\fi}
+ \input #1.dat \relax%e.g. lit.dat
+ } %;vrblin200
+\newif\ifstore \storetrue
+\newtoks\thisreferences
+\newtoks\referencesname
+\newtoks\prereferences
+\newtoks\postreferences
+\newtoks\referencesfile
+\newbox\referencesbox
+\referencesfile{lit}
+%\referencesname{References}
+\def\references#1{\beginreferences#1%
+ \endreferences}
+\def\bluereferences#1\par
+ {\beginreferences#1\endreferences}
+\def\loadreferences{\loadselectivefrom
+ {\the\referencesfile}}
+\def\beginreferences#1\endreferences{%
+ \bgroup\def\process##1{\ifx\undefined##1
+ \global\let##1\referenceserror\else
+ \message{***\tt\string##1
+ already loaded.***}
+ \fi\namelst\ea{\the\namelst\lst##1}}%
+ \fifo#1\ofif
+ \if]#1]\else\ea\loadreferences\fi
+ %formatting
+ \ifstore\global\setbox\referencesbox=
+ \vbox\bgroup\fi\prenum{}\postnum{}
+ \lsams%Default ls
+ \the\thisreferences
+ \def\lst##1{\ls{##1}
+ \xdef##1{\the\itemno}}
+ \the\namelst\endreferences}
+%
+\def\referenceserror{Reference not in
+ database (Sorry.)\loaderror{Reference}}
+%
+\def\endreferences{\smallbreak\egroup
+ \ifstore\egroup\fi
+ \thisreferences{}}
+%
+\def\pasteupreferences{%
+ \the\prereferences
+ \unvbox\referencesbox
+ \the\postreferences}
+%
+\prereferences{\head{\the
+ \referencesname}}
+%\postreferences{}
+%;vrblin250
+%Double loading is not prevented
+%instead a message is provided.
+\def\beginpictures#1\endpictures{%
+ \def\process##1{\ifx\undefined##1
+ \gdef##1{Picture {\tt\string##1} not
+ in database, Sorry.
+ \loaderror{Picture}}%
+ \else \message{***\string##1
+ already loaded.***}%
+ \fi}%
+ \fifo#1\ofif
+ \loadselectivefrom{\the\picturesfile}
+ \commonforpic}
+%
+%\def\endpictures{\egroup}
+%
+\def\pictures#1{\beginpictures#1%
+ \endpictures}
+\def\bluepictures#1\par
+ {\beginpictures#1\endpictures}
+\def\loadallpictures{\input\the
+ \picturesfile.dat\relax\commonforpic}
+%
+\def\loaderror#1{\write16{#1 not in
+ database}}
+%\endinput %;nonum
+%Contents bibliography
+% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%Newcount
+% \bcnt.........................2
+% \suffixcnt....................8
+%Newif
+% \ifstore....................201
+%Newtoks
+% \thisreferences.............202
+% \referencesname........203, 206
+% \prereferences.........204, 234
+% \postreferences.............205
+%Newbox
+% \referencesbox..............206
+%Initializations
+% \prereferences..........231-232
+% \postreferences.............233
+%\ls customization
+% \lsstraight.................3-6
+% \lsams.....................9-34
+% \suffix...................30-33
+%loading
+% \gobble.....................102
+% \loadselectivefrom......104-109
+%User level
+% \references.............208-209
+% \beginreferences........210-225
+% \endreferences..........226-228
+% \pasteupreferences......230-233
+% \beginpictures..........251-259
+% \endpictures................260
+% \pictures...............261-262
+% \loadallpictures........263-265
+% \loaderror..............266-267
+%History of changes
+%July 1994 Information supplied before
+% \beginscript, past up later.
+% Separate loading of pictures.
+%June 1994 Simpler user interface
+% \beginreferences
+% \<name_1> ... \<name_n>
+% \endreferences
+%Created May 1994
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%bibliography%;newpage
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%Cross-Refs%
+%From BLUe's Cross-Referencing
+%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl %;numvrb
+\newif\ifadvance \advancetrue
+\newcount\frmcnt
+\newtoks\prenum\newtoks\postnum
+%Default prenum and postnum
+\prenum{(}\postnum{)}
+%Automatic numbering
+\def\frmnum{\ifadvance\global\advance
+ \frmcnt1 \fi
+ \the\prenum\the\frmcnt\the\postnum}
+%Automatic numbering and attaching a name
+\def\ref{\frmnum\create}
+%\def\create#1{\ifx#1$$\else
+% \xdef#1{\the\frmcnt}\fi}
+%The version, which handles also displaylines
+\def\create#1{\ifx#1$$\else
+ \ifx#1\hfil\hfil\else
+ \xdef#1{\the\prenum\the\frmcnt
+ \the\postnum}\fi\fi}
+%Citation
+\newif\ifproof \prooftrue
+\def\crsref#1{\ifx#1\undefined{\ifproof
+ \leavevmode\vadjust{\kern-1ex
+ \rightline{\vbox to0pt{\vss
+ \rlap{FR: \tt\string#1}}}}\fi}
+ \else#1\fi}
+%;nonum
+%Contents Cross-Referencing
+% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%Newifs, newcounts
+% \ifadvance, \ifproof..........1, 18
+% \frmcnt...........................2
+%Newtoks
+% \prenum, \postnum.................3
+%Context
+% \prenum, \postnum.................4
+%Automatic numbering, referencing
+% \frmnum.........................7-9
+% \ref.............................11
+% \create.......................15-16
+%Cross referencing
+% \crsref.......................19-23
+%
+%History of changes
+%Jan 95 \prenum and postnum values are
+% stored together with the number
+% by \create
+%June 94 Designed.
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%cross-ref%;newpage
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%gkppic%
+%From gkpmac (line diagrams)
+% `Pictures (a subset of \LaTeX's
+% conventions)'
+%These macros have been used for typesetting
+%`Concrete Mathematics,' among others.
+% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl ;numvrb
+%\catcode`@=11 % borrow the private macros
+% % of PLAIN (with care)
+\newskip\hsssglue
+\hsssglue=0pt plus 1fill minus 1fill
+\def\hsss{\hskip\hsssglue}
+
+\newdimen\unitlength
+\newdimen\linethickness
+\newdimen\@picheight \newdimen\@xdim
+\newdimen\@ydim \newdimen\@len \newdimen\@save
+\newcount\@multicount \newcount\@xarg
+\newcount\@yarg\newbox\@picbox \newbox\@mpbox
+
+\font\tenln=line10 \font\tenlnw=linew10
+\font\tencirc=lcircle10
+\font\tencircw=lcirclew10
+\font\smallln=linew10 scaled 483 % magstep-4
+
+\def\thinlines{\let\linefont=\tenln
+ \let\circlefont=\tencirc
+ \linethickness=\fontdimen8\linefont}
+\def\thicklines{\let\linefont=\tenlnw
+ \let\circlefont=\tencircw
+ \linethickness=\fontdimen8\linefont}
+\thinlines
+
+\def\gkpbeginpicture(#1,#2)(#3,#4){\begingroup
+\@picheight=#2\unitlength \let\line=\@line
+ \setbox\@picbox=\hbox to#1\unitlength
+ \bgroup\kern-#3\unitlength
+ \lower#4\unitlength\hbox\bgroup
+ \ignorespaces}
+\def\gkpendpicture{\egroup\hss\egroup
+ \ht\@picbox=\@picheight \dp\@picbox=\z@
+ \leavevmode\box\@picbox\endgroup}
+
+\def\put(#1,#2)#3{\raise#2\unitlength
+ \rlap{\kern#1\unitlength #3}\ignorespaces}
+
+\def\multiput(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5#6{\@multicount
+ =#5\@xdim=#1\unitlength \@ydim=#2\unitlength
+\setbox\@mpbox=\hbox{#6}%
+ \loop\ifnum\@multicount>0
+ \raise\@ydim\rlap{\kern\@xdim
+ \unhcopy\@mpbox}%
+ \advance\@xdim#3\unitlength
+ \advance\@ydim#4\unitlength
+ \advance\@multicount\m@ne
+ \repeat\ignorespaces}
+
+%makebox is replaced because its reference
+%point does not coincide with LaTeX's
+%\def\makebox(#1,#2)#3{\setbox\@picbox=
+% \hbox to#1\unitlength{\hss#3\hss}%
+% \advance\@ydim-\dp\@picbox
+% \ht\@picbox=#2\unitlength
+% \dp\@picbox=\z@
+% \leavevmode\lower.5\@ydim\box\@picbox}
+\def\makebox(#1,#2)#3{%
+ \hbox to#1\unitlength{\hss
+ \vbox to#2\unitlength{\vss
+ \hbox{#3}\vss}\hss}}
+%LaTeX's framebox is added
+\def\framebox(#1,#2)#3{\setbox0=
+ \hbox to#1\unitlength{\hss
+ \vbox to#2\unitlength{\vss
+ \hbox{#3}\vss}\hss}%
+ \makelightbox\kern-\wd0\box0}
+
+\newif\ifneg
+\def\@line(#1,#2)#3{\@xarg=#1 \@yarg=#2
+ \@len=#3\unitlength \leavevmode
+ \ifnum\@xarg<0 \reverseline \else
+ \negfalse \@ydim=\z@\fi
+ \ifnum\@xarg=0 \@vline
+ \else\ifnum\@yarg=0 \@hline
+ \else\@sline\fi\fi
+\ifneg\kern-\@len\else\@save=\@ydim\fi}
+\def\reverseline{\negtrue \kern-\@len
+ \@xarg=-\@xarg
+ \@ydim=\@len \multiply\@ydim\@yarg
+ \divide\@ydim\@xarg \@yarg=-\@yarg}
+
+\def\@hline{\vrule height.5\linethickness
+ depth.5\linethickness width\@len}
+\def\@vline{\kern-.5\linethickness\vrule
+ width\linethickness
+ \ifnum\@yarg<0 height\z@ depth\else
+ depth\z@ height\fi\@len
+ \kern-.5\linethickness}
+
+\def\@sline{\setbox\@picbox=\hbox{\linefont
+ \count@=\@xarg \multiply\count@ 8
+ \ifnum\@yarg>0 \advance\count@\@yarg
+ \advance\count@-9
+ \else \advance\count@-\@yarg
+ \advance\count@ 55 \fi
+ %\immediate\write0{count@=\the\count@}%
+ \char\count@}%
+ \ifnum\@yarg<0 \@picheight=-\ht\@picbox
+ \advance\@ydim\@picheight
+ \else \@picheight=\ht\@picbox \fi
+ \@xdim=\wd\@picbox \@save=\@ydim
+%\hbox to0pt{\hss$\bullet$\hss}%
+ \loop\ifdim\@xdim<\@len
+ \raise\@ydim\copy\@picbox
+ \advance\@xdim\wd\@picbox
+ \advance\@ydim\@picheight%\immediate
+ %\write0{x, y: \the\@xdim, \the\@ydim}%
+ \repeat
+ \advance\@xdim-\@len \kern-\@xdim
+ \multiply\@xdim\@yarg
+ \divide\@xdim\@xarg
+ \advance\@ydim-\@xdim
+%Mod cgl June 94
+ \ifdim\@len<\ht\@picbox
+ \kern\wd\@picbox\else
+ \raise\@ydim\box\@picbox\fi}
+
+\def\vector(#1,#2)#3{\@line(#1,#2){#3}%
+ \ifnum\@xarg=0 \@vvector
+ \else\ifnum\@yarg=0 \@hvector
+ \else\@svector\fi\fi}
+\def\@hvector{\ifneg\rlap{\linefont\char
+ 27}\else\smash{\llap{\linefont\char45}}\fi
+ } % we have to smash because of font bug
+\def\@vvector{\ifnum\@yarg<0
+ \raise-\@len\rlap{\linefont\char63}%
+ \else\setbox\@picbox=\rlap{\linefont
+ \char54}\advance\@len-\ht\@picbox
+ \raise\@len\box\@picbox\fi}
+
+\def\@svector{\setbox\@picbox=\hbox
+ to\z@{\linefont
+ \ifnum\@yarg<0 \count@=55 \@yarg=-\@yarg
+ \else\count@=-9 \fi
+ \ifneg\multiply\@xarg16 \multiply\@yarg2
+ \else\hss % \llap
+ \ifnum\@xarg>2 \multiply\@xarg9
+ \multiply\@yarg2
+ \advance\count@29
+ \else\ifnum\@yarg>2 \multiply\@xarg16
+ \multiply\@yarg9
+ \advance\count@-20
+ \else\multiply\@xarg24 \multiply\@yarg3
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ \advance\count@\@xarg
+ \advance\count@\@yarg \char\count@
+ \ifneg\hss\fi}% \rlap
+ \raise\@save\box\@picbox}
+
+\def\disk#1{\@len=#1\unitlength
+ \count@='160 \@diskcirc}
+\def\circle#1{\@len=#1\unitlength
+ \count@='140 \@diskcirc}
+\def\@diskcirc{\setbox\@picbox=
+ \hbox{\circlefont\char\count@}%
+ \@xdim=\wd\@picbox \leavevmode
+ \ifdim\@len>15.499\@xdim \@bigdc
+ \else \@smalldc\fi}
+\def\@bigdc{\ifnum\count@<'160 \@bigcirc
+ \else \@len=15\@xdim \@diskcirc\fi}
+\def\@smalldc{{\advance\@len-.5\@xdim
+ \loop\ifdim\@xdim<\@len
+ \advance\count@\@ne
+ \advance\@xdim\wd\@picbox
+ \repeat
+ \hbox{\circlefont\char\count@}}}
+\def\@bigcirc{{\circlefont\count@=15
+ \setbox\@picbox=\hbox{\char\count@
+ }\@xdim=\wd\@picbox
+ \ifdim\@len>2.5\@xdim \@len=2.5\@xdim\fi
+ \advance\@len-.125\wd\@picbox
+ \loop\ifdim\@xdim<\@len
+ \advance\count@4
+ \advance\@xdim.25\wd\@picbox
+ \repeat
+ \@ydim=.5\@xdim
+ \advance\@ydim.5\linethickness
+ \setbox\@picbox=\vbox{\hbox{\char
+ \count@\advance\count@-3\char\count@}%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \hbox{\advance\count@\m@ne\char
+ \count@\advance\count@\m@ne
+ \char\count@}}%
+ \kern-\@ydim\lower\@ydim\box\@picbox}}
+
+\newif\ifovaltl \newif\ifovaltr
+\newif\ifovalbl \newif\ifovalbr
+\ovaltltrue \ovaltrtrue
+\ovalbltrue \ovalbrtrue
+\def\oval(#1,#2){\@xdim=#1\unitlength
+ \@ydim=#2\unitlength
+ {\circlefont
+ \setbox\@picbox=\hbox{\char0}
+ \ifdim\@xdim<\wd\@picbox
+ \@xdim=\wd\@picbox\fi
+ \ifdim\@ydim<\wd\@picbox
+ \@ydim=\wd\@picbox\fi
+ \@save=\@xdim
+ \ifdim\@ydim<\@save \@save=\@ydim \fi
+ \count@=39
+ \loop \setbox\@picbox=\hbox{\char
+ \count@}\ifdim\@save<\wd\@picbox
+ \advance\count@-4
+ \repeat
+ \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height\ht
+ \@picbox depth\dp\@picbox width\z@
+ \kern\wd\@picbox}%
+ \@save=.5\wd\@picbox
+ \advance\@save-.5\linethickness
+ \setbox0=\hbox to\@xdim{\ifovaltl
+ \char\count@\else\strut\fi
+ \kern-\@save\leaders\hrule height
+ \ifovaltl\linethickness\else\z@\fi
+ \hfil
+ \leaders\hrule height\ifovaltr
+ \linethickness\else\z@\fi
+ \hfil\kern\@save
+ \ifovaltr\advance\count@-3
+ \char\count@\else\strut\fi
+ \kern-\wd\@picbox}%
+ \advance\count@\m@ne
+ \setbox2=\hbox to\@xdim{\ifovalbl
+ \char\count@\else\strut\fi
+ \kern-\@save\leaders\hrule height
+ \ifovalbl\linethickness\else\z@\fi
+ \hfil
+ \leaders\hrule height
+ \ifovalbr\linethickness\else
+ \z@\fi\hfil\kern\@save
+ \ifovalbr\advance\count@\m@ne
+ \char\count@\else\strut\fi
+ \kern-\wd\@picbox}%
+ \@save=\@ydim
+ \advance\@save-\wd\@picbox
+ \divide\@save 2
+ \setbox\@picbox=\vbox{\box0
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \hbox to\@xdim{\vrule height\@save
+ width\ifovaltl\linethickness
+ \else\z@\fi
+ \hfil\ifovaltr\vrule
+ width\linethickness
+ \kern-\linethickness\fi}%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \hbox to\@xdim{\vrule height\@save
+ width\ifovalbl\linethickness
+ \else\z@\fi
+ \hfil\ifovalbr\vrule
+ width\linethickness
+ \kern-\linethickness\fi}%
+ \nointerlineskip\box2}%
+ \@save=.5\@ydim
+ \advance\@save.5\linethickness
+ \leavevmode
+ \kern-.5\@xdim
+ \kern-.5\linethickness
+ \lower\@save\box\@picbox}}
+
+\def\begincpic#1\endcpic{\vcenter{\hbox
+ {\beginpicture#1\endpicture}}}
+
+% Squines (quadratic splines)
+% example of use: to plot f(x) between
+% x0 and x1, you can say
+% \put(0,0){\squine(x0,xm,x1,y0,ym,y1)},
+% where y0=f(x0), y1=f(x1)
+% xm=(y0-y1+s1x1-s0x0)/(s1-s0),
+% ym=(s0(s1x1-y1)-s1(s0x0-y0))/(s1-s0),
+% s0=f'(x0), and s1=f'(x1).
+
+\newdimen\@xi \newdimen\@xii
+\newdimen\@xiii \newdimen\@xiv
+\newdimen\@xpt \newdimen\@xoldpt
+\newdimen\@yi \newdimen\@yii
+\newdimen\@yiii \newdimen\@yiv
+\newdimen\@ypt \newdimen\@yoldpt
+\def\squineelem{.}
+%\def\squineelem{\tencirc q}
+\def\squine(#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6){\setbox
+ \@picbox\hbox{\squineelem}%
+ \global\@xoldpt=#1\unitlength
+ \global\@yoldpt=#4\unitlength
+ \kern\@xoldpt
+ \@xi=\@xoldpt
+ \@xii=#2\unitlength
+ \@xiii=#3\unitlength
+ \@yi=\@yoldpt
+ \@yii=#5\unitlength
+ \@yiii=#6\unitlength
+ \squinerec
+ \@xpt=#3\unitlength
+ \@ypt=#6\unitlength
+ \@addpoint
+ \raise\@ypt\copy\@picbox}
+\newif\iffar
+\def\squinerec{\farfalse
+ \testnear\@xi\@xiii \testnear\@yi\@yiii
+ \iffar \decast \fi}
+\def\testnear#1#2{\@save=#1\advance
+ \@save-#2%
+ \ifdim\@save<\z@ \@save=-\@save\fi
+ \ifdim\@save>\p@ \fartrue \fi}
+\def\decast{\@xpt=\@xi
+ \advance\@xpt\@xii \divide\@xpt2
+ \advance\@xii\@xiii \divide\@xii2
+ \@xiv=\@xpt
+ \advance\@xiv\@xii
+ \divide\@xiv2
+ \@ypt=\@yi
+ \advance\@ypt\@yii
+ \divide\@ypt2
+ \advance\@yii\@yiii
+ \divide\@yii2
+ \@yiv=\@ypt
+ \advance\@yiv\@yii
+ \divide\@yiv2
+ \begingroup\@xii=\@xpt \@xiii=\@xiv
+ \@yii=\@ypt \@yiii=\@yiv
+ \squinerec\endgroup
+ \@xpt=\@xiv \@ypt=\@yiv \@addpoint
+ \@xi=\@xiv \@yi=\@yiv \squinerec}
+\def\@addpoint{%
+ %\message{(\the\@xpt,\the\@ypt)}%
+ \global\advance\@xoldpt-\@xpt
+ \wd\@picbox=-\@xoldpt
+ \raise\@yoldpt\copy\@picbox
+ \global\@xoldpt=\@xpt
+ \global\@yoldpt=\@ypt}
+%Additions%;vrblin399
+\newtoks\xdim \newtoks\ydim
+\newtoks\xoffset \newtoks\yoffset
+\newtoks\everypicture
+\newtoks\thispicture
+\xoffset{0}\yoffset{0}%defaults
+\def\beginpicture{\bgroup
+ \the\everypicture\the\thispicture
+ \gkpbeginpicture(\the\xdim,\the\ydim)%
+ (\the\xoffset,\the\yoffset)}
+\def\endpicture{\gkpendpicture\egroup
+ \global\thispicture{}}
+\def\rhombus(#1,#2)#3#4{%
+%#1,#2 ratio of horizontal/vertical size, <=6
+%#3 the size in unitlengths (half of total width)
+%#4 text to be put in the middle.
+%The centre is the reference point,
+%like \oval.
+\setbox0=\hbox{\line(#1,#2){#3}}%
+\setbox1=\hbox{\line(#1,-#2){#3}}%
+\hbox to0pt{\hss
+ \vbox to0pt{\offinterlineskip\vss
+ \copy0\copy1\vss}%
+ \vbox to0pt{\vss\copy1\copy0\vss}\hss}%
+ \vbox to0pt{\vss
+ \hbox to 0pt{\hss#4\hss}\vss}}
+%lu is pointing left up,
+%rl is pointing roght down
+\def\rdarrowhead{\hbox to 0pt{\hss
+ \vrule height.1ptdepth.1ptwidth.5ex
+ \vrule height.5ex\relax}}
+\def\luarrowhead{\hbox to 0pt{\vrule
+ depth.5ex\relax
+ \vrule height.1ptdepth.1ptwidth.5ex}}
+%\endinput %;nonum
+%
+%Contents Picture environm. named
+%gkppic. cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%Dimensions
+% \unitlength......................7
+% \linethickness...................8
+% \@picheight......................9
+% \@xdim, \@ydim................9-10
+% \@xarg, \@yarg, \@len........10-12
+% \@save..........................10
+% \@picbox........................12
+% \@mpbox.........................12
+% \@xi, \@xii, \@xiii, \@xiv.270-271
+% \@xpt, \@xoldpt................272
+% \@yi, \@yii, \@yiii, \@yiv.273-274
+% \@ypt, \@yoldpt................275
+%Newifs
+% \ifneg..........................70
+% \ifovaltl, \ifovaltr...........185
+% \ifovalbl, \ifovalbr...........186
+% \iffar.........................297
+%Fonts
+% \tenln, \tenlnw.................14
+% \tencirc, \tencircw..........15-16
+% \smallln........................17
+%Size switching
+% \thinlines, \thicklines......19-25
+%Picture environment
+% \gkpbeginpicture
+% (and \line in there)......27-32
+% \gkpendpicture...............33-35
+% \begincpic, \endcpic.......258-259
+% \put.........................37-38
+% \multiput....................40-49
+%Picture elements
+% \makebox.....................59-62
+% \framebox....................64-68
+% \@line.......................71-78
+% \reverseline.................79-82
+% \@hline......................84-85
+% \@vline......................86-90
+% \@sline.....................92-115
+% \vector....................117-120
+% \@hvector..................121-123
+% \@vvector..................124-128
+% \@svector..................130-147
+% \disk......................149-150
+% \circle....................151-152
+% \@diskcirc.................153-157
+% \@bigdc....................158-159
+% \@smalldc..................160-165
+% \@bigcirc..................166-183
+% \oval......................189-256
+%Curves
+% \squineelem................276-277
+% \squine....................278-293
+% \squinerec.................295-297
+% \testnear..................298-301
+% \decast....................302-320
+% \@addpoint.................321-327
+%Additions, compatible blue.tex conventions
+%Newtoks
+% \xdim, \ydim,
+% \xoffset, \yoffset.........400-401
+%\everypicture, \thispicture..402-403
+%\beginpicture................406-409
+%\endpicture..................410-411
+%\rhombus.....................412-424
+%\luarrowhead.................430-432
+%\rlarrowhead.................427-429
+%History of changes
+%Dec 94 \rhombus picture element added.
+% \luarrowhead, \rlarrowhead added.
+%Jun 94 Extensions added for compati-
+% bility with blue.tex.
+% \makebox adapted to LaTeX.
+% \framebox added.
+% \@sline adapted for case
+% \@len less then \ht\@picbox
+% (suppress line
+% element but kern conditionally.)
+% The `dot' element in \squine has
+% been parameterized and initialized
+% differently.
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%gkppic%;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%%%%%%%%% Amy's Diagonal line %%%%%%%%%%
+\newif\ifminuswd
+\newif\ifminusht
+\newbox\dotwide
+\newbox\dotbox
+\newdimen\savehtofdiagline
+\newdimen\htofdiagline
+\newdimen\wdofdiagline
+\newdimen\dotmove
+\newdimen\newsaveht
+\newdimen\savewdofdiagline
+%
+\def\diagline #1 #2 wd #3 ht{%
+%#1 dot, e.g. .
+%#2 width in units, eg 2ex
+%#3 height in units, eg 3ex
+%Amy Hendrickson, TB6#2, 1985
+%Comment cgl: Line thickness varies over
+%the direction, nearly verticals go wrong.
+\global\setbox\dotwide=\hbox{#1}%
+\global\setbox\dotbox=
+ \hbox to0pt{\hss#1\hss}%
+\global\wdofdiagline=#2\relax%
+\ifdim\wdofdiagline<1sp
+ \global\minuswdtrue
+ \global\advance\wdofdiagline
+ by-2\wdofdiagline
+\else\global\minuswdfalse%Robustness
+\fi% turn neg dim to positive
+\global\htofdiagline=#3\relax%
+\ifdim\htofdiagline<1sp
+ \global\advance\htofdiagline
+ by-2\htofdiagline\global\minushttrue
+\else\global\minushtfalse%Robustness
+\fi
+\global\dotmove=1pt%%
+\setbox1=\hbox{%
+ \global\divide\htofdiagline
+ by\the\wdofdiagline\relax}%
+\ifminuswd\rlap\bgroup%
+\else\bgroup\fi%
+\loop\ifdim\htofdiagline>.4pt%CGL mod
+\global\divide\htofdiagline by2%
+\global\divide\dotmove by2\repeat%
+\global\savehtofdiagline=\htofdiagline%
+\loop\ifdim\wdofdiagline>0pt%
+\hskip\ifminuswd-\dotmove%
+ \else\dotmove\fi%
+\ifminusht\lower\else\raise\fi%
+ \htofdiagline\copy\dotbox%
+\global\advance\htofdiagline
+ by\savehtofdiagline%
+\global\advance\wdofdiagline
+ by-\dotmove\repeat%
+\egroup%
+}% end diagonal line
+\def\amyicurt#1#2{%IConUpperRightTriangle
+%#1 is ht of icon matrix,
+%with UT the upper triangular part, e.g. 4ex
+%#2 is wd of icon (upper triangular)
+%matrix, e.g. 2ex
+\vbox to #1{\hrule
+ \hbox{\diagline . #2 wd -#2 ht\vrule}%
+ \vfil}%
+}%end amyicurt
+%endamy's diagline%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%;nonum;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+\newtoks\picturesfile
+\picturesfile{pic}
+%;numvrb
+%begin%%%%%%Generalized \samplebox
+\def\point#1 #2 #3{\kern#1\unitlength
+ \raise#2\unitlength\hbox to0pt{\the\prefil
+ \the\prepoint#3\the\postfil
+ }\kern-#1\unitlength}
+%
+\def\gbox#1#2#3#4{%#1=ht,#2=dp,#3=wd
+%#4=text. Assumed: the dimen vars
+%\xshift, \yshift have been initialized.
+%position of begin of text.
+{\setbox0=\vtop{\vbox to#1{%
+ \hbox to#3{}\vss}\nointerlineskip
+ \vbox to#2{}}%
+%now \box0 has the desired
+%ht, dp, and wd
+ \hbox{\makelightbox\kern-#3%
+ \raise\yshift\hbox to#3{\kern\xshift
+ #4\hss}%
+ }}}%;nonum;newpage
+%
+%
+%Turtle graphics macros added, July 1995
+%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl, July 1995
+%\newdimen\unitlength
+\unitlength3ex %deault
+\newdimen\unitlengthx
+\newdimen\unitlengthy
+\newdimen\x \newdimen\auxdim
+\newdimen\leftx \newdimen\rightx
+\newdimen\y \newdimen\yy
+\newdimen\lefty \newdimen\righty
+%\newcount\i
+\newcount\k \newcount\kaux
+\newcount\loccnt \newcount\modsum
+\newcount\level \newcount\order
+\newcount\kmax
+\newcount\kk \newcount\ekk
+\newcount\dir
+\newbox\nel \newbox\nwl
+\newbox\hlfwndelm
+%\newdimen\linethickness \linethickness.2pt
+\newdimen\linesize
+\setbox\hlfwndelm=\hbox{\vrule
+ height\linethickness
+ width\linethickness}
+\def\xy#1{%Function: place #1 at x, y
+ \vbox to0pt{\kern-\y
+ \hbox to0pt{\kern\x#1\hss}\vss}}
+%
+\def\xytxt#1{%Function: place text #1 at x, y
+ \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss
+ \hbox to0pt{\strut#1\hss}\kern0pt}}}
+%
+\def\N#1{\xy{\kern-.5\linethickness
+ \vbox to0pt{\vss
+ \hrule height#1\unitlength
+ width\linethickness}}%
+\advance\y#1\unitlength}
+%
+\def\S#1{\advance\y-#1\unitlength
+ {\N{#1}}}
+%
+\def\E#1{\xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss
+ \hrule width#1\unitlength
+ height\linethickness
+ depth0pt\vss
+}}\advance\x#1\unitlength}
+%
+\def\W#1{\advance\x-#1\unitlength
+ {\E{#1}}}
+%
+\def\NE#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\correction
+\loop\advance\auxdim-\wd\hlfwndelm
+\ifdim\auxdim>-.5\wd\hlfwndelm
+ \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\hlfwndelm}}%
+ \advance\x\wd\hlfwndelm
+ \advance\y\ht\hlfwndelm
+\repeat}
+%
+\def\NW#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\correction
+\loop\advance\auxdim-\wd\hlfwndelm
+\ifdim\auxdim>-.5\wd\hlfwndelm
+ \advance\x-\wd\hlfwndelm
+ \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\hlfwndelm}}%
+ \advance\y\ht\hlfwndelm
+\repeat}
+%
+\def\SW#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\correction
+\loop\advance\auxdim-\wd\hlfwndelm
+\ifdim\auxdim>-.5\wd\hlfwndelm
+ \advance\x-\wd\hlfwndelm
+ \advance\y-\ht\hlfwndelm
+ \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\hlfwndelm}}%
+\repeat}
+%
+\def\SE#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\correction
+\loop\advance\auxdim-\wd\hlfwndelm
+\ifdim\auxdim>-.5\wd\hlfwndelm
+ \advance\y-\ht\hlfwndelm
+ \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\hlfwndelm}}%
+ \advance\x\wd\hlfwndelm
+\repeat}
+%
+%Convenient aliases are
+\let\0\N
+\let\1\E
+\let\2\S
+\let\3\W
+%to supply text to the east (by preceding
+%it with \hss it is centered)
+\def\trttxt#1{\hbox to0pt{%
+ \kern\x\vbox to0pt{\vss
+ \hbox to0pt{\strut#1\hss
+ }\kern\y}\hss}}
+%white writing i.e. just move, don't draw
+\def\whiteE#1{\advance\x#1\unitlength }
+\def\whiteN#1{\advance\y#1\unitlength }
+\def\whiteW#1{\advance\x-#1\unitlength }
+\def\whiteS#1{\advance\y-#1\unitlength }
+%sometimes the following variants with
+%global changes are needed
+\def\globalN#1{\xy{\kern-.5\linethickness
+ \vbox to0pt{\vss
+ \hrule height#1\unitlength
+ width\linethickness}}%
+\global\advance\y#1\unitlength}
+%
+\def\globalS#1{\global\advance
+ \y-#1\unitlength{\N{#1}}}
+%
+\def\globalE#1{\xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss
+ \hrule width#1\unitlength
+ height\linethickness
+ depth0pt\vss
+}}\global\advance\x#1\unitlength}
+%
+\def\globalW#1{\global\advance
+ \x-#1\unitlength{\E{#1}}}
+%
+\newbox\trielm
+\linethickness.2pt
+\setbox\trielm=\hbox{\vrule
+ width1.74\linethickness
+ height\linethickness\relax}
+%To account for element in 30 degrees direction
+\unitlengthy\ht\trielm %default.2pt
+\unitlengthx\wd\trielm %default.3482pt
+\unitlength\unitlengthy%default.2pt
+%
+\def\WSW#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\divide\auxdim2
+ \loop\advance\auxdim-\unitlengthy
+ \ifdim\auxdim>-.5\unitlengthy
+ \advance\x-\unitlengthx
+ \advance\y-\unitlengthy
+ \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\trielm}}%
+ \repeat}
+%
+\def\ESE#1{\auxdim#1\unitlength\divide\auxdim2
+ \loop\advance\auxdim-\unitlengthy
+ \ifdim\auxdim>-.5\unitlengthy
+ \advance\y-\unitlengthy
+ \xy{\vbox to0pt{\vss\copy\trielm}}%
+ \advance\x\unitlengthx
+ \repeat}
+%
+\def\correction{\multiply\auxdim23
+ \divide\auxdim32\relax}
+%
+%And the shortcut
+\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname
+ {\the\kk}}
+%The useful \bintree for trees
+\def\bintree{\S1\ifnum2=\kk\eertnib\fi
+ \divide\kk2
+ {\W{\the\kk}\bintree}%
+ \E{\the\kk}\bintree\relax}
+\def\eertnib#1\relax{\fi\global\advance\k1
+ \whiteS1\xytxt{ \csname\the\k\endcsname}}
+%
+%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl, July 1995
+%\newdimen\x \newdimen\y \newdimen\yy
+%\newcount\k \newcount\kmax
+\ea\newdimen\csname X1\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname X2\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname X3\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname X4\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname X12\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname X23\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname X34\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname X123\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname X234\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname X1234\endcsname
+\def\X#1{\csname X#1\endcsname}
+%
+\ea\newdimen\csname Y1\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname Y2\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname Y3\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname Y4\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname Y12\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname Y23\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname Y34\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname Y123\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname Y234\endcsname
+\ea\newdimen\csname Y1234\endcsname
+\def\Y#1{\csname Y#1\endcsname}
+%
+\newbox\smileybox
+%Next the METAfont spline implementation
+\def\mfs{\ifnum\k=\kmax \sfm\fi
+\advance\k1
+\midpoints\x\X{1234}\y\Y{1234}\putatxy
+{\X2\X{12}\X3\X{123}\X4\X{1234}%
+ \Y2\Y{12}\Y3\Y{123}\Y4\Y{1234}\mfs}%
+{\X1\X{1234}\X2\X{234}\X3\X{34}%
+ \Y1\Y{1234}\Y2\Y{234}\Y3\Y{34}\mfs}\relax}%end \mfs
+%
+\def\sfm#1\relax{\fi}
+%
+%
+\def\midpoints{%z1,...,z4 -> z1, z12, z23,...,z1234
+\X{12}\X1\advance\X{12}by\X2\divide\X{12}by2
+\X{23}\X2\advance\X{23}by\X3\divide\X{23}by2
+\X{34}\X3\advance\X{34}by\X4\divide\X{34}by2
+\X{123}\X{12}\advance\X{123}by\X{23}\divide\X{123}by2
+\X{234}\X{23}\advance\X{234}by\X{34}\divide\X{234}by2
+\X{1234}\X{123}\advance\X{1234}by\X{234}\divide\X{1234}by2
+%
+\Y{12}\Y1\advance\Y{12}by\Y2\divide\Y{12}by2
+\Y{23}\Y2\advance\Y{23}by\Y3\divide\Y{23}by2
+\Y{34}\Y3\advance\Y{34}by\Y4\divide\Y{34}by2
+\Y{123}\Y{12}\advance\Y{123}by\Y{23}\divide\Y{123}by2
+\Y{234}\Y{23}\advance\Y{234}by\Y{34}\divide\Y{234}by2
+\Y{1234}\Y{123}\advance\Y{1234}by\Y{234}\divide\Y{1234}by2 }
+%\putatxy already in blue.tex
+\def\putatxy{\hbox to0pt{\kern\x\kern-.15pt
+ \vbox to0pt{\vss\hrule width.3pt
+ height.3pt\relax
+ \kern\y}\hss}}
+%
+%\def\S#1{...}%See earlier
+%
+\def\initialize#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%points: (#1,#2),...(#7,#8)
+ \csname X1\endcsname#1\unitlength
+ \csname X2\endcsname#3\unitlength
+ \csname X3\endcsname#5\unitlength
+ \csname X4\endcsname#7\unitlength
+ \csname Y1\endcsname#2\unitlength
+ \csname Y2\endcsname#4\unitlength
+ \csname Y3\endcsname#6\unitlength
+ \csname Y4\endcsname#8\unitlength}
+%
+%
+%\def\smiley{\loadsmileys\hbox{\unitlength.01pt
+% \copy\smileybox\eyes\mouth\kern1000\unitlength} }
+%\def\winksmiley{\loadsmileys\hbox{\unitlength.01pt
+% \copy\smileybox\winkeye\mouth\kern1000\unitlength} }
+%\def\sadsmiley{\loadsmileys\hbox{\unitlength.01pt
+% \copy\smileybox\squinteyes\sadmouth\kern1000\unitlength} }
+%
+%Contents turtle tools
+%Storage allocations
+%\newcount
+% \k, \loccnt, \modsum,
+% \level, \order, \kmax,
+% \kk, \ekk, \dir
+%newdimen
+% \x, \leftx, \rightx,
+% \y, \yy, \lefty, \righty,
+%\newbox
+% \hlfwndelm, \trielm
+%Definitions
+% \N, \E, \S, \W
+% \NE, \SE, \SW, \NW
+% \WSW, \ESE
+% \whiteN, \whiteE, \whiteS, \whiteW
+% \globalN, \globalE, \globalS, \globalW
+% \correction
+% \draw
+% \bintree, \eertnib
+% \putarxy
+% \mfs, \sfm
+% \midpoints
+% \initialize
+%Aliases
+%\0, \1, \3, \4
+%History of changes
+%July 1995 Setup turtle graphics
+%\endinput
+%
+%
+%Undocumented features
+%\rnd from Reid, 1987
+%(Included in index macros of BLUe.)
+%\newcount\rndnum \newcount\rndtmp
+%\newcount\rndval
+\def\rnd{\multiply\rndnum371{}%
+ \advance\rndnum1{}%
+ \ifnum\rndnum>99999
+ \rndtmp\rndnum \divide\rndtmp100000
+ \multiply\rndtmp100000
+ \advance\rndnum-\rndtmp
+ \fi\rndval\rndnum
+ \divide\rndval1000 }
+%
+\def\dieiii{\rnd\throw=
+ \ifnum\rndval<34 0\else
+ \ifnum\rndval<67 1\else2
+ \fi\fi}
+\def\dieiv{\rnd\throw=
+ \ifnum\rndval<25 0\else
+ \ifnum\rndval<50 1\else
+ \ifnum\rndval<75 2\else3
+ \fi\fi\fi}
+\def\diev{\rnd\throw=
+ \ifnum\rndval<20 0\else
+ \ifnum\rndval<40 1\else
+ \ifnum\rndval<60 2\else
+ \ifnum\rndval<80 3\else4
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi}
+%
+%
+%;numvrb
+%Formats.
+\def\loadformat{\input fmt.dat\relax}
+%
+\def\concert{\ifx\undefined\concertfmt
+ \let\concertfmt=x\fi
+ \loadformat
+ \let\concertfmt\undefined
+}
+%;vrblin50
+\newtoks\addressesfile
+\addressesfile{address}
+%
+\def\letter{\ifx\undefined\letterfmt
+ \let\letterfmt=x\fi
+ \loadformat
+ \let\letterfmt\undefined
+}
+%;vrblin100
+\newcount\reportloadcnt
+%Prevent double loading.
+\def\report{\ifx\undefined\reportfmt
+ \let\reportfmt=x\fi
+ \ifnum\reportloadcnt=0 \ea\loadformat\fi
+ \advance\reportloadcnt1
+ \let\reportfmt\undefined
+}
+%;vrblin150
+\newcount\transparenciesloadcnt
+\def\transparencies{%
+ \ifx\undefined\transparenciesfmt
+ \let\transparenciesfmt=x\fi
+ \ifnum\transparenciesloadcnt=0
+ \ea\loadformat\fi
+ \advance\transparenciesloadcnt1
+ \let\transparenciesfmt\undefined
+}%
+\newcount\trsno
+\newbox\trsppt
+\newcount\transparenciespptloadcnt
+\def\transparenciesppt{%
+ \ifx\undefined\transparenciespptfmt
+ \let\transparenciespptfmt=x\fi
+ \ifnum\transparenciespptloadcnt=0
+ \ea\loadformat\fi
+ \advance\transparenciespptloadcnt1
+ \let\transparenciespptfmt\undefined
+}%;nonum;newpage
+%
+%
+%;numvrb
+%Tools
+%General macros.
+\def\fifo#1{\ifx\ofif#1\ofif\fi
+ \process{#1}\fifo}
+\def\ofif#1\fifo{\fi}
+%
+{\obeylines\gdef\fifol#1
+ {\ifx\lofif#1\lofif\fi%
+ \processl{#1}\fifol}}
+\def\lofif#1\fifol{\fi}
+%
+{\obeyspaces\gdef\fifow#1 {\ifx
+\wofif#1\wofif\fi\processw{#1}\ \fifow}}
+\def\wofif#1\fifow{\fi}
+%
+\long\def\gobbletool#1\endinput{\egroup}
+\long\def\tool#1{\ifx#1\undefined
+ \bgroup\unouterdefs
+ \ea\gobbletool\fi}
+%
+\def\toolverbatim{\thisverbatim{%
+ \baselineskip12ptplus2ptminus1pt
+ \lineskip1ptplus1ptminus1pt}%
+ \beginverbatim}
+%
+\let\cgl\relax
+%\def\cgl{\endverbatim\endinput}
+%
+\def\unouterdefs{%List of defs which
+ %have to be neglected
+ \ea\let\csname+\endcsname\relax
+ \catcode`\^12
+ %more to come
+}
+%
+\newif\iffound
+\def\loc#1#2{\def\locate##1#1##2\end
+ {\ifx\empty##2\empty\foundfalse
+ \else\foundtrue\fi}\ea\locate#2.#1\end}
+%
+\def\contentsdatabase#1{%#1 pic lit address
+\ea\let\ea\name\csname toc#1\endcsname
+\immediate\openout\name=contents#1
+%Define list element tag `\lst'
+\def\lst##1##2{\let##1\relax
+ \advance\k1
+ \immediate\write\name{##1}}
+\input #1.dat\relax
+\message{Database #1 contains
+ \the\k\space entries.
+ See the file contents#1 for
+ the list of the names of the entries.}}
+%
+\newwrite\tocfmt
+\newwrite\toctools
+%
+\def\contentstoolsorfmt#1{%#1 tools fmt
+\bgroup
+\ea\let\ea\name\csname toc#1\endcsname
+\immediate\openout\name=contents#1
+\long\def\tool##1##2\endinput{%
+ \immediate\write\name{\nx##1}}
+\unouterdefs
+\input #1.dat\relax
+\message{Database #1 contains
+ \the\k\space entries.}%
+\egroup}
+%
+%Tags for the address database
+\newif\ifregisteredblue
+%Searching the database
+\newtoks\searchfile
+\newtoks\foundfile
+\newtoks\namelst
+\def\search#1{\def\loc##1##2{%
+ \def\locate####1##1####2\end
+ {\ifx\empty####2\empty\foundfalse
+ \else\foundtrue\fi}\ea\locate##2.##1\end}
+ \def\lst##1##2{\loc{#1}{##2}\iffound
+ \immediate\write16{\nx##1}%log file
+ \namelst\ea{\the\namelst\lst##1}
+ \def##1{##2}%define found element
+ \fi}\input\the\searchfile.dat\relax}
+%;vrblin200
+\def\bluechapter#1\par
+ {\beginchapterhead#1\unskip\endchapterhead}
+%Because of \par not in fmt.dat
+\def\blueexample#1\par
+ {\example{#1\unskip}}
+%
+\def\bluedisplaycenterline#1\par
+ {\begindisplaycenterline
+ #1\enddisplaycenterline}%;nonum;newcol
+%
+%
+%;numvrb
+%Tools
+%Next sorted on <tag>tool
+%
+\def\loadtool{\input tools.dat\relax}
+%;vrblin20
+%Binarytreetool
+\newcount\ltree \newcount\m
+\newcount\lu \newcount\levelone
+\newdimen\tophns \newdimen\tophnshalf
+\newdimen\vnodesep
+\newdimen\treewidth %\treewidth=
+%\prod_{i=1}^k{1+1/2i} * \tophns, for level k tree.
+\newtoks\thisbintree
+\newtoks\everybintree
+\def\beginbintree{\begingroup
+ \let\bintreetool=x
+ \loadtool
+ \startbintree}
+\newtoks\thisbt
+\newtoks\everybt
+\newtoks\prebt
+\newtoks\postbt
+\def\beginbt{\begingroup
+ \let\bttool=x
+ \loadtool\bt}
+%;vrblin50
+%Bridgetool
+\def\beginbridge{\begingroup
+ \let\endbridge\endgroup
+ \let\bridgetool=x
+ \loadtool
+}
+%;vrblin100
+%Crosswordstool
+\def\begincrosswords{\begingroup
+ \let\endcrosswords\endgroup
+ \let\crosswordstool=x
+ \loadtool
+}
+%;vrblin150
+%Hanoitool
+\def\hanoi#1{\beginhanoi{#1}\endhanoi}
+\def\beginhanoi{\begingroup
+ \let\endhanoi\endgroup
+ \let\hanoitool=x
+ \loadtool
+\sethanoi}
+%;vrblin200
+%Indextool
+\newcount\indexloadcnt
+\def\loadindexmacros{%
+ \ifx\undefined\indextool
+ \let\indextool=x\fi
+ \ifnum\indexloadcnt=0
+ \ea\loadtool\fi
+ \advance\indexloadcnt1
+ \let\indextool\undefined}
+%(mini-)ToCtool
+\newwrite\toc
+\newcount\tocloadcnt
+\def\loadtocmacros{%
+ \ifx\undefined\toctool
+ \let\toctool=x\fi
+ \ifnum\tocloadcnt=0
+ \ea\loadtool\fi
+ \advance\tocloadcnt1
+ \let\toctool\undefined}
+%;vrblin250
+%Language tools
+\def\english{\let\englishtool=x
+ \loadtool
+ \let\englishtool\undefined
+}
+\def\russian{\let\russiantool=x
+ \loadtool
+ \let\russiantool\undefined
+}
+%;vrblin500
+%ntglogo
+\font\calx=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\newbox\ntglogobox
+\def\loadntglogo{\let\ntglogotool=x
+ \loadtool
+ \let\ntglogotool\undefined
+}
+\def\loadntginfo{\let\ntginfotool=x
+ \loadtool
+ \let\ntginfotool\undefined
+}
+%
+%;vrblin525
+\newbox\smileybox
+\newcount\smileysloadcount
+\def\smiley{\loadsmileys\raise.5ex
+ \hbox{\unitlength.01pt
+ \copy\smileybox
+ \eyes\mouth
+ \kern1000\unitlength} }
+\def\winksmiley{\loadsmileys\raise.5ex
+ \hbox{\unitlength.01pt\copy\smileybox
+ \winkeye\mouth
+ \kern1000\unitlength} }
+\def\sadsmiley{\loadsmileys\raise.5ex
+ \hbox{\unitlength.01pt\copy\smileybox
+ \squinteyes\sadmouth
+ \kern1000\unitlength} }
+\def\loadsmileys{\ifx\undefined\smileystool
+ \let\smileystool=x\fi
+ \ifnum\smileysloadcount=0 \ea\loadtool
+ \else\message{--- smileys already loaded---}\fi
+ \advance\smileysloadcount1
+ \let\smileystool\undefined}
+%
+%;vrblin550
+\def\loadxyz{\let\xyztool=x
+ \loadtool
+ \let\xyztool\undefined
+}
+%;vrblin575
+\def\loadpartlogo{\let\partlogotool=x
+ \loadtool
+ \let\partlogotool\undefined
+}
+%;vrblin600
+%Pascaltool
+%Declarations
+\newtoks\prepascal
+\newtoks\postpascal
+\newtoks\reservedset
+\newcount\commentstatus
+%Initializations
+\let\reservedwordsfont\bf
+\let\pascalprogramfont\it
+\let\pascalcommentfont\rm
+\prepascal{\medskip\noindent}
+\postpascal\prepascal
+%Reserved words need right catcodes
+%
+\def\beginpascal{\begingroup
+ \let\pascaltool=x
+ \loadtool
+ \afterassignment\fifol\let\dummy=}%;nonum;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%***Storage allocation*** ;numvrb
+%\new...-s needed in the various tools
+%Space is once reserved.
+%General
+\newtoks\storedheadline
+\newtoks\storedfootline
+\newtoks\appendixname
+\appendixname{Appendix}
+\newcount\storedpageno
+%;vrblin10
+%From \contentsdatabase
+\newwrite\tocpic
+\newwrite\toclit
+\newwrite\tocaddress
+%;vrblin20
+%From \letter
+\newtoks\letterfile
+%\newtoks\addressesfile
+\newtoks\addresseename\newtoks\fullname
+\newtoks\addresseelist
+\newtoks\subject
+\newtoks\ourreference
+\newtoks\yourreference
+\newtoks\enclosures
+\newdimen\longindentation
+\newdimen\storedvsize
+\newskip\vaoffset%vert address offset
+\newskip\haoffset%hor address offset
+\newbox\affiliationbox
+\letterfile{letter}
+%\addressesfile{address}
+%From \transparencies
+\newtoks\regularheadline
+\newtoks\regularfootline
+%;vrblin50
+%From \report
+\newtoks\chapternumbering
+\newtoks\thischapterhead
+\newtoks\everychapterhead
+\newtoks\prefacename
+\newtoks\bibliographydata
+\newtoks\chaptertitle
+\newtoks\prechapterhead
+\newtoks\postchapterhead
+\newtoks\headtitle
+\newtoks\subheadtitle
+\newtoks\subsubheadtitle
+\newtoks\prepoint
+\newtoks\prefil
+\newtoks\postfil
+\newtoks\thisexample
+\newtoks\everyexample
+\newtoks\exampletitle
+\newbox\prefacebox
+\newbox\contentsbox
+\newbox\forewordtranslatorbox
+\newdimen\generalindent
+\newdimen\gutter \gutter1em
+\newdimen\xshift
+\newdimen\yshift
+\newdimen\subsubheadindent
+\newcount\headcnt
+\newcount\chaptercnt
+\newcount\examplecnt
+\newcount\exercisecnt
+\newwrite\toc
+\newwrite\toe
+\newif\ifrunin
+%;vrblin100
+%From transparencies
+\newtoks\identification
+%\newtoks\crowner
+\newtoks\headtitle
+\newtoks\subheadtitle
+\newtoks\subsubheadtitle
+\newskip\leftskiptrs
+\newskip\rightskiptrs
+%;vrblin125
+%From crosswords
+\newif\ifpuzzle
+\newcount\cnt
+\newdimen\csize
+%;vrblin150
+%From index
+\newif\ifcontinue%controls loops
+\newif\iffound%locating accent cs
+\newif\ifproof\prooftrue
+\newtoks\indword
+\newcount\n
+\newcount\lc
+\newcount\r
+\newcount\ic
+\newcount\uone
+\newcount\jc
+\newcount\jj
+\newcount\jjone
+%Counters
+%\newcount\n
+%\newcount\m
+%\newcount\k
+%\newcount\kk
+\n=0
+\newcount\kzero\kzero0 %Bias value
+\newcount\pk
+\newcount\pkone%Used in sortcs
+\newcount\frst%First value of range
+\newcount\last %Last value of range
+\newcount\slast%Successor \last
+\newcount\dif %Difference \last-\frst
+\newcount\nw %Number of words
+\newcount\nc %Number of characters/comp
+\newcount\numex %Number of exchanges
+\newcount\rndval%Random number
+\newcount\rndnum%Seed random generator
+\newcount\rndtmp%Temporary value
+\newcount\throw
+\newcount\status%Status comparison
+\newcount\low
+\newcount\up
+\newif\ifgoon
+\newread\inxin
+\newtoks\indword
+\newtoks\indexfile
+ %To parameterize the resulting index
+\newtoks\irfile
+ %To parameterize the IRs
+\newtoks\indexname
+\newtoks\preindex
+\newtoks\postindex
+\newtoks\ignores
+\newtoks\conseqs
+\newtoks\consyms
+\newtoks\srtkeys
+\newtoks\srtkeypairs
+%;vrblin500
+%Contents Tools
+%- bridgetool
+%- crosswordstool
+%- hanoitool
+%- indextool
+%- langauages englishtool (default)
+%- ntglogotool
+%- ntginfotool
+%- russiantool
+%- smileys
+%- toctool
+%- xyztool
+%- pascaltool
+%;nonum
+%History of changes Tools
+% Jan 1995 Created
+% Summer 1995 Smileys added
+% March 1996 Toc tool added
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+%
+%
+\def\\{\hfil\break}
+\let\annotation\relax
+\generalindent\parindent
+\subsubheadindent\generalindent
+\loadntglogo
+\english
+\catcode`\@=12
+\endinput
+%for Mac as pre format
+\global\advance\count0-1 \dump
+%%%end blue.tex, cgl%%% \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/blu/fmt.dat b/macros/blu/fmt.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..684c4540f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/blu/fmt.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,1418 @@
+%The material is shareware and subject
+%to the separate notes on copyright.
+%
+%File of formats to cooperate with blue.tex
+%To print the formats properly, copy
+%the following 11-lines job and
+%substitute the semicolon token
+%(=escape char) for `semi-col'. (2x)
+% ---Kees---
+%\input blue.tex
+%\hfuzz25pt
+%\title{File: fmt.dat}
+%\issue{Version 1.0}
+%\beginscript
+%\thisverbatim={\catcode`\`semicol'=0
+% \catcode`\!=12
+% \catcode`\|=12
+% \input fmt.dat}
+%\beginverbatim
+%`semi-col'endverbatim
+%\endscript %or use pgfile.tex
+%
+%
+%
+%Contents:
+%- concert
+%- letter
+%- report
+%- transparencies
+%
+\message{fmt.dat browsed (Version March 1996)}
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%concert%
+%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl %;numvrb
+\tool\concertfmt
+\message{ ---Concert format, Jan 95, cgl--- }
+%Concert format TeXbook 409, 412
+%\font\twelverm=cmr12
+%\font\twelvebf=cmbx12
+%\font\twelveit=cmti12 %all in blue.tex
+%\font\twelvesl=cmsl12
+%\font\twelvemus=cmmi12
+%
+\def\bigtype{\let\rm=\twelverm
+ \let\bf=\twelvebf\let\it=\twelveit
+ \let\sl=\twelvesl\let\mus=\twelvemus
+ \baselineskip=14pt minus 1pt \rm}
+\def\medtype{\let\rm=\tenrm
+ \let\bf=\tenbf\let\it=\tenit
+ \let\sl=\tensl\let\mus=\teni
+ \baselineskip=12pt minus 1pt \rm}
+\def\smalltype{\let\rm=\eightrm
+ \let\bf=\eightbf\let\it=\eightit
+ \let\sl=\eightsl\let\mus=\eighti
+ \baselineskip=9.5pt minus .75pt \rm}
+%
+\def\flat{\raise.2ex\hbox{\mus\char"5B}}
+\def\sharp{\raise.4ex\hbox{\mus\char"5D}}
+\let\,=\thinspace
+\def\(#1){{\rm(}#1\/{\rm)}}
+% ;vrblin50
+\def\composition#1{\halign{\bf
+ \quad##\hfil\cr\kern-1em#1\crcr}}
+% use \cr's if more than one line
+\def\composer#1{\rightline{\bf#1}}
+\def\movements#1{\halign{\quad\it##\hfil
+ &&\qquad\it##\hfil\cr#1\crcr}}
+\def\soloists#1{\centerline{\bf
+ \vbox{\halign{##\hfil\cr#1\crcr}}}}
+% ;vrblin100
+\def\tsaologo{\vbox{\bigtype\bf
+ \line{\hrulefill}
+ \kern-.5\baselineskip
+ \line{\hrulefill\phantom
+{ THE ST.\,ANFORD ORCHESTRA }\hrulefill}
+ \kern-.5\baselineskip
+ \line{\hrulefill\hbox
+{ THE ST.\,ANFORD ORCHESTRA }\hrulefill}
+ \kern-.5\baselineskip
+ \line{\hrulefill\phantom
+{ R. J. Drofnats, Conductor }\hrulefill}
+ \kern-.5\baselineskip
+ \line{\hrulefill\hbox
+{ R. J. Drofnats, Conductor }\hrulefill}
+ }}
+%Defaults
+\onecol\hsize=4in\bigtype
+\endinput %;nonum
+%Contents
+%Fonts
+% \bigtype................10-13
+% \medtype................14-17
+% \smalltype..............18-21
+% \flat......................23
+% \sharp.....................24
+% \,.........................25
+% \(...).....................26
+%Layout
+% \composition............51-52
+% \composer..................54
+% \movement..................55
+% \soloists...............57-58
+% \tsalogo..............101-115
+%Defaults
+% \onecol\hsize\bigtype.....117
+%History of changes.
+%Jan 95 Creation.
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%concert%!cgl;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%letter%;numvrb
+\tool\letterfmt
+%Inspired upon the TeXbook App E
+%\today already in blue.tex
+\message{ ---Letter format,
+ Jan 95, cgl--- }
+%Addresses assumed in address.dat
+%Toks vars: \letterfile\addressesfile
+%Address handling
+\def\beginaddresses#1\endaddresses{%
+ \def\process##1{\ifx\undefined##1
+ \let##1\addresserror
+ \else \message{\Dash\string##1
+ already loaded.\Dash}%
+ \fi\namelst\ea{\the\namelst\lst##1}}
+ \fifo#1\ofif%end defining all names
+ \loadselectivefrom{\the\addressesfile}}
+%with on top the trivial variant
+\def\addresserror{Address not in database,
+ Sorry.\loaderror{Addresses}}
+\def\addresses#1{\beginaddresses
+ #1\endaddresses}
+%
+\def\addressee#1{\ea
+ \splitaddress#1\egroup}%;nonum
+%
+%with at the lower level
+%;numvrb;vrblin50
+\def\splitaddress#1\\#2\\{\addresseename{#1%
+ \unskip}\fullname{#2\unskip}\setbox
+ \affiliationbox\hbox\bgroup#2\\}%;nonum
+%
+%To handle letters
+%;numvrb;vrblin100
+\def\letterto#1{{\everyscript{\notlastscript}
+ \storedvsize\vsize
+ \storedheadline\headline
+ \storedfootline\footline
+ \beginaddresses#1\endaddresses
+ \let\lst\processletter
+ \the\namelst}}
+%
+\def\lettertoall{{\everyscript{\notlastscript}
+ \def\lst##1{\processletter}
+ \input\the\addressesfile.dat\relax}}%;nonum
+%
+\def\makesearchletters{\def\lst{%
+ \thisscript{\notlastscript}
+ \processletter}
+ \the\namelst}
+%with at the lower level
+%;numvrb;vrblin150
+\def\processletter#1{{%#1 name or address
+ \headline\storedheadline
+ \footline\storedfootline
+ \vsize\storedvsize
+ \addressee{#1}
+ \beginscript
+ \input\the\letterfile\relax
+ \endscript}}
+%;vrblin175
+%\def\makelistaddresseetags{\def\lst
+% ##1##2{\namelst\ea{\the\namelst##1}}
+% \input\the\addressesfile\relax}%;nonum
+%
+%`Page makeup'
+%;numvrb;vrblin200
+\headline{\line{\vbox to3cm{%
+\line{\logo\hss
+ \vbox{\hsize.33\hsize\small
+ \the\address\\\the\netaddress\\\the\telephone}
+}\kern3pt\hrule\vss}\hss}%
+\addresseewindow
+%and for follow pages
+\global\headline{\line{\vbox
+ to3cm{\vss%Implicit vspace
+ \line{\tenrm \To: \the\fullname
+ \hss\today/\the\subject/\the\crowner\
+ \oldstyle\the\ourreference}\kern2pt\hrule
+ \vss}}}%end follow \headline
+}%end \headline
+%
+\footline{\line{\vbox{%
+ \kern\baselineskip\hrule\kern.5ex
+ \hbox{\strut\the\businessaccount}}\hss}
+%and for follow pages
+ \global\vsize19cm
+ \global\footline{\line{\null
+ \hss--{\oldstyle\the\count0}--\hss
+ }}%end follow \footline
+}%end \footline
+%;vrblin250
+\def\addresseewindow{\line{%
+\vbox to 4cm{%Window height Dutch
+ %envelopes
+\vskip\vaoffset %To shift address vert.
+\leftskip\haoffset%To shift address hor.
+\unhbox\affiliationbox
+\vss}\hss}%end line
+\line{\hbox to\longindentation
+ {\hbox to11ex{\Subject\hss:}
+ \the\subject\hss}\today\hss}
+\line{\hbox to11ex{\small \Ourref\hss:}
+ \the\crowner\
+ \oldstyle\the\ourreference\hss}
+\line{\hbox to11ex{\small \Yourref\hss:}
+ \the\yourreference\hss}
+}%;nonum
+%
+%Processing labels
+%;numvrb;vrblin300
+\def\makelabels#1{\vsize=26cm%
+ \headline{}\footline{}%
+ \beginaddresses#1\endaddresses
+ \let\lst\processlabel
+ \the\namelst}
+%
+\def\makealllabels{\vsize=28cm
+ \headline{}\footline{}
+ \def\lst##1{\processlabel}
+ \input\the\addressesfile.dat\relax
+}
+%
+\def\makesearchlabels{\vsize=28cm
+ \headline{}\footline{}
+ \let\lst\processlabel
+ \the\namelst}%;nonum
+%
+%with at the lower level
+%;numvrb;vrblin350
+\def\processlabel#1{\addressee{#1}%
+ \boxit{\kern1cm\vbox to3.5cm
+ {\noindent\leftskip.33\hsize
+ \hsize.9\hsize
+ \unhbox\affiliationbox\vss}
+ {\smallskip\small
+ \leftskip\generalindent
+ \the\author\\
+ \the\address\bigskip}
+}\smallskip}%end \processlabel%;nonum
+%
+%general things
+% ;numvrb;vrblin400
+\def\beginscript{%
+ \lastscript\the\everyscript
+ \the\thisscript
+\begingroup\pageno1 \null
+\vskip3\bigskipamount
+}%end \beginscript
+\let\beginletter\beginscript
+%
+\def\endscript{\smallskip
+ \vfil\eject\endgroup
+ \tracingstats1
+ \stop\thisscript{}}
+\let\endletter\endscript
+%;vrblin500
+%To be replaced by your salutation
+\def\sincerely{{\bigskip
+ \parindent\longindentation
+ Sincerely,
+ \medskip
+ \the\author\vskip3\bigskipamount}}
+%
+\def\dear{Dear \the\addresseename,\bigskip}
+%
+\def\ps{\bigskip\small\item{P.S.}}
+\def\cc{\bigskip\small\item{cc.}}
+\def\appendix#1{\newpage\tenpoint
+ \centerline{\bf\the\appendixname\ #1}
+ \bigskip}%;nonum
+\def\enclosures{\bigskip\small}
+%
+%Defaults, Initializations \letter
+% ;numvrb;vrblin900
+%\loadntglogo
+\onecol%Because in blue.tex
+ %\twocol default
+\addressesfile{address}
+\searchfile{address}
+\letterfile{letter}
+\def\email#1{}\def\phone#1{}\def\fax#1{}
+%Separation headline and rest
+\vsize13cm%First page
+\hsize13cm\pagewd\hsize
+\hoffset1cm
+\parindent0pt
+\generalindent2pc
+\interlinepenalty1000
+\longindentation.667\hsize
+\storedvsize\vsize
+\storedheadline\headline
+\storedfootline\footline
+\raggedbottom
+\def\english{
+ \def\To{To}
+ \def\Yourref{Your ref}
+ \def\Ourref{Our ref}
+ \def\Subject{Subject}}
+\def\nederlands{
+ \def\today{\ifcase \month \or Januari\or Februari\or
+ Maart\or April\or Mei\or
+ Juni\or Juli\or Augustus\or September\or October\or
+ November\or December\fi { }{\ea
+ \oldstyle \number \day }, {\ea \oldstyle \number \year }}
+ \def\To{Aan}
+ \def\dear{Beste}
+ \def\Yourref{Uw ref}
+ \def\Ourref{Onze ref}
+ \def\Subject{Subject}
+ \def\sincerely{{\bigskip
+ \parindent\longindentation
+ Hoogachtend,
+ \medskip
+ \the\author\vskip3\bigskipamount}}
+}
+\english
+\endinput %;nonum
+%
+%Contents
+%Address
+% \beginaddresses...........9-19
+% \endaddresses...............21
+% \addresses...............23-24
+% \addressee...............26-27
+%lower level
+% \splitaddress............51-54
+%Letter
+% \letterto..............101-107
+% \lettertoall...........109-110
+% \makesearchletters.....112-115
+%lower level
+% \processletter.........151-158
+% \makelistaddresseetags.176-183
+%Header and footer
+% \headline..............201-214
+% \footline..............216-224
+%lower level
+% \addresseewindow.......251-266
+%Labels
+% \makelabels............301-304
+% \makealllabels.........306-309
+% \makesearchlabels......311-313
+%lower level
+% \processlabel..........351-360
+%Composition
+% \beginscript...........401-406
+% (\beginletter).............407
+% \endscript.............409-412
+% (\endletter)...............413
+% \sincerely.............502-506
+% \dear......................508
+% \ps........................510
+% \cc........................511
+% \appendix..............512-514
+% \enclosures
+% \nederlands
+% \english
+%Defaults.................901-9xx
+%History of changes.
+%May 96 \nederlands (\endlish) added
+%Aug 95 Extended by \makesearchletters
+%Jan 95 Creation.
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%letter%!cgl;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%report%;numvrb
+\tool\reportfmt
+%Report format Jan 95 ;numvrb
+%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+\message{ ---Report format,
+ Jan 95, cgl--- }
+\let\chapterfont\Large
+\font\subtitlefont=cmr12 scaled\magstep2
+%
+\immediate\openout\ans=answers
+\immediate\openout\toe=examples
+\immediate\openout\toc=contents
+%;vrblin100
+%Chapter title matters
+\prechapterhead{\newpage\null
+ \vskip4pc\bgroup\catcode`\^=7
+ \the\everychapterhead
+ \the\thischapterhead
+ \global\advance\chaptercnt1
+% \xdef\chapno{\the\chaptercnt}%
+}
+%;vrblin110
+\postchapterhead{\egroup
+ \headcnt0 \exercisecnt0 \examplecnt0
+ \immediate\write\toc{\nx\separator{\alfanum
+ \the\chaptercnt}{\the\chaptertitle}}
+ %suppress headline first page chapter
+ \global\headline{\global\headline
+ {\hbox to\pagewd
+ {\sl\the\chaptertitle\hfill
+ \the\title}}}%
+ \footline{\hbox to\pagewd{\small
+ \rlap{Draft \today}\hfill\dash
+ {\oldstyle\the\pagenumber}\dash
+ \hfill\llap{\copyright
+ \the\crowner}}}%
+%Example is redefined here such that on
+%first use if ever in the chapter, it
+%redefines itself as the regular macro,
+%while writing the chapter title to the
+%table-of-examples, ToE, file.
+%In this way titles of chapters without
+%examples are suppressed in the ToE.
+ \def\example{\immediate\write\toe{\nx
+ \separator{\alfanum
+ \the\chaptercnt}{\the\chaptertitle}}
+ \let\example\regularexample\example}
+%To get the title of ToC Appendix also in
+%the ToC the \immediate is needed
+ \thischapterhead{}\vskip3pc}
+%
+\def\beginchapterhead{\the\prechapterhead
+ \storechaptertitle}
+%
+\def\storechaptertitle#1\endchapterhead{%
+ \global\chaptertitle{#1}\endchapterhead}
+%
+\def\endchapterhead{\centerline{\chapterfont
+ \the\chapternumbering\the\chaptertitle}
+ \the\postchapterhead\ignorewhitespace}
+%
+\def\chapterhead{\bgroup
+ \def\storechaptertitle##1{\egroup
+ \global\chaptertitle{##1}%
+ \endchapterhead}
+ \beginchapterhead}
+%
+\def\setupappendices{\thischapterhead=
+ {\chaptercnt64 \gdef\alfanum{\char}%
+ \global\chapternumbering
+ {\alfanum\the\chaptercnt: }}}
+%
+\def\pasteupanswers
+{\chapterhead{Answers to the Exercises}
+ \immediate\closeout\ans
+ {\ninepoint\parindent2pc
+ \input answers\relax}}
+%
+\def\pasteuptoe{%
+ \chapterhead{List of Examples}
+\immediate\closeout\toe %Table Of Examples
+{\ninepoint\def\exampleno##1.##2: {\noindent
+ \hbox to\generalindent{{\oldstyle##1}.%
+ {\oldstyle##2}\hss}}%
+ \def\separator##1{\smallbreak\noindent
+ \hbox to\generalindent{{\oldstyle##1}\hss}}
+ \parindent0pt\obeylines\sl
+ \input examples\relax}}
+%
+\def\pasteuptoc{%
+ \chapterhead{Table of \the\contentsname}
+\immediate\closeout\toc%Table Of Contents
+{\ninepoint\def\contentsno##1.##2:
+ {\noindent\hbox to\generalindent
+ {{\oldstyle##1}.{\oldstyle##2}\hss}}
+ \def\separator##1{\smallbreak\noindent
+ \hbox to\generalindent{{\oldstyle##1}\hss}}
+ \def\she{\noindent\hbox
+ to1.5\generalindent{\hss}}
+ \def\sshe{\noindent\hbox
+ to2\generalindent{\hss}}
+ \parindent0pc\obeylines\sl
+ \input contents\relax}}
+%
+\preindex{\chapterhead{\the\indexname}}
+%
+\def\pagenorepresentation#1{\quad\dotfill
+ \hbox to\generalindent{\hfil\oldstyle#1}}
+%
+%;vrblin250
+%Invariant for value \parindent
+\def\beginquote{\endgraf\bgroup
+ \parindent\generalindent
+ \narrower\smallbreak\noindent}
+%;vrblin300
+%Header matters
+\def\beginhead{\the\prehead
+ \global\advance\headcnt1
+ \storeheadtitle}
+%
+\def\storeheadtitle#1\endhead{%
+ \global\headtitle{#1}\endhead}
+%
+\def\endhead{\centerline{\headfont
+ \the\headtitle}\the\posthead}
+%
+\def\head{\bgroup
+ \def\storeheadtitle##1{\egroup
+ \global\headtitle{##1}\endhead}
+ \beginhead}
+%
+\posthead{\egroup\xdef\writetoc{%
+ \write\toc{\contentsno
+ \nx\alfanum\the\chaptercnt.\the\headcnt:
+ \the\headtitle\nx\nx\nx
+ \pagenorepresentation{\nx\number
+ \pageno}}}\writetoc
+ \nobreak\medskip\noindent
+ \ignorewhitespace}
+%;vrblin350
+\def\beginsubhead{\the\presubhead
+ \the\thissubhead
+ \storesubheadtitle}
+%
+\def\storesubheadtitle#1\endsubhead{%
+ \global\subheadtitle{#1}\endsubhead}
+%
+\def\endsubhead{{\subheadfont
+ \the\subheadtitle}\the\postsubhead}
+%
+\def\subhead{\bgroup
+ \def\storesubheadtitle##1{\egroup
+ \global\subheadtitle{##1}\endsubhead}
+ \beginsubhead}
+%
+\postsubhead{\egroup\xdef\writetoc{%
+ \write\toc{\nx\nx\nx\she
+ \the\subheadtitle\nx\nx\nx
+ \pagenorepresentation{\nx\number
+ \pageno}}}\writetoc
+ \ifrunin\ \else\quad\fi\ignorewhitespace}
+%;vrblin400
+\def\beginsubsubhead{\the\presubsubhead
+ \the\thissubsubhead
+ \storesubsubheadtitle}
+%
+\def\storesubsubheadtitle#1%
+ \endsubsubhead{\global
+ \subsubheadtitle{#1}\endsubsubhead}
+%
+\def\endsubsubhead{{\subsubheadfont
+ \the\subsubheadtitle}\the\postsubsubhead}
+%
+\def\subsubhead{\bgroup
+ \def\storesubsubheadtitle##1{%
+ \egroup\global
+ \subsubheadtitle{##1}%
+ \endsubsubhead}
+ \beginsubsubhead}
+%
+\postsubsubhead{\egroup\xdef\writetoc{%
+ \write\toc{\nx\nx\nx\sshe
+ \the\subsubheadtitle\nx\nx\nx
+ \pagenorepresentation{\nx\number
+ \pageno}}}\writetoc
+ \ifrunin\ \else\quad\fi\ignorewhitespace}
+%
+%Inner markup;vrblin500
+%;vrblin525
+\def\beginexample{\vskip0pt plus5ex
+ \penalty-100\vskip0pt plus-5ex
+ \medskip
+ \global\advance\examplecnt1
+ \bgroup\catcode`\^=7 \the\everyexample
+ \the\thisexample\storeexampletitle}
+%
+\def\storeexampletitle#1\endexample{%
+ \global\exampletitle{#1}\endexample}
+%
+\def\endexample{%
+ \xdef\writeexa{\write\toe{\exampleno
+ \alfanum\the\chaptercnt.\the\examplecnt:
+ \the\exampletitle
+ \nx\nx\nx\pagenorepresentation
+ {\the\count0}}}\writeexa
+ {\the\examplename} {\sl(\the\exampletitle)}
+ \egroup
+ \nobreak\endgraf\noindent\ignorewhitespace}
+%
+\def\example{\bgroup
+ \def\storeexampletitle##1{\egroup
+ \global\exampletitle{##1}\endexample}
+ \beginexample}
+%
+%;vrblin550
+%Mod item macros, to prevent hanging out
+%with \parindent=0pt
+\def\hang{\hangindent\generalindent}
+%
+\def\itemitem{\endgraf\leavevmode
+ \hskip\generalindent
+ \hangindent2\generalindent\textindent}
+%
+\def\textindent#1{\leavevmode
+ \hskip\generalindent
+ \llap{#1\enspace}\ignorespaces}
+%;vrblin575
+\def\exercise{\medbreak
+ \global\advance\exercisecnt1
+ \hangindent\generalindent
+ \noindent\hbox to\generalindent{%
+ {\oldstyle\the\chaptercnt}.{\oldstyle
+ \the\exercisecnt}\hfil}}
+%
+\def\answer{\endgraf\medbreak
+ \immediate\write\ans{}
+ \immediate\write\ans{\string\ansno
+ \the\chaptercnt.\the\exercisecnt:}%
+ \copytoblankline}
+%
+\def\ansno#1.#2:{\medbreak\noindent
+ \hbox to\generalindent{{\oldstyle#1}%
+ .{\oldstyle#2}\hss}\hangindent
+ \generalindent\ignorespaces}
+%;vrblin700
+%Preliminary pages matters
+%Markup preliminary pages via \beginscript
+\def\beginscript{\lastscript
+\the\everyscript\begingroup
+\the\thisscript
+\pageno-1 \headline{}\footline{}
+\ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Cover}}\fi
+\kern7\bigskipamount
+\centerline{\chapterfont\the\title}
+\bigskip\if!\the\subtitle!\else
+\centerline{\subtitlefont\Dash
+ \the\subtitle\Dash}\fi
+\vskip\bigskipamount
+\centerline{by}
+\vskip\bigskipamount
+\centerline{\subtitlefont\the\author}
+\vfill
+\ifx\coverpic\undefined
+\else$$\coverpic$$
+\fi
+\vfill
+\if!\the\translator!
+\else\rightline{\subtitlefont
+ Translated by \the\translator}
+\fi
+ \newpage
+\ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Inside
+ Cover}}\fi
+%
+\kern3\bigskipamount
+\pasteupkeywords
+\smallskip
+\the\bibliographydata
+\vfill\vfill
+\pasteupacknowledgements
+%
+ \newpage
+\ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Title
+ Page}}\fi
+\kern7\bigskipamount
+\centerline{\chapterfont\the\title}
+\bigskip
+\centerline{\subtitlefont\Dash
+ \the\subtitle\Dash}
+\vskip\bigskipamount
+\centerline{by}
+\vskip\bigskipamount
+\centerline{\subtitlefont\the\author}
+\vfill\pasteupabstract\vfill\vfill
+%
+\ifvoid\forewordtranslatorbox
+\else \newpage
+ \ifproof\rightline{\rlap
+ {\sl Foreword Translation}}\fi
+ \vfill
+ \unvbox\forewordtranslatorbox
+ \vfill
+ \rightline{\vtop{\hbox{Irina Gorbunova
+ %\the\translator
+ }\hbox{\the\author}}}\vfill
+\fi
+%
+\ifvoid\prefacebox
+\else \newpage
+ \ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Preface
+ Page}}\fi
+ \vfill\pasteuppreface\vfill\vfill
+\fi
+ \newpage
+\ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Contents
+ Page}}\fi
+\vfill\pasteupcontents
+\vfill\eject
+%\immediate\openout\ans=answers
+%\immediate\openout\toe=examples
+%\immediate\openout\toc=contents
+}%end \beginscript
+%
+%;vrblin800
+%Auxiliaries preliminary pages
+\def\beginkeywords{\setbox\keywordsbox
+ \vbox\bgroup{\bf\the\keywordsname: }}
+%
+\preacknowledgements{\leftline{\bf
+ \the\acknowledgementsname}\medskip}
+%
+\def\pasteupacknowledgements{\ifvoid
+ \acknowledgementsbox
+ \else\the\preacknowledgements\unvbox
+ \acknowledgementsbox\bigskip
+ \makesignature\fi}
+%
+\def\beginpreface{\setbox\prefacebox
+ \vbox\bgroup}
+%
+\def\endpreface{\egroup}
+%
+\def\preface#{\beginpreface\bgroup
+ \aftergroup\endpreface
+ \afterassignment\ignorespaces
+ \let\dummy=}
+%
+\def\pasteuppreface{\centerline{\chapterfont
+ \the\prefacename}\bigskip\unvbox\prefacebox}
+%
+\def\beginforewordtranslator{\setbox
+ \forewordtranslatorbox=
+ \vbox\bgroup\begincenter}
+%
+\def\endforewordtranslator{\endcenter\egroup}
+%
+\def\forewordtranslator#{\beginforewordtranslator
+ \bgroup
+ \aftergroup\endforewordtranslator
+ \let\dummy=}
+%
+\def\pasteupforewordtranslator{\unvbox
+ \forewordtranslatorbox\relax}
+%
+\def\begincontents{%
+ \setbox\contentsbox\vbox\bgroup
+ \def\separator{\vbox to.5ex{}}
+ \def\newcol{\cr}
+ \ea\def\csname par\endcsname{&}\obeylines
+ \valign\bgroup&\noindent\strut
+ \hsize=7cm##\cr}
+%
+\def\endcontents{\cr\egroup\egroup}
+%
+\def\pasteupcontents{\unvbox\contentsbox}
+%
+%;vrblin900
+\def\endscript{\xcol=\maxcols
+ \vfill\eject\endgroup\backcover
+ \tracingstats=1 \stop\thisscript{}}
+%
+\def\pwtbackcover{\headline{}\footline{}%
+\begingroup%inside back cover.
+\hsize=12cm \hoffset2cm
+\ifproof\hbox to13cm{\hss\rlap{\sl
+ Inside Back}}%14cm is regular page
+ %width of PWT
+\fi
+\vfill
+\loadntginfo \ntginfo
+\vfill
+%Irina, you can include here another half
+%page about CyrTUG.
+%It should be possible to have both
+%info parts on one page.
+%Adapt eventually the \hsize.
+%---Kees---
+\eject\endgroup
+ \ifproof\rightline{\rlap{\sl Back
+ Cover}}\fi
+ \vskip.75\vsize
+ \pictures{\cglpic}
+ $$\cglpic\vbox{%
+ \hbox to12ex{\hss Thank You\hss}
+ \hbox to12ex{\hss\cs{bye}\hss}}$$
+}%end \pwtbackcover
+%;vrblin1000
+%Defaults
+\def\onecol{\maxcols=1
+ \hsize=14cm%MOD
+ \pagewd=\hsize
+ \colwd=\hsize
+ \vsize=25cm
+ \xcol=1
+\hyphenchar\tentt='055
+\hyphenchar\ninett='055
+\hyphenchar\eighttt='055
+\tolerance500
+\hbadness=499
+\hfuzz=7pt
+}
+\onecol
+\tolerance500\hbadness=499\vbadness=500
+\everychapterhead={\catcode`\^=7 }
+\everyhead\everychapterhead
+\everysubhead\everychapterhead
+\everysubsubhead\everychapterhead
+\hoffset1cm
+\generalindent2pc
+\parindent0pt
+\subsubheadindent0pt
+\parskip\smallskipamount
+\chapternumbering{}
+\let\regularexample\example
+\let\exampleno\relax
+\let\contentsno\relax
+%\let\coverpic\relax
+\let\backcover\relax
+\everyverbatim{\emc}
+\gutter1em
+\def\alfanum{\number}
+\prefacename{Preface}
+\postfil{\hss}
+\def\she{\hskip5em}
+\def\sshe{\hskip6em}
+\endinput %;nonum
+%Table of Contents report format
+%Token vars (declared in blue.tex)
+% \prefacename
+% \bibliographydata
+% \chaptertitle
+% \prechapterhead
+% \postchapterhead
+% \headtitle
+% \subheadtitle
+% \subsubheadtitle
+% \prepoint
+% \prefil
+% \postfil
+%Box vars (declared in blue.tex)
+% \prefacebox
+% \contentsbox
+%New dimens (declared in blue.tex)
+% \generalindent
+% \gutter
+% \xshift
+% \yshift
+% \subsubheadindent
+%New counts (declared in blue.tex)
+% \headcnt
+% \chaptercnt
+% \examplecnt
+% \exercisecnt
+%New writes (declared in blue.tex)
+% (opened in \beginscript)
+% \toc
+% \toe
+%Fonts
+% \chapterfont\Large.........4
+% \subtitlefont..............5
+%Chapter title matters
+% \chapno (manmac)
+% \prechapterhead.......102-109
+% \postchapterhead......111-138
+% \beginchapterhead.....140-141
+% \storechaptertitle....143-144
+% \endchapterhead.......146-148
+% \chapterhead..........150-154
+% \setupappendices......156-159
+% \pasteupanswers.......161-165
+% \pasteuptoe...........167-176
+% \pasteuptoc...........178-191
+% \pagenorepresentation.193-194
+%Summary
+% \beginsummary (blue.tex)
+% \endsummary (blue.tex)
+% \summary (blue.tex)
+% \beginquote...........252-254
+% \endquote (blue.tex)
+%Header matters
+%Head
+% \beginhead............302-304
+% \storeheadtitle.......306-307
+% \endhead..............309-310
+% \head.................312-315
+% \posthead.............317-324
+%Subhead
+% \beginsubhead.........351-353
+% \storesubheadtitle....355-356
+% \endsubhead...........358-359
+% \subhead..............361-364
+% \postsubhead..........366-371
+%Subsubhead
+% \beginsubsubhead......401-403
+% \storesubsubheadtitle.405-407
+% \endsubsubhead........409-410
+% \subsubhead...........412-417
+% \postsubsubhead.......419-424
+%Inner markup
+% \begindemo (blue.tex)
+% <escape char>yields(blue.tex)
+% \enddemo (blue.tex)
+% \beginexample.........526-531
+% \storeexampletitle....533-534
+% \endexample...........536-544
+% \example..............546-549
+% \hang.....................553
+% \itemitem.............555-557
+% \textindent...........559-561
+% \exercise.............576-581
+% \answer...............583-587
+% \ansno................589-592
+%Generalized \samplebox
+% \point (blue.tex)
+% \gbox (blue.tex)
+%Centering verbatims
+% \boxlines (blue.tex)
+% \begincenterverbatim(blue.tex)
+% \endcenterverbatim (blue.tex)
+%Preliminary pages matter
+% \def\beginscript......703-772
+%Closing pages matter
+% \endscript............901-903
+% \pwtbackcover.........905-929
+%Auxiliaries
+% \beginkeywords........802-803
+% \preacknowledgements..805-806
+% \pasteupacknowledgements808/812
+% \beginpreface.........814-815
+% \endpreface...............817
+% \preface..............819-822
+% \pasteuppreface.......824-825
+% \beginforewordtranslator827/9
+% \endforewordtranslator....831
+% \forewordtranslator...833-836
+% \pasteupforewordtranslator838/9
+% \begincontents........841-847
+% \endcontents..............849
+% \pasteupcontents..........851
+% NTG info (tools.dat)
+%Defaults...............1000-10xx
+% (\she....................1037
+% \sshe...................1038)
+%end Table of Contents
+%
+%History of changes
+%July 95 \immediate\openout\toc=contents
+% etc. included in \beginscript
+%Jan 95 Creation
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%report%!cgl;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%trs%
+%trs.tex from BLUe's Transparencies
+% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%Purpose: Preparing transparencies from
+% TeX marked up copy.
+% ;numvrb
+\tool\transparenciesfmt
+\message{ ---Transparencies format, Jan 95,
+ revision March 1996, cgl--- }
+\catcode`\@=11
+\font\titlefont =cmr12
+ scaled\magstep4\relax
+\font\subheadfont =cmr12
+ scaled\magstep3\relax
+%\font\subsubheadfont=cmr12
+% scaled\magstep2\relax
+\font\headlinefont =cmr12
+ scaled\magstep1\relax
+\let\headfont\titlefont
+\font\ffont=cmr7\relax
+\let\authorfont\titlefont
+\let\subsubheadfont\subheadfont
+%
+%Rest all in blue.tex
+%\font\largerm=cmr12
+% scaled\magstep2
+%etc
+%\def\large{\def\rm{\fam0\largerm}%
+%etc.
+%}
+\let\small\tenpoint
+%
+%Mark up title transparency;vrblin200
+\def\begincontents{\global\setbox
+ \contentsbox\vbox\bgroup
+ \leftskip1.5\leftskiptrs
+ \large\baselineskip3.5ex
+ \everypar{$\bullet$\enspace}
+ \obeylines}
+%
+\def\endcontents{\egroup}
+%;vrblin250
+\def\beginscript{\lastscript
+ \the\everyscript\the\thisscript
+ \pictures\cglpic
+ \begincenter
+ \footline={}\headline={}
+\message{\the\title}
+ {\titlefont\the\title}
+ \medskip
+ {\Dash\the\subtitle\Dash}
+ \bigskip
+ {\authorfont\the\author}
+ \medskip\hfil\the\address
+ \bigskip$$\box\contentsbox$$}
+%
+\def\endscript{\endcenter\vfill
+\rightline{\small\cglpic\vbox{%
+ \hbox to12ex{\hss Thank You\hss}
+ \hbox to12ex{\hss\cs{bye}\hss}}
+}\vfill\eject\stop
+\gdef\bluehead##1\par{\head{##1}}
+\gdef\bluesubhead##1\par{\subhead{##1}}
+\gdef\bluesubsubhead##1\par{\subsubhead{##1}}
+}
+%
+%Mark up regular transparencies;vrblin300
+\prehead{\nxttrs\headline\regularheadline
+ \footline\regularfootline\pageno1
+ \prehead{\nxttrs}}
+%
+\posthead{\medskip}
+%
+\def\beginhead#1\endhead{\the\prehead
+ \headtitle{#1}\subheadtitle{}%
+ \subsubheadtitle{}{\headfont#1}%
+ \the\posthead}
+%
+\def\head#1{\beginhead#1\endhead}
+% ;vrblin350
+\presubhead{\medbreak}
+%
+\postsubhead{\smallskip\nobreak}
+%
+\def\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead{%
+ \subheadtitle{#1}\subsubheadtitle{}%
+ \the\presubhead{\subheadfont#1}%
+ \the\postsubhead\thissubhead{}}
+%
+\def\subhead#1{\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead}
+% ;vrblin400
+\presubsubhead{\smallbreak}
+%
+\postsubsubhead{\smallskip\nobreak}
+%
+\def\beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead{%
+ \subsubheadtitle{#1}
+ \the\presubsubhead{\subsubheadfont#1}
+ \the\postsubsubhead\thissubsubhead{}}
+%added March 1996
+\def\subsubhead#1{%
+ \beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead}
+%
+{\obeylines\gdef\bluehead#1
+ {\head{#1}}%
+\gdef\bluesubhead#1
+ {\subhead{#1}}%
+\gdef\bluesubsubhead#1
+ {\subsubhead{#1}}}
+%;vrblin450
+\preverbatim{\leftskip\leftskiptrs
+ \rightskip0pt plus1fil\relax}
+%;vrblin500
+\def\bitem{\bgroup\leftskip\leftskiptrs
+ \rightskip0pt plus1fil\relax
+ \def\bitem{\item{$\bullet$}\strut}
+ \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup
+ \smallbreak}
+ \let\smallskip\smallbreak
+ \bitem}
+%enumerate item
+\def\eitem{\bgroup\leftskip\leftskiptrs
+ \rightskip0pt plus1fil\relax
+ \def\eitem##1{\item{##1}\strut}
+ \def\smallbreak{\endgraf\egroup
+ \smallbreak}
+ \let\smallskip\smallbreak
+ \eitem}
+%;vrblin550
+\let\bgnsyn\beginsyntax
+\def\beginsyntax{\bgroup
+ \leftskip\leftskiptrs
+ \rightskip0pt plus 1fil\relax\bgnsyn}
+%
+\let\endsyn\endsyntax
+%
+\def\endsyntax{\endsyn\egroup}
+%
+%Header and footer ;vrblin600
+\regularheadline={\line{\vbox to0pt{\vss
+ \centerline{\titlefont
+ \strut\the\title}
+ \vskip2ex
+ \line{\logo\hfill\vbox{%
+ \llap{\strut\the\headtitle}
+ \llap{\strut\the\subheadtitle}
+ \llap{\strut\the\subsubheadtitle}}}
+ \vskip1ex
+ \hrule width\hsize height1pt
+ }}%end hbox
+}%end headline
+% ;vrblin650
+\regularfootline={\vbox to 0pt{%
+\leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\relax
+ \hrule width\hsize height1pt
+ \vskip.5ex
+ \line{\small
+ \rlap{\the\identification}%
+ \hfil--{\oldstyle\the\pagenumber}--\hfil
+ \llap{\copyright\the\crowner}%
+ }\vss}%end vbox
+}%end footline
+%
+%Auxiliaries ;vrblin700
+\def\nxttrs{\vfill\eject}
+\def\continue{\vfill
+ \rightline{\dots continued}\eject}
+%Defaults;vrblin900
+\identification{\today}
+%\let\small\tenpoint
+\def\begincenter{\leftskip0pt plus1fill
+\rightskip0pt plus 1fill\parfillskip0pt
+\obeylines} \def\endcenter{}
+%
+\onecol
+\hsize=17.5cm \vsize=20cm
+\voffset3.5cm%\hoffset-1truecm
+\pagewd=\hsize
+\pagenumber{\folio}
+\leftskiptrs.2\hsize\relax
+\rightskiptrs.1\hsize\relax
+\overfullrule0pt\parindent0pt
+\large
+\loadntglogo
+\def\logo{\copy\ntglogobox}
+\catcode`\@=11
+\endinput %;nonum
+%Contents transparencies format
+%Fonts
+% \titlefont...................5-6
+% \subheadfont.................7-8
+% \subsubheadfont.............9-10
+% \headlinefont..............11-12
+% \authorfont...................15
+% \largerm..............(blue.tex)
+% \largeit..............(blue.tex)
+% \largesl..............(blue.tex)
+% \largesy..............(blue.tex)
+% \largeex..............(blue.tex)
+% \largebf..............(blue.tex)
+% \largett..............(blue.tex)
+% \large................(blue.tex)
+% \largebig.............(blue.tex)
+% \small.......................124
+%Newtoks
+% \identification.......(blue.tex)
+% \crowner..............(blue.tex)
+% \headtitle............(blue.tex)
+% \subheadtitle.........(blue.tex)
+% \subsubheadtitle......(blue.tex)
+%Newskips
+% \leftskiptrs, \rightskiptrs..908/9
+%Page size
+% \hsize, \vsize...............903
+% offsets......................904
+% \pagewd......................905
+%Markup title
+% \begincontents...........201-206
+% \endcontents.................208
+% \beginscript.............251-263
+% \endscript...................265
+%Markup regular transparencies
+% \prehead.................301-302
+% \beginhead\endhead.......306-309
+% \head........................311
+% \posthead....................304
+% \presubhead..................351
+% \beginsubhead\endsubhead.355-358
+% \subhead.....................360
+% \postsubhead.................353
+% \presubsubhead...............401
+% \beginsubsubhead
+% \endsubsubhead......405-408
+% \subsubhead..............410-411
+% \postsubsubhead..............403
+% \bluehead
+% \bluesubhead
+% \bluesubsubhead
+% \preverbatim.............451-452
+% \bitem...................501-507
+% \beginsyntax.............552-554
+% \endsyntax...................558
+%Header and footer
+% \headline................601-615
+% \footline................651-660
+% \identification..............901
+%Auxiliaries
+% \nxttrs......................701
+% \continue................702-703
+% \begincenter (blue.tex)
+% \endcenter...(blue.tex)
+% \center......(blue.tex)
+%Personalisation (blue.tex)
+%Defaults
+% \logo........................913
+% \pagenumber..................906
+% \onecol......................907
+% \hsize,\vsize................903
+% \leftskiptrs.................908
+% \rightskiptrs................909
+% \large.......................911
+%History of changes
+%March 1996 \bluehad etc. added
+%Jan 1995 As format with blue.tex
+%Aug 1994 Centering markup automated
+%Jul 1994 \contentsbox is used
+% \pagenumber introduced
+%Jun 1994 More consistent with
+% blue.tex.
+% \small is \eightpoint.
+% \begincontents...\endcontents
+%Feb 1994 Release Version 1.0
+%Example of use
+%\bluetitle Manmac BLUes
+%
+%\bluesubtitle how to typeset a book via \TeX
+%
+%\contents{
+%User's guide
+%Coding
+%}
+%
+%\beginscript
+%\bluehead Why?
+%
+%To return to the roots...
+
+%\bluehead User's Guide
+%
+%Relative numbering
+%\pagenumber{U\folio}\pageno=1
+%...
+%\nxttrs %Next transparency
+%\bluesubsubhead Markup paragraphs
+%
+%...
+%\continue%Continuation on next slide
+%...
+%\bluehead Conclusions
+%
+%\pagenumber{--x--}
+%\bitem...
+%\bitem
+%\smallbreak
+%\vfil
+%\rightline{\vtop{\hbox{Thank you}
+% \hbox{\cs{bye}}}}
+%\endscript
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%trs%!cgl
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%trs%
+%Preprint for BLUe's Transparencies
+% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%Purpose: Printing transparencies from
+% TeX marked up copy in A6,
+% 4 on each page.
+% ;numvrb
+\tool\transparenciespptfmt
+\message{ ---Transparencies A6 proof format, May 95,
+ cgl--- }
+\hfuzz=25pt \vfuzz=25pt
+\font\titlefont=cmbx10
+\font\headfont=cmr10
+\let\subheadfont\headfont
+\let\headlinefont\titlefont
+\font\ffont=cmr5
+\let\authorfont\headfont
+\let\subsubheadfont\subheadfont
+%
+%Mark up title transparency;vrblin200
+\def\begincontents{\setbox
+ \contentsbox\vbox\bgroup
+ \baselineskip3ex\null\vfil
+ \everypar{$\bullet$\enspace}
+ \obeylines\parindent1em}
+%
+\def\endcontents{\egroup}
+%;vrblin250
+\def\beginscript{\lastscript
+ \the\everyscript\the\thisscript
+ \leavevmode\noindent
+ \setbox\trsppt=\vbox to.475\vsize
+ \bgroup\hsize.475\hsize\parindent2em
+ \null\vfil
+ \titlefont\the\title
+ \smallskip\subtitlefont
+ \Dash\the\subtitle\Dash
+ \medskip\let\\\par
+ \authorfont\the\author
+ \smallskip\the\address
+ \medskip$$\box\contentsbox$$}
+%
+\def\endscript{\vss
+\rightline{\small\cglpic\qquad}
+\vss
+\line{\strut\hss--\the\trsno--\hss}\egroup
+\boxit{\box\trsppt}\endgraf
+\vfill\eject\stop}
+%
+\def\nxttrs{\vfil\kern3ex
+\ifnum\trsno>0 \line{\strut\hss
+ --\the\trsno--\hss}\fi
+\egroup
+\boxit{\box\trsppt}\advance\trsno1
+\ifodd\trsno\kern3ex\else
+ \hfil\break\vfil\noindent\fi
+\setbox\trsppt=\vbox to.475\vsize\bgroup
+\hsize.475\hsize\parindent2em\null\par\noindent}
+%
+%Mark up regular transparencies;vrblin300
+\prehead{\nxttrs\trsno1 \medskip\noindent\hfil
+ \global\prehead{\nxttrs\medskip\noindent\hfil}}
+%
+\posthead{\medskip\noindent}
+%
+\def\beginhead#1\endhead{\the\prehead
+ \headtitle{#1}\subheadtitle{}%
+ \subsubheadtitle{}{\headfont#1}%
+ \the\posthead}
+%
+\def\head#1{\beginhead#1\endhead}
+% ;vrblin350
+\presubhead{\medbreak\noindent\hfil}
+%
+\postsubhead{\smallskip\nobreak}
+%
+\def\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead{%
+ \subheadtitle{#1}\subsubheadtitle{}%
+ \the\presubhead{\subheadfont#1}%
+ \the\postsubhead\thissubhead{}}
+%
+\def\subhead#1{\beginsubhead#1\endsubhead}
+% ;vrblin400
+\presubsubhead{\smallbreak\noident\hfil}
+%
+\postsubsubhead{\smallskip\nobreak}
+%
+\def\beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead{%
+ \subsubheadtitle{#1}
+ \the\presubsubhead{\subsubheadfont#1}
+ \the\postsubsubhead\thissubsubhead{}}
+%
+\def\subsubhead#1{%
+ \beginsubsubhead#1\endsubsubhead}
+%;vrblin450
+\preverbatim{}
+%;vrblin550
+%
+%Header and footer ;vrblin600
+\headline={\hbox to\pagewd{\titlefont
+ \hss\the\title\hss}
+}%end headline
+% ;vrblin650
+\footline={\hbox to\pagewd{%
+ \rlap{\fiverm\strut\the\identification}\hss
+ \llap{\fiverm\copyright\the\crowner}}%
+}%end footline
+%
+%Auxiliaries ;vrblin700
+\catcode`\@=11
+\def\fivepoint{\def\rm{\fam0\fiverm}%
+ \textfont0=\fiverm \scriptfont0=\fiverm
+ \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm
+ \textfont1=\fivei \scriptfont1=\fivei
+ \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei
+ \textfont2=\fivesy \scriptfont2=\fivesy
+ \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy
+ \textfont3=\tenex \scriptfont3=\tenex
+ \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex
+ \def\it{\fam\itfam\fivei}\def\oldstyle
+ {\fam1 \fivei}\textfont\itfam=\fivei
+ \def\sl{\fam\slfam\fivei}%
+ \textfont\slfam=\fivei
+ \def\bf{\fam\bffam\fivebf}%
+ \textfont\bffam=\fivebf
+ \scriptfont\bffam=\fivebf
+ \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf
+ \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\fiverm}%
+ \textfont\ttfam=\fiverm
+ \tt \ttglue=.5em plus.25em minus.15em
+ \normalbaselineskip=7pt plus1pt minus1pt
+ \def\MF{{\manual opqr}\-{\manual stuq}}%
+ \let\sc=\fivexrm
+ \let\big=\fivebig
+ \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height7pt
+ depth2pt width\z@}%
+ \normalbaselines\rm}
+ \def\fivebig#1{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to4.5pt{}\right.\n@space$}}
+\catcode`\@=12
+%
+\def\continue{\vss
+ \rightline{\dots continued}\nxttrs}
+%Defaults;vrblin900
+\identification{\today}
+\onecol
+\hsize=18.5cm \vsize=25cm
+\pagewd=\hsize
+%\pagenumber{\folio}
+\let\small\fivepoint
+\overfullrule0pt
+\parindent0pt
+\obeylines
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/blu/lit.dat b/macros/blu/lit.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4381b28d42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/blu/lit.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,2375 @@
+%Database of EP related literature, to be processed by blue.fmt.
+%Version Aug 1994
+%Files: lit.dat (data this file)
+%C.G. van der Laan, Hunzeweg 57, 9893PB, Garnwerd, The Netherlands
+% 05941-1525, cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%Note: Don't include blank lines! (TeX ends paragraphs then and will
+% disturb your typeset list of references.)
+% Don't use \verb|...| or so for verbatims (catcodes are fixed once read)
+%Auxiliary macros
+%\def\thepage{\folio} %Necessary when with tugboat.sty
+%\def\tubissue#1(#2){\TUB~#1, no.~#2}%To be independent from tugboat.sty c.q.
+ % ltugboat.sty.
+%Conventions entries
+%\def\<name> %Key for database, add a, b, ...
+% {<family name> <initials> (<year>): %All with minimal interpunction
+% <title> %No discrimination
+% <source> %ISBN for books in here, pages as range
+% \annotation{<Comments, annotations.>}% <numbers>\dash<numbers>
+%}%end entry
+%
+%Data
+\lst\aap
+ {Association of American Publishers (1989):
+ Markup of Tabular Material.
+ Version 2.0 AAP Inc.
+}
+\lst\aapstd
+ {Association of American Publishers (1987):
+ Standard for electronic manuscript preparation and markup.
+ AAP inc.
+ \annotation{Association of American Publishers,
+ 2005 Massachusetts Avenue, NW. Washington, DC 20036,
+ Phone: (202) 232-3335.}
+}
+\lst\aapaut
+ {Association of American Publishers (1989):
+ Author's guide to electronic manuscript preparation and
+ markup.
+ AAP inc. (2$^{nd}$ version.)
+}
+\lst\aapref
+ {Association of American Publishers (1989):
+ Reference manual on electronic manuscript preparation and markup.
+ AAP inc.
+ (2$^{nd}$ version.) ISBN 1-55653-084-6.
+}
+\lst\aaptab
+ {Association of American Publishers (1989):
+ Markup of tabular material.
+ AAP Inc. ISBN 1-55653-085-4.
+ (2$^{nd}$ version.).
+}
+\lst\aapmat
+ {Association of American Publishers (1989): Markup of
+ Mathematical Formulas.
+ AAP Inc. EPSIG.
+ (2$^{nd}$ version.)
+}
+\lst\abrahamspw
+ {Abrahams P.W (1990): \TeX\ for the impatient.
+ Addison-Wesley.
+}
+\lst\adobeb
+ {Adobe (1985):
+ PostScript Language Reference Manual.
+ Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-10174-2.
+}
+\lst\adobeA
+ {Adobe Magazine (1995):
+ The Technology of type.
+ Adobe Magazine, 2, 16\dash19.
+ (A nice survey of the outline fonts in relation to truetype.)
+}
+\lst\ahoav
+ {Aho A.V, R. Sethi (1988):
+ Maintaining Cross-references in Manuscripts.
+ Softw.Pract.exp., 18, 1, 1\dash14.
+}
+\lst\alexanderjc
+ {Alexander J.C (1986):
+ Tib, a reference setting package.
+ \tubissue{ 7}(3), 138\dash139.
+ \annotation{An update note is in \tubissue{8}(2), 102.
+ A C program inspired upon troff's refer (and its successor bib).
+ It is a preprocessor tailored for use with (All)\TeX.
+ It allows for a few citation styles, and a publisher can extend these.
+ It provides also for a powerful word-definition citation search.
+ Flexible in general.
+ Tagging of the entries a la refer has to be obeyed.
+ From the UKTuG meeting of 1990 the following characteristics.
+ It consists of:
+ tibdex, a hashing program to speed up access to
+ large collections of citations, by creating an index to the bibliography;
+ tiblist, to format and print the database;
+ looktib, a program to query the database;
+ tib, main program goes through the source document and looks for
+ keywords between [ and ].
+ Advantages: 1-pass, pattern-matching citation no need to invent unique
+ key, compatible with UNIX refer databases,
+ good toolbox of style elements, single index
+ of bibliographies, formatting more-closely related to \TeX.
+ Disadvantages: pre-processor system, possible wrong matches, possible errors
+ in repeated citations, non-algorithmic style language, left up to Tib
+ to work out citation type, lack of extensibility in field,
+ not very robust (crashes).}
+}
+%\lst\amsa {AMS (1989): AMS-\LaTeX. AMS.}
+\lst\amsb
+ {AMS (1991):
+ A look inside the AMS.
+ \annotation{A nice brochure of what AMS is all about.}
+}
+\lst\amsc
+ {AMS (1991):
+ Think about publishing with the AMS.
+ \annotation{Another nice brochure about the merits of
+ publishing with AMS: effective marketing, extensive promotion, world-wide
+ distribution, better sales, longer life of book, royalties, support
+ worthwhile noncommercial activities for the benefit of the scientific
+ community at large, for example the \TeX\ project.}
+}
+\lst\amsd
+ {AMS (1993):
+ \AmSTeX\ User's Guide 2.1.
+}
+\lst\amse
+ {AMS (1993):
+ \AmSTeX\ Installation Guide 2.1.
+}
+\lst\amsf
+ {AMS (1993):
+ \AmS-\LaTeX\ User's Guide 1.1.
+}
+\lst\amsg
+ {AMS (1993):
+ \AmS-\LaTeX\ Installation Guide 1.1.
+}
+\lst\amsh
+ {AMS (1993):
+ AMSfonts. User's Guide 2.1.
+}
+\lst\amsi
+ {AMS (1993):
+ AMSfonts. Installation Guide 2.1.
+}
+\lst\amsj
+ {AMS (1993):
+ Guidelines for preparing electronic manuscripts.
+ \AmSTeX\ (booklet, 52p), and the mirrored one
+ \AmS-\LaTeX\ (booklet, 58p).
+ \annotation{The first is very well-done.
+ I have not seen a guideline of similar quality of yet!
+ Simply the best available. Much experience is embodied to learn from.
+ The second is verbose, incomplete, and deals at length with issues
+ an author should not be bothered with.}
+}
+\lst\amsteljja
+ {Amstel J.J van, J Bomhoff, G.J Schoenmakers (1978):
+ Inleiding tot het programmeren 1.
+ Academic Service.
+}
+\lst\appeltwa
+ {Appelt W (1987):
+ Macros with keyword parameters.
+ \tubissue{8}(2), 284\dash287.
+}
+\lst\appeltwb
+ {Appelt W (1988):
+ Typesetting Chess.
+ \tubissue{9}(3), 284\dash287.
+}
+\lst\appeltwc
+ {Appelt W (1988):
+ \TeX\ f\"ur Fort\-geschrit\-tene\-\Dash
+ Pro\-gram\-mier\-tech\-ni\-ken und Makro\-pa\-kette.
+ Addison-Wesley.
+}
+\lst\appeltwd
+ {Appelt W (1988):
+ Introduction to \TeX. Addison-Wesley.
+}
+\lst\aps
+ {APS (1992):
+ The REV\TeX{} input guide.
+ (From the file server.)
+}
+\lst\arsenaud
+ {Arsenau D (1992):
+ overcite.sty, drftcite.sty, citesty.
+ (From the file server.
+ No longer needed when BLUe's Bib, especially as part of blue.fmt,
+ is used.)
+}
+\lst\arsenaudb
+ {Arsenau D (1993):
+ Typesetting paragraphs of a specified shape.
+ MAPS 93.2, 191\dash193.
+}
+\lst\asher
+ {Asher (1992):
+ Inside Type \& Set.
+ \tubissue{13}(1), 13--22.
+}
+\lst\aurbachrl
+ {Aurbach R.L (1987):
+ Automatic Index Generation for \LaTeX.
+ \tubissue{8}(2), 201\dash209.
+ \annotation{The IdxTeX program provides the external processing
+ and generates a file of \LaTeX{} source which may be included
+ in a document to produce the desired index.}
+}
+\lst\batageljv
+ {Batagelj V (1994):
+ Combining \TeX{} and PostScript.
+ Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94, 83\dash90.
+}
+\lst\barlettfh
+ {Barlett F.H (1991):
+ Contra-\LaTeX, or what really works in the publishing world.
+ TUG '91. \tubissue12(3), 367\dash371.
+}
+\lst\barrond
+ {Barron D (1989): Why use SGML?
+ Electronic publishing, 2,1, 3--24.
+}
+\lst\bechtolsheimsa
+ {Bechtolsheim S. von (1988):
+ Tutorial on \cs{futurelet}.
+ \tubissue{9}(3), 276\dash278.
+}
+\lst\bechtolsheimsaa
+ {Bechtolsheim S von (1988):
+ Using the emacs editor to savely edit \TeX\ sources.
+ \TeX niques 7, 195\dash202.
+}
+\lst\bechtolsheims
+ {Bechtolsheim S von (1989):
+ \cs{csname} and \cs{string}.
+ \tubissue{10}(2), 203\dash206.
+ \annotation{Apart from the basics, SvB discusses the convenient
+ (read non-double) loading of macro files, and
+ the cross-referencing. Common to both applications is the use
+ of \cs{csname} and \cs{string}. No nesting of \cs{csname},
+ and no mentioning of associating \cs{csname} with arrays.}
+}
+\lst\bechtolsheimsb
+ {Bechtolsheim S von (1993):
+ \TeX\ in Practice.
+ 1.~Basics
+ 2.~Paragraphs, Math and Fonts
+ 3.~Tokens, Macros
+ 4.~Output Routines, Tables
+ Springer-Verlag.
+}
+\lst\beebenhfa
+ {Beebe N.H.F (1988):
+ A \TeX\ driver family.
+ \TeX niques 5, 71\dash113.
+}
+\lst\beebenhfb
+ {Beebe N.H.F (1989):
+ \TeX\ and graphics: The state of the problem.
+ Cahiers GUTenberg, 2, 13\dash53.
+}
+\lst\beebenhfc
+ {Beebe N.H.F (1991):
+ The TUGlib server.
+ MAPS 91.2, 117\dash123.
+ (Also \TeX line 11.)
+}
+\lst\beebenhfd
+ {Beebe N.H.F (1992):
+ \LaTeX\ Editing Support.
+ MAPS 92.1, 91\dash114.
+}
+\lst\beebenhfe
+ {Beebe N.H.F (1993):
+ Bibliography prettyprinting and syntax checking.
+ \tubissue{14}(3/4), 222, respectively ?\dash?.
+}
+\lst\beetonbn
+ {Beeton B.N (editor, 1991):
+ TUG Resource Directory.
+ \annotation{It contains: TUG membership list,
+ \TeX\ User Associations,
+ Sources of \TeX\ software,
+ Output Device Drivers,
+ \TeX\ archives,
+ Electronic Discusion Lists,
+ \TeX\ bibliography.}
+}
+\lst\beetonbnb
+ {Beeton B.N (1990):
+ \TUB{} production: \TeX, \LaTeX, and paste-up.
+ SGML-\TeX{} meeting, Groningen. \annotation{Unpublished}
+}
+\lst\bell
+ {Bell System Technical Journal (1978):
+ UNIX Time Sharing System.
+ BTJ, Vol 57, 6, part 2.
+}
+\lst\bentleyjla
+ {Bentley J.L (1986):
+ Programming Pearls.
+ ISBN 0-201-10331-1. Addison-Wesley.
+}
+\lst\bentleyjlb
+ {Bentley J.L (1988):
+ More programming Pearls---confessions of a coder.
+ ISBN 0-201-11889-0. Addison-Wesley.
+}
+\lst\berryka
+ {Berry K (199?):
+ Expanded plain \TeX.
+ From the file server.
+ \annotation{A toolbox to cooperate with Any\TeX. It contains
+ a fancy cross-referencing scheme, and left justification
+ of math displays, among others. An announcement of
+ the availability of the toolbox\Dash and its contents\Dash
+ has appeared in \tubissue{11}(4), 571\dash572.}
+}
+\lst\bestr
+ {Best R (1993):
+ \TeX\ zonder omhaal; voor ATARI PC en andere PCs.
+ MAPS 93.1\&2, 57\dash68, resp.~111\dash114.
+ MAPS 94.1\&2, 31\dash34, 35\dash36, resp.~43\dash44.
+ (Also ATARI-ST Journal.)
+}
+\lst\bienzt
+ {Bienz T, R Cohn (1993):
+ Portable Document Format Reference Manual.
+ Adobe Systems Inc. Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-62628-4.
+}
+\lst\bleekerj
+ {Bleeker J (1989): Electronische verzending,
+ bewerking en opslag van wetenschappelijke artikelen.
+ In: SGML de consequenties.
+ De eerste Nederlandse SGML conferentie.
+ SGML User's Group Holland. (Dutch)
+}
+\lst\bloemenpa
+ {Bloemen P (1993):
+ 4all\TeX: NTG's \TeX{} for MS-DOS.
+ MAPS 93.2, 141\dash154.
+ \annotation{The announcement of this working environment. For simple users only
+ 1 HD flop, and in its full glory over 30 HD floppies. Available
+ from NTG's shop. Shareware.}
+}
+\lst\bloemenpb
+ {Bloemen P (1993):
+ Shells for \TeX.
+ MAPS 93.2, 155\dash159.
+ (It discusses \TeX Shell and 4\TeX.)
+}
+\lst\bloemenpc
+ {Bloemen P (1994):
+ \PS{} fonts in \TeX.
+ MAPS 94.2, 139\dash148.
+}
+\lst\bodenheimerb
+ {Bodenheimer B (?):
+ Frequently asked questions.
+ comp.text.tex newsgroup.
+ (Adapted by Van Oostrum in MAPS 91.1, 85\dash92.).
+}
+\lst\boothv
+ {Booth V (1975): Writing a scientific paper.
+ The Biochemical Society, London.
+}
+\lst\borceuxf
+ {Borceux F (1990): De la construction de diagrammes.
+ Cahiers GUTenberg, 5, 41\dash48.
+}
+\lst\botwaylc
+ {Botway L, C Biemesderfer (198?):
+ \LaTeX\ command summary.
+ \TeX niques 10.
+}
+\lst\braamsjl
+ {Braams J.L (1991):
+ Babel, a multilingual style-option system for use with \LaTeX's standard
+ document styles.
+ \tubissue{12}(2), 291\dash301.
+ (Pre-release MAPS 91.1;
+ updated \tubissue{14}(1), 60\dash61.)
+}
+\lst\braamsjla
+ {Braams J.L, V Eijkhout, N.A.F.M Poppelier (1990):
+ The development of national \LaTeX\ styles.
+ \tubissue{10}(3), 401--406.
+}
+\lst\braamsjlb
+ {Braams J.L (1991):
+ Babel, a multilingual style-option system
+ for use with \LaTeX's standard document styles.
+ \tubissue{12}(2), 291--301.
+ (Early version in MAPS 91.1.)
+}
+\lst\bridge
+ {BRIDGE. Monthly of the NBB (Dutch Bridge Union).
+}
+\lst\brueggemana
+ {Br\"uggemann-Klein A, D Wood (1989):
+ Drawing trees nicely with \TeX.
+ EP-ODD, 2, 2, 101\dash115.
+ (Also in \TeX\ Applications, Uses and Methods, Malcom Clark, editor.)
+}
+\lst\bruinr
+ {Bruin R de, C.G van der Laan, J.R Luyten, H.F Vogt (1988):
+ Publiceren met \LaTeX.
+ CWI Syllabus 19.
+ (See also Addendum `Publiceren met \LaTeX' in MAPS 92.1.)
+}
+\lst\bryanma
+ {Bryan M (1988):
+ SGML, an Author's Guide to the Standard
+ Generalized Markup Language.
+ Addison-Wesley.
+}
+\lst\bryanm
+ {Bryan M (1993):
+ A \TeX{} user's guide to ISO's Documentstyle Semantics and Specification
+ Language (DSSSL).
+ Proceedings TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), ?\dash?.
+}
+\lst\buergerd
+ {B\"urger D (1990):
+ \LaTeX\ for scientists and engineers. MC Graw-Hill.
+}
+\lst\bzylw
+ {Bzyl W, T Przechlewski (1993):
+ An application of literate programming: creating a format for the Bulletin
+ of the Polish TUG.
+ TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 296\dash299.
+ \annotation{Very promising this using of the experience embodied in {\tt tugboat.sty}
+ via transformation into Web and modify this with GUST's mods via
+ change files. As a bonus there is an index.
+ Handy to locate commands, but it won't help to locate
+ the various @begin$<foo>$ commands because these are invoked via
+ csnames.}
+}
+\lst\cameronpj
+ {Cameron P.J (1990):
+ Adventures of a new \TeX nician.
+ \TeX line 12, 2\dash3.
+}
+\lst\carlisleda
+ {Carlisle D (1992):
+ longtable.sty.
+ From the fileserver.
+}
+\lst\chemtex
+ {Chem-\TeX (?):
+ From the file server.
+}
+\lst\chenp
+ {Chen P, M Harrison (1987):
+ Automatic index preparation.
+ CSB-TR 87/347. UCB.
+ \annotation{A nice survey of issues relevant to preparing indexes
+ automatically. Existing indexing tools in use in various systems
+ are discussed. The paper emerged from the experience gained in writing
+ the makeindex C program.}
+}
+\lst\cheswickb
+ {Cheswick B (1990):
+ A permuted index for \TeX\ and \LaTeX.
+ CSR 145. AT\&T.
+ (Also \TeX niques 14. Handy for looking up if a command is already in use.)
+}
+\lst\childsba
+ {Childs B (1989):
+ Teaching \TeX.
+ \tubissue{10}(2), 156\dash163.
+}
+\lst\childsbb
+ {Childs, B (1989):
+ Answers to \TeX\ tests.
+ \tubissue{10}(3), 319\dash323.
+}
+\lst\clarkaa
+ {Clark A.F (1987):
+ Halftone output from \TeX.
+ \tubissue{8}(3), 270\dash274.
+}
+\lst\clarkma
+ {Clark M (1987):
+ More symbols for \TeX.
+ \TeX line 5, 7\dash8.
+}
+\lst\clarkmaa
+ {Clark M (1988):
+ A note comparing \TeX\ to SGML.
+ SGML User's Group Bulletin, 3, 2, 67\dash68.
+}
+\lst\clarkmab
+ {Clark M (1988):
+ A note comparing \TeX\ to SGML.
+ SGML User's Group Bulletin, 3, 2, 67\dash68.
+}
+\lst\clarkmac
+ {Clark M (1989):
+ \TeX\ and/or SGML.
+ Proceedings Euro\TeX89. Karls\-ruhe.
+ \annotation{Context sensitivity as a tool for checking
+ input correctness is stressed;
+ an example of how to do this within \TeX\
+ is given.}
+}
+\lst\clarkmb
+ {Clark M (editor, 1990):
+ \TeX\ applications, uses and methods.
+ Proceedings of Euro\TeX\ '88.
+ Ellis Horwood. ISBN 0-13-912296-6.
+}
+\lst\clarkmc
+ {Clark M (1992):
+ Portable Graphics in \TeX.
+ Proceedings TUG '92. \tubissue{13}(3), 253\dash260.
+ (Also as chapter 17 in his \TeX\ Primer.)
+}
+\lst\clarkmd
+ {Clark M (1992):
+ A plain \TeX\ primer.
+ Oxford University Press. 480p.
+}
+\lst\cms
+ {The Chicago manual of style (1982).
+ University of Chicago Press.
+}
+\lst\coffings
+ {Coffin G.S (1954): Bridge Plays:
+ Four classics. Faber and Faber. London.
+}
+\lst\commacm
+ {Comm ACM (1988):
+ Special Issue: Hypertext.
+ Comm. ACM, 88, 31, 7.
+ \annotation{It contains:
+ An overview of hypertext, by J.B Smith, S.F Weiss;
+ KMS: A distributed hypermedia system for managing knowledge in
+ organizations, by R.M Akscyn, D.L McCracken, E.A Yoder;
+ Reflections on notecards: seven issues for the next generation of
+ hypermedia systems, by F.G Halasz;
+ HAM: A general purpose hypertext abstract machine, by B Campbell, J.M
+ Goodman;
+ Abstraction mechanisms in hypertext, by P.K Carg;
+ Hypertext and the new Oxford dictionary, by D.R Raymond, F.W Tompa;
+ Searching for information in a hypertext medical handbook, by
+ M.E Frisse;
+ Hypertext '87: Keynote address, by A van Dam.
+ There are conferences devoted to the subject at least each year.}
+}
+\lst\coombsjh
+ {Coombs J.H, A.H Renear, S.J DeRose (1987):
+ Markup systems and the future of scholarly text processing.
+ Comm. ACM, 30, 11, 933\dash947.
+}
+\lst\cowanrf
+ {Cowan R.F (1985):
+ Making tables with macros. tables.tex \& tabledoc.tex.
+ (Available from file servers.)
+}
+\lst\crowhurste
+ {Crowhurst E (1986):
+ ACOL in competition. Pelham. London.
+}
+\lst\damrauj
+ {Damrau J, M Wester (1991): Form letters with 3-across
+ labels capability. TUG '91. \tubissue{12}(4), 510\dash516.
+}
+\lst\dobrowolskiae
+ {Dobrowolski A, E (1992):
+ Typesetting SGML documents using \TeX.
+ Proceedings TUG '92. \tubissue{12}(4), 409\dash414.
+}
+\lst\dolw
+ {Dol W, E.H.M Frambach, M van der Vlerk (1993):
+ 4\TeX: a \TeX\ workbench for MS-DOS PCs.
+ MAPS 93.1, 53\dash56.
+}
+\lst\dolwb
+ {Dol W (1993):
+ The ease of including graphics in \TeX{} documents using 4\TeX.
+ MAPS 93.2, 171\dash176.
+}
+\lst\dolwc
+ {Dol W, E.H.M Frambach, S Kroonenberg, M van der Vlerk (1994):
+ \TeX{} \& 4\TeX{} Guide.
+ (Booklet to accompany NTG's 4All\TeX{} CD-ROM.)
+}
+\lst\doobma
+ {Doob M (1990):
+ A gentle introduction to \TeX.
+ \TeX niques 12.
+ (Also from the file server, as is my review.)
+}
+\lst\doobmb
+ {Doob M, C Platt (1993):
+ Virtual fonts in a production environement.
+ TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 275\dash281.
+}
+\lst\doumontjl
+ {Doumont J.L (1994):
+ Pascal pretty-printing:
+ an example of `preprocessing within \TeX.'
+ Proceedings TUG '94. \tubissue{15}(3), 167\dash173.
+}
+\lst\downesmja
+ {Downes M.J. (1991):
+ Dialogue with \TeX.
+ Proceedings TUG '91. \tubissue{12}(4), 502\dash509.
+}
+\lst\drilcon
+ {DRILCON (1990): A program for conversion between \TeX\ and wordprocessors.
+ KUB. The Netherlands.
+ (It uses an intermediate language.)
+}
+\lst\duchierd
+ {Duchier D (1990):
+ \TeX, ex\-ter\-nal tensor pro\-duct.
+ \TeX HaX 90.20.
+}
+\lst\dunna
+ {Dunnr A (1987):
+ Using \PS{} with \TeX.
+ \tubissue{8}(2), 171\dash173.
+}
+\lst\durstlka
+ {Durst L.K (1989): Bibliographic citations, or variations
+ on the old shell game. \tubissue{10}(3), 390\dash394.
+ \annotation{It discusses how to cope with \TeX ing a bibliography. BLUe's Bib
+ has undoubtedly been influenced by this work, because I read it
+ at least a year before creating BLUe's Bib. Durst does not use the
+ list separator \TeX nique, and therefore the encoding is a little more
+ complex. Also the writing to a file and the external sorting makes it
+ more cumbersome. In the paper it is not worked out how to use it within
+ one of \TeX's flavours.
+ The basic approach is very similar to mine, however.}
+}
+\lst\durstlkb
+ {Durst L.K (1990):
+ Long-winded endnotes and exercises with hints or solutions.
+ \tubissue{11}(4), 580\dash588.
+ \annotation{A comment is given in Hefferon (1991): Getting {\tt\char92answers}
+ in \TeX.}
+}
+\lst\durstlkc
+ {Durst L.K (1991):
+ Some tools for making indexes: Part I.
+ \tubissue{12}(2), 248\dash258.
+}
+\lst\dysonmc
+ {Dyson M.C (1992):
+ The curriculum as a hypertext.
+ EP-ODD, 5, 2, 63\dash72.
+}
+\lst\dysonmcb
+ {Dyson M.C (1993):
+ Teaching digital typography\Dash the Didot project.
+ TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 329\dash332.
+ (Also MAPS 93.2, 216\dash218.)
+}
+\lst\eijkhoutva
+ {Eijkhout V (1990):
+ Unusual paragraph shapes.
+ \tubissue{11}(1), 51\dash53.
+}
+\lst\eijkhoutvb
+ {Eijkhout V (1990):
+ An indentation scheme.
+ \tubissue{11}(4), 613\dash616.
+ (Also MAPS 90.2.)
+}
+\lst\eijkhoutvc
+ {Eijkhout V (1990):
+ A {\tt\char92parskip} scheme.
+ \tubissue{11}(1), 616\dash619.
+ (Also MAPS 90.2.)
+}
+\lst\eijkhoutvd
+ {Eijkhout V (1992):
+ \TeX\ by Topic. Addison-Wesley.
+}
+\lst\eijkhoutve
+ {Eijkhout, V (1993):
+ The bag of tricks. \tubissue{13}(4), 494\dash495.
+ (It is about how to layout a macro. What I like most of it is the
+ summary of how to counteract unwanted spaces. At the end the important
+ difference between the \cs{ifUndefinedCS} and \cs{if}\cs{UndefinedCS}
+ has been treated.)
+}
+\lst\einarssonb
+ {Einarsson B, W.M Gentleman(1984):
+ Mixed Language programming.
+ Soft.Prac.Exp., 14, 4 383\dash396.
+}
+\lst\eppsteind
+ {Eppstein D (1985):
+ Trees in \TeX.
+ \tubissue{6}(1), 31\dash37.
+}
+\lst\fergusonmj
+ {Ferguson M.J (1991):
+ INRS-\TeX\ (new version).
+ (See also his multilingual reports, \tubissue{11}(4), 514\dash515)
+}
+\lst\fineja
+ {Fine J (1992): Some basic control macros for \TeX.
+ \tubissue{13}(1), 75\dash83.
+}
+\lst\floydrw
+ {Floyd R.W (1978): The paradigms of programming.
+ Comm ACM ?\dash?.
+ Also in ACM Turing Award Lectures. The first twenty years 1966\dash1985.
+ ACM Press. Addison-Wesley IBN 0-201-07794-9.
+ \annotation{}
+}
+\lst\furutar
+ {Furuta R, J Scofield, A Shaw (1982):
+ Document Formatting Systems: Survey, Concepts, and Issues.
+ Computing Surveys, 14, 3, 417\dash472.
+}
+\lst\genussapl
+ {Genussa P.L (1987):
+ Document Preparation Method
+ of the United States Aire Force
+ Automated Technical Order System.
+ SGML Users' group. Bulletin 2, 1.
+}
+\lst\gibbonsj
+ {Gibbons J (1993):
+ Footnotes with verbatim material.
+ TTN, 2, 4, p.9.
+ \annotation{\LaTeX's footnote implementation has been modified to allow also for
+ verbatims similar to plain's encoding. Basically it comes down to handling
+ the `argument.' Really nice.}
+}
+\lst\glendowng
+ {Glendown G (1990): Round boxes for plain \TeX.
+ \tubissue{10}(3), 385--386.
+}
+\lst\goossensma
+ {Goossens M (1993):
+ POSTSCRIPT en \LaTeX, de komplementariteit in de praktijk.
+ MAPS 93.1, 101\dash113.
+}
+\lst\goossensmb
+ {Goossens M, F Mittelbach, A Samarin (1993):
+ The \LaTeX-companion. Addison-Wesley.
+}
+\lst\goossensmc
+ {Goossens M, F Mittelbach, A Samarin (1993):
+ Customizing \LaTeX's lists.
+ MAPS 93.2, 177\dash183.
+}
+\lst\goossensmd
+ {Goossens M, S.P.Q Rahtz (1994):
+ Colour slides with \LaTeX{} and Seminar.
+ Baskerville, 4,1, 8\dash12.
+}
+\lst\goossensme
+ {Goossens M, S.P.Q Rahtz (1994):
+ Simple colour design and colour in \LaTeX2$\epsilon$.
+ Euro\TeX, 196\dash205.
+}
+\lst\grahamrla
+ {Graham R.L, D.E Knuth, O Pastashnik (1989):
+ Concrete Mathematics. Addison-Wesley.
+ \annotation{The macros for formatting this book are available from the
+ CTAN and known as gkpmac.tex.}
+}
+\lst\greeni
+ {Green I (1992):
+ citesort.sty.
+ (From the file server.)
+}
+\lst\greeneam
+ {Greene A.M (1989):
+ \TeX reation\Dash Playing Games with \TeX's mind.
+ \tubissue{10}(4), 691\dash705.
+}
+\lst\greenwadegd
+ {Greenwade G.D (1993):
+ The Comprehensive \TeX\ Archive Network\Dash CTAN.
+ TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 342\dash351.
+ (Also MAPS 93.2, 133\dash140.)
+}
+\lst\griesd
+ {Gries D (1983 snd printing):
+ The science of programming.
+ Springer-Verlag. ISBN 0-387-90641-x.
+}
+\lst\grootenhuisj
+ {Grootenhuis J (1990):
+ Typesetting SGML coded Mathematics.
+ Paper presented at Markup'90. Charleston.
+}
+\lst\guittetc
+ {Guittet C (1986):
+ FORMEX: une mise en practique des normes internationales.
+ SGML user's group. Bulletin, 1, 2.
+}
+\lst\gurariema
+ {Gurari E.M (1989):
+ An introduction to the theory of computation.
+ Computer Science Press.
+}
+\lst\gurariemb
+ {Gurari E.M (1994):
+ \TeX{} \& \LaTeX\Dash Drawing \& Literate Programming.
+ Mc Graw Hill. ISBN 0-07-025208-4.
+}
+\lst\gurariemc
+ {Gurari E.M (1994):
+ Writing with \TeX.
+ Mc Graw Hill. ISBN 0-07-025207-6.
+}
+\lst\hafnerja
+ {Hafner J (1992):
+ Foil\TeX, a \LaTeX-like system for typesetting foils.
+ \tubissue{13}(3), 347\dash356.
+}
+\lst\hagenja
+ {Hagen J, A.F Otten (1994):
+ PPCH\TeX: Chemische structuur formules in \TeX.
+ MAPS 94.2, 167\dash177.
+}
+\lst\hagenjb
+ {Hagen J (1994):
+ Een meertalige interface naar \TeX.
+ MAPS 94.2, 178\dash182.
+}
+\lst\hagenjc
+ {Hagen J (1994):
+ Sub- en Superscripts in Chemische Formules.
+ MAPS 94.2, 183.
+}
+\lst\hamiltonb
+ {Hamilton Kelly B (1989):
+ The autodoc-option.
+ \tubissue{10}(2), 274\dash284.
+}
+\lst\hamiltonba
+ {Hamilton Kelly B (1990):
+ Some macros to draw crosswords.
+ \tubissue{11}(1), 103\dash119.
+}
+\lst\hamiltonh
+ {Hamilton H (1989):
+ Mastering \TeX{} with templates.
+ TUG '89. \tubissue{10}(4), 541\dash548.
+ \annotation{It has all to do with learning by example.}
+}
+\lst\hammingrw
+ {Hamming R.W (1978): One man's view of computer science.
+ Comm ACM ?\dash?.
+ Also in ACM Turing Award Lectures. The first twenty years 1966\dash1985.
+ ACM Press. Addison-Wesley IBN 0-201-07794-9.
+ \annotation{}
+}
+\lst\haralambousy
+ {Haralambous Y (1992):
+ \TeX\ conventions concerning languages. TTN, 1, 4, 3\dash10.
+}
+\lst\heckelp
+ {Heckel P (1982):
+ The elements of friendly software design.
+ Warner Books. ISBN 0-446-38040-7.
+}
+\lst\hemelj
+ {Hemel J, C.G van der Laan, R.C.G.M Lauwerier (1989):
+ Het maken van transparanten voor overhead-projectie.
+ RC-Rapport 23.
+ \annotation{In this report a set of 4 characteristic transparencies---a drawing,
+ a bar-chart, a pie-chart,
+ a list of items with some formulas---is selected,
+ and the aspects which come along when making these by hand,
+ by Wordperfect, or by \LaTeX, are discussed. The results are shown and
+ the needed amount of work for each approach is summarized among others.}
+}
+\lst\hendersonda
+ {Henderson D (1989):
+ Outline fonts with METAfont.
+ \tubissue{10}(1), 36\dash38.
+}
+\lst\hendersondb
+ {Henderson D (1989):
+ Introduction to METAfont.
+ \tubissue{10}(4), 467\dash480.
+}
+\lst\hendricksonaa
+ {Hendrickson A (1985):
+ Some diagonal line hacks.
+ \tubissue{6}(2), 83\dash86.
+ \annotation{The macros go wrong for (nearly) vertical lines.}
+}
+\lst\hendricksonab
+ {Hendrickson A (1989):
+ Macro\TeX.
+}
+\lst\hendricksonac
+ {Hendrickson A (1990):
+ Getting \TeX nical: Insights into \TeX\ macro writing \TeX niques.
+ \tubissue{11}(3), 359\dash370.
+}
+\lst\hendricksonax
+ {Hendrickson A (priv.\ comm.).
+}
+\lst\henricip
+ {Henrici, P (1977): Applied and computational complex analysis.
+ II. Special functions, integral transformations, asymptotics, continued
+ fractions. John-Wiley.
+}
+\lst\herwijnenea
+ {Herwijnen E van (1988):
+ Electronic submission of Physics
+ articles to publishers. De $1^e$ Nederlandse
+ SGML conferentie. SGML: De Consequenties.
+ \annotation{Also published in: Computer Physics
+ Communications 57 (1989) 244\dash250:
+ The use of text interchange standards
+ for submitting physics articles to journals.
+ In the context of this paper the discussion of
+ SGML related to \TeX\ is relevant.}
+}
+\lst\herwijnene
+ {Herwijnen E van (1990):
+ Practical SGML. Kluwer.
+}
+\lst\herwijnenea
+ {Herwijnen E van, N.A.F.M Poppelier, C.A Rowley (to appear):
+ Standard DTDs and scientific publishing.
+ MAPS 92.2, 69\dash80.
+}
+\lst\herwijneneb
+ {Herwijnen E van (priv. comm.): Streamlining publishing
+ procedures.
+}
+\lst\herwijnenec
+ {Herwijnen E van (1988):
+ TexT Processing at CERN I.
+ SGML Users' Group Bulletin, 3, 2, 39--54.
+}
+\lst\hoarecar
+ {Hoare C.A.R (1980): The emperor's old clothes.
+ Comm ACM ?\dash?.
+ Also in ACM Turing Award Lectures. The first twenty years 1966\dash1985.
+ ACM Press. Addison-Wesley IBN 0-201-07794-9.
+ \annotation{}
+}
+\lst\hobbyjda
+ {Hobby J.D (1992):
+ A user's manual for METAPost.
+ CSTR 162. AT\&T Bell Laboratories.
+ (Since 1995 METAPost is in the public domain.)
+}
+\lst\hobbyjdb
+ {Hobby J.D (1992):
+ Introduction to METAPost.
+ Euro\TeX{} 92. 21\dash36.
+}
+\lst\hoenigajaa
+ {Hoenig A.J (1987):
+ \TeX{} does windows.
+ \tubissue{8}(2), 212\dash216.
+}
+\lst\hoenigajab
+ {Hoenig A.J (1989):
+ Fractal images with \TeX.
+ Proceedings TUG '89. \tubissue{10}(4), 491\dash497.
+}
+\lst\hoenigaja
+ {Hoenig A.J (1990):
+ Labelling figures in \TeX\ documents.
+ TUG '90. \tubissue{12}(1), 125\dash128.
+}
+\lst\hoenigajb
+ {Hoenig A.J (1991):
+ When \TeX\ and METAfont talk:
+ Typesetting on curved paths and other special effects.
+ TUG91 proceedings. \tubissue{12}(3), 554\dash557.
+}
+\lst\hoenigajba
+ {Hoenig A.J (1991):
+ Typesetting along arbitrary curves with \TeX\ and METAfont.
+ TUG91 proceedings.
+}
+\lst\hoenigajc
+ {Hoenig A.J (1991):
+ \TeX\ for new users. MAPS 91.2, 91\dash96.
+}
+\lst\hoenigajd
+ {Hoenig A.J (1992):
+ When \TeX\ and METAfont work together.
+ Euro\TeX\ '92 proceedings, 1\dash19.
+ (An updated version released in MAPS 93.1.)
+}
+\lst\hoenigaje
+ {Hoenig A (1992): Q \& A. Partitioned Matrices.
+ \tubissue{13}(1), 60\dash62.
+}
+\lst\hoenigajf
+ {Hoenig A (1994):
+ Less is more: Complex page layouts and shapes with \TeX.
+ TUG94 proceedings. \tubissue{15}(3), 232\dash243.
+}
+\lst\hooveraza
+ {Hoover A.Z (1989):
+ Using wordperfect 5.0 to create \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ documents.
+ \tubissue{10}(4), 549\dash559.
+}
+\lst\hooverazb
+ {Hoover A.Z (1991):
+ Getting Postscript into \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ documents.
+ TUG '91. MAPS 91.2.
+}
+\lst\hooverazc
+ {Hoover A.Z (1992):
+ The key to successful support: knowing your \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ users.
+ Euro\TeX{} '92 proceedings, 1\dash19.
+ (Also MAPS 92.2.)
+}
+\lst\horakk
+ {Horak K (priv. comm. 1992):
+ Examples of (scientific) METAfont use.
+ (Some have been encorporated in NTG's PR set.)
+}
+\lst\horakka
+ {Horak K (1994):
+ Fighting with big METAfont pictures
+ when printing them reversely or landscape.
+ Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94, 105\dash107.
+}
+\lst\hornbkp
+ {Horn B.K.P (1993):
+ Where are the Math fonts?
+ TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 282\dash284.
+}
+\lst\hornbkpa
+ {Horn B.K.P (1993):
+ New from Y\&Y: complete bitmap-free \TeX{} packages!
+ Flyer 8p.
+ \annotation{Reviewed in Notices of the AMS by J.L Casti.
+ Very good with respect to
+ encorporation of Postscript (product: DVIPSONE)
+ and the accompanying previewer (product: DVIWindo).
+ No virtual fonts are supported, and as
+ argued by the author there is no need for it to do so.}
+}
+\lst\horowitze
+ {Horowitz E (1984):
+ Fundamentals of programming languages.
+ Computer Science Press. ISBN 0-88175-004-2.
+}
+\lst\hosekd
+ {Hosek D (1991):
+ \TeX\ Output Devices.
+ TUG Resource Directory, 133\dash158.
+}
+\lst\houtjfmj
+ {Hout J.F.M.J, M.J.A Mirande, E.B Smuling (1981):
+ Geven van hoorcolleges.
+ Aula 807.
+ \annotation{Apart from the useful survey aspects it supplies also references
+ to Gagn\'e's work.}
+}
+\lst\isosgml
+ {ISO (8879): Information Processing\Dash Text and Office
+ Systems\Dash Standard Generalized Markup Language (SGML). 1986--10--15.
+}
+\lst\isosgmltr
+ {ISO (TR9573): Information Processing\Dash SGML
+ Support Facilities\Dash Techniques for using SGML.
+ 1988--09--12.
+}
+\lst\iwakumat
+ {Iwakuma Tetsuo (1994):
+ A guide to use Macros and Style files in \LaTeX.
+ MAPS 94.2, 73\dash110.
+}
+\lst\jackowskibc
+ {B Jascowski, M Ry\'cko (1994):
+ Labyrinth of METAfont paths in outline.
+ Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94, 18\dash32.
+}
+\lst\janschcr
+{J\"ansch C.R, U R\"ode, K Schnepper (1988):
+ Macro expansion, a tool for the systematic development of scientific software.
+ TUM-I8814.
+}
+\lst\jeffreya
+ {Jeffrey A (1990): Lists in \TeX's mouth.
+ \tubissue{11}(2), 237\dash244.
+}
+\lst\jeffreyab
+ {Jeffrey A (1993):
+ A Postscript font installation package written in \TeX.
+ TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 285\dash292.
+}
+\lst\jeffreyac
+ {Jeffrey A (editor, 1993):
+ Math font encodings: a workshop summary.
+ TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 293\dash295.
+}
+\lst\jensenk
+ {Jensen K, N Wirth (1975): PASCAL user manual and report.
+ Springer-Verlag.
+}
+\lst\jonesdm
+ {Jones D.M (1992):
+ A catalogue of \TeX{} macros.
+ (From the file server.)
+}
+\lst\jurrienstaa
+ {Jurriens T.A (priv. comm.):
+ Supertabular.sty.
+ (From the file server.)
+}
+\lst\jurrienstaaa
+ {Jurriens T.A (1992): \TeX\ for everybody?
+ Euro\TeX92.
+ \annotation{Experience \LaTeX\ teaching.}
+}
+\lst\jurrienstab
+ {Jurriens, T.A (1991):
+ Ladies and \LaTeX I-II-III.
+ MAPS 91.2, 102\dash104, 92.1, 133\dash134, MAPS 92.2, 102\dash104.
+}
+\lst\jurrienstac
+ {Jurriens T.A (1992): \TeX\ as database. MAPS92.2,
+ 100\dash101.
+}
+\lst\jurrienstad
+ {Jurriens T.A (1992):
+ From observation to publication.
+ \tubissue{14}(2), 123\dash126.
+}
+\lst\kabelschachta
+ {Kabelschacht A (1987):
+ \cs{expandafter} vs.\ \cs{let} and \cs{def}, and
+ a generalization of plain's loop.
+ \tubissue{8}(2), 184\dash185.
+}
+\lst\kappertr
+ {Kappert R (1992): scite.sty. (A compilation
+ of the earlier versions of Arseneau and Green.
+ From the file server.)
+}
+\lst\kelderj
+ {Kelder J, B van der Velde (1986):
+ Dwangposities tegen \'e\'en tegenstander. Becht. A'dam. (Dutch).
+ Translated from:
+ Kelsey H.W (1985, paperback):
+ Simple squeezes. Gollancz. London.
+}
+\lst\kelleram
+ {Keller, A.M (1985):
+ From text to \TeX\Dash coursenotes for \TeX\ for beginners.
+ (TOPS 20 is outdated. emacs is still actual.)
+}
+\lst\khanhha
+ {Khanh Ha (1990):
+ Easy Table. \tubissue{11}(2), 250\dash264.
+}
+\lst\knappenja
+ {Knappen J (1992):
+ Changing the appearance of Math.
+ Euro\TeX'92.
+}
+\lst\knesert
+ {Kneser T (1990):
+ \LaTeX-paragraphs floating around figures.
+ \tubissue{12}(1), 28\dash30.
+}
+\lst\knuthdea
+ {Knuth D.E (1968):
+ The art of computer programming. Vol. I: Fundamental algorithms.
+ Addison-Wesley.ISBN 0-201-03809-9.
+}
+\lst\knuthdeb
+ {Knuth D.E (1969):
+ The art of computer programming. Vol. II: Seminumerical algorithms.
+ Addison-Wesley.LLOCC 67-26020.
+}
+\lst\knuthdec
+ {Knuth D.E (1973):
+ The art of computer programming. Vol. III: Sorting and searching.
+ Addison-Wesley. LLOCC 67-26020.
+}
+\lst\knuthdeca
+ {Knuth D.E (1974):
+ Computer programming as an art.
+ Comm ACM ?\dash?.
+ Also in ACM Turing Award Lectures. The first twenty years 1966\dash1985.
+ ACM Press. Addison-Wesley IBN 0-201-07794-9.
+ \annotation{}
+}
+\lst\knuthdeca
+ {Knuth D.E (1979): Mathematical Typography.
+ Bulletin AMS, 1, 2, 345\dash372.
+}
+\lst\knuthdecb
+ {Knuth D.E (1979):
+ \TeX\ and METAfont: New directions in typesetting.
+ Part 1 Mathematical Typography. 45p.
+ Part 2 \TeX\ a system for technical text. 201p.
+ Part 3 METAfont, a system for alphabet design. 105p.
+ AMS. Digital Press. ISBN 0-932376-02-9.
+ \annotation{A nice and handy book which explains the basic approaches in
+ not too much detail.}
+}
+\lst\knuthdecc
+ {Knuth D.E (1984):
+ Literate Programming.
+ The Computer Journal, 27, 2, 97\dash111.
+}
+\lst\knuthded
+ {Knuth D.E (1984):
+ Computers and Typesetting.
+ \TB. Addison-Wesley.
+ ISBN 0-201-13447-0 (hard cover)
+ ISBN 0-201-13448-9 (soft cover).
+ \annotation{For the correct printing look in the index
+ for \cs{language}.
+ \TeX, frozen in version $\pi$,
+ 3.1415\dots}
+}
+\lst\knuthdee
+ {Knuth D.E (1984):
+ A course on METAfont programming.
+ \tubissue{5}(2), 105\dash118.
+}
+\lst\knuthdeea
+ {Knuth, D.E (1985): Recipes and fractions.
+ \tubissue{6}(1), 36\dash38.
+}
+\lst\knuthdef
+ {Knuth D.E (1986):
+ Computers and Typesetting.\TeX: the program.
+ Addison-Wesley.
+ \annotation{Reprint with corrections 1988,
+ a version dated after 1989 is needed.
+ Look again for \cs{language} in the index.}
+ ISBN 0-201-13437-3.
+}
+\lst\knuthdeg
+ {Knuth D.E (1986):
+ Computers and Typesetting. The METAfont book.
+ Addison-Wesley.
+ ISBN 0-201-13445-4.
+}
+\lst\knuthdeh
+ {Knuth D.E (198?):
+ Computers and Typesetting. METAfont: the program.
+ Addison-Wesley.
+}
+\lst\knuthdehb
+ {Knuth D.E, P Mackay (1987):
+ Mixing right-to-left texts with left-to-right texts.
+ \tubissue{7}(1), 14--25.
+}
+\lst\knuthdehc
+ {Knuth D.E (1987):
+ Saturday morning problem\Dash conclusion.
+ \tubissue{8}(2), 211.
+ \annotation{The principle of text flowing around a figure
+ via an OTR with a `mock'-\cs{everyline}. Hoenig in TUG 94
+ has elaborated the issue further.}
+}
+\lst\knuthdehd
+ {Knuth D.E (1987):
+ Reply: Printing out selected pages.
+ \tubissue{8}(2), 217.
+ \annotation{Manmac's shipout for slected pages.}
+}
+\lst\knuthdehe
+ {Knuth D.E (1987):
+ Fonts for digital halftones.
+ \tubissue{8}(2), 135\dash270.
+ \annotation{}
+}
+\lst\knuthdei
+ {Knuth D.E (1989):
+ The errors of \TeX.
+ Software Practice and Experience, 19, 7, 607\dash685.
+ (Also \tubissue{10}(4), 529\dash532.)
+}
+\lst\knuthdeib
+ {Knuth D.E, T Larrabee, P.M Roberts (1989):
+ Mathematical writing.
+ MMA Notes, 14.
+\annotation{With contributions by Paul Halmos, Leslie Lamport, Mary-Claire van Leunen,
+Nils Nilsson, Rosalie Stemer, Jeff Ullman, and Herbert S. Wilf.}
+}
+\lst\knuthdej
+ {Knuth D.E (1990):
+ Virtual Fonts: More Fun for Grand Wizards.
+ \tubissue{11}(1), 13\dash23.
+}
+\lst\knuthdek
+{Knuth D.E, S Levy (1987):
+ The CWEB System of Structured Documentation.
+ (FTP: labrea.stanford.edu, in directory /pub/cweb)
+}
+\lst\kopkah
+ {Kopka H, P.W Daly (1993):
+ A guide to \LaTeX\Dash Document preparation for beginners and advanced users.
+ Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-56889-6.
+}
+\lst\kolodziejska
+ {Ko{\l}odziejska H (1991):
+ Go diagrams with \TeX.
+ MAPS 91.2, 63\dash68.
+ (From the file server.)
+}
+\lst\kopkah
+ {Kopka H, P.W Daly (1993):
+ A guide to \LaTeX---Document preparation
+ for beginners and advanced users.
+ Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-56889-6.
+}
+\lst\krimpenh
+ {Krimpen H van (1986):
+ Boek over het maken van boeken.
+ Gaade Uitgevers. Veenendaal. ISBN 9-060-17521-2.
+}
+\lst\kuykenshjp
+ {Kuykens H.J P (1994):
+ MIDI2\TeX, een music\TeX{} tool.
+ MAPS 94.2, 184\dash188.
+}
+\lst\laancg
+ {Laan C.G van der (1984): (Graceful) Mixed Language
+ Programming. Argonne National Laboratory Workshop.
+}
+\lst\laancga
+ {Laan C.G van der, J.R Luyten (1988):
+ Evaluation of K-talk.
+ RC-RUG rapport 15.
+ \annotation{Contains test collection for evaluating converters.
+ The conclusion is that ordinary marked up text is no problem,
+ but tables, math and graphics go wrong.}
+}
+\lst\laancgaa
+ {Laan C.G van der (1989):
+ Teaching \TeX: critics and \LaTeX\ proposal.
+ Appendix V. Minutes $4^{th}$ NTG meeting.
+}
+\lst\laancgb
+ {Laan C.G van der (1989):
+ Typesetting Bridge via \LaTeX.
+ \tubissue{10}(1), 113\dash116.
+ (Also MAPS 91.2.)
+}
+\lst\laancgc
+ {Laan C.G van der (1990):
+ Typesetting Bridge via \TeX.
+ \tubissue{11}(2), 265\dash276.
+ (Pre-release GUTenberg Cahiers 5, and a copy in MAPS 91.2.)
+}
+\lst\laancgd
+ {Laan C.G van der (1990):
+ SGML(, \TeX\ and \dots).
+ \tubissue{12}(1), 90\dash104.
+ (Pre-release MAPS 90.2 and GUTenberg
+ cahiers 5.
+ It contains also an extensive bibliography
+ about SGML-\TeX\ relation.)
+}
+\lst\laancge
+ {Laan C.G van der (1991):
+ Math into BLUes.
+ Part~I: Mourning. TUG '91. \tubissue{12}(3), 485\dash501.
+ Part~II: Sing your song. Euro\TeX\ '91.
+ GUTenberg Cahiers 10\&11, 147\dash170.
+ (Pre-release MAPS 91.1.)
+}
+\lst\laancgf
+ {Laan C.G van der (1992):
+ Tower of Hanoi, revisited.
+ \tubissue{13}(1), 91\dash94.
+}
+\lst\laancgg
+ {Laan C.G van der (1992):
+ Table Diversions.
+ MAPS 92.2, 115\dash129.
+ (An earlier version at Euro\TeX{} '92.)
+}
+\lst\laancgga
+ {Laan C.G van der (1992):
+ Spivak's \OE uvre.
+ MAPS 92.1, 139\dash142.
+}
+\lst\laancgh
+ {Laan C.G van der (1992):
+ FIFO and LIFO sing the BLUes.
+ \tubissue{14}(1), 54\dash59.
+ (An earlier version at Euro\TeX{} '92
+ and MAPS 92.2.)
+}
+\lst\laancgi
+ {Laan C.G van der (1992):
+ Typesetting crosswords via \TeX, revisited.
+ MAPS 92.2, 145-146.
+ \annotation{Submitted TUGboat. An earlier version based upon \cs{halign} in
+ Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '92, 217\dash224, and MAPS 92.1, 128\dash132.}
+}
+\lst\laancgj
+ {Laan C.G van der (1992):
+ Syntactic Sugar.
+ TUG '93.
+ \tubissue{14}(3), 310\Dash318.
+ (Earlier versions in MAPS 92.2, abridged in GUST bulletin 1.)
+}
+\lst\laancgk
+ {Laan C.G van der (1993):
+ Manmac BLUes\Dash Or how to typeset a book via \TeX.
+ MAPS 93.1, 171\dash191.
+}
+\lst\laancgl
+ {Laan C.G van der (1993):
+ AMS BLUes\Dash Professionals at work.
+ MAPS 93.1, 192\dash212.
+}
+\lst\laancgm
+ {Laan C.G van der (1993):
+ Sorting in BLUe.
+ MAPS 93.1, 149\dash170.
+ (Abrid\-ged TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 319\dash328.)
+}
+\lst\laancgo
+ {Laan C.G van der (1993):
+ Typesetting number sequences.
+ MAPS 93.1, 145\dash148.
+ \annotation{Submitted TUGboat. No longer relevant when BLUe's Bib is used.}
+}
+\lst\laancgp
+ {Laan C.G van der (1993):
+ Matrix icons via \LaTeX.
+ MAPS 93.2, 211\dash212.
+ (Also note in TTN 3.3, 1994.)
+}
+\lst\laancgq
+ {Laan C.G van der (1993):
+ BLUe's Bibliography\Dash A ge\-ne\-ric ap\-proach.
+ MAPS 93.2, 205\dash210.
+ \annotation{Selective loading has been added in MAPS 94.1.}
+}
+\lst\laancgr
+ {Laan C.G van der (1993):
+ What is \TeX{} and \MF{} all about?
+ MAPS 93.2, 67\dash87.
+ (Also: proceedings `PD, Shareware, Freeware'
+ meeting NLUUG, November 1993. CTAN
+ and PTF CD in \dots/whatstex in
+ ctan/info/info.zip)
+}
+\lst\laancgs
+ {Laan C.G van der (1994):
+ TUGboat BLUes\Dash How \TeX ies do it.
+ MAPS 94.1, 119\dash150.
+}
+\lst\laancgt
+ {Laan C.G van der (1994):
+ BLUe's Trans\-paren\-cies\Dash From report to transparency.
+ MAPS 94.1, 111\dash114.
+}
+\lst\laancgu
+ {Laan C.G van der (1994):
+ BLUe's Verbatim\Dash The selection.
+ MAPS 94.1, 116\dash118.
+}
+\lst\laancgv
+ {Laan C.G van der (1994):
+ BLUe's Format\Dash The best of both worlds.
+ MAPS 94.2, 189\dash199.
+ (Abridged. Euro\TeX\ '94, 33\dash44, also abridged.
+ Unabridged version from the CTAN.)
+}
+\lst\laancgw
+ {Laan C.G van der (1994):
+ BLUe's Biblio\-gra\-phy\Dash Se\-lec\-tive loading.\\
+ MAPS~94.1, 115.
+}
+\lst\laancgx
+ {Laan C.G van der (1994):
+ BLUe's Graphs\Dash Simplicity, aha!
+ MAPS 94.2, 200\dash206.
+}
+\lst\laancgy
+ {Laan C.G van der (1994):
+ BLUe's Cross-Referen\-cing\Dash A one-pass approach.
+ MAPS 94.2, 207\dash209.
+}
+\lst\laancgz
+ {Laan C.G van der (1995):
+ Publishing with \TeX\Dash BLUe's Selection.
+ MAPS Special. %CWI tract.
+ See CTAN /pub/archive/info/pwt.
+}
+\lst\laancgA
+ {Laan C.G van der (1994):
+ Paradigms\Dash Headache?
+ MAPS 94.2, 212\dash214.
+}
+\lst\laancgB
+ {Laan C.G van der (1994):
+ Paradigms\Dash Plain's items extended.
+ MAPS 94.2, 210\dash211.
+}
+\lst\laancgC
+ {Laan C.G van der (1995):
+ BLUe's Typesetting of Pascal\Dash Lean and mean.
+ MAPS 95.1, 208\dash210.
+ \annotation{This early paper has been improved. The typesetting
+ of array brackets is possible now.}
+}
+\lst\laancgD
+ {Laan C.G van der (1995):
+ BLUe's Index\Dash The principle and some more.
+ MAPS 95.1, 178\dash186.
+ \annotation{A more user oriented version has been appeared in a chapter of the
+ PWT guide and also in the proceedings of Euro\TeX~95.}
+}
+\lst\laancgE
+ {Laan C.G van der (1995):
+ BLUe's Format Databases\Dash Stay organized.
+ MAPS 95.1, 170\dash177.
+}
+\lst\laancgF
+ {Laan C.G van der (1995):
+ Paradigms\Dash Two-part macros.
+ MAPS 95.1, 200\dash204.
+}
+\lst\laancgG
+ {Laan C.G van der (1995):
+ Paradigms\Dash Parameterization I \Dash\ Options.
+ MAPS 95.1, 205\dash207.
+}
+\lst\laancgH
+ {Laan C.G van der (1995):
+ Use of \TeX{} as databases with any \TeX.
+ Proceedings Euro\TeX~95, 273\dash278.
+}
+\lst\lammarschj
+ {Lammarsch J (1993):
+ A new typesetting system: is it really necessary?
+ TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 167\dash170.
+}
+\lst\lamportla
+ {Lamport L (1985?):
+ Bezier.sty.
+ \annotation{(For drawing arbitray lines within the picture environment.
+ From the file server. See however also gkpmac.}
+}
+\lst\lamportlb
+ {Lamport L (1985):
+ \LaTeX\ User's Guide \& Reference Manual.
+ Addison-Wesley. ISBN-0-201-15790-X.
+ \annotation{With respect to \BibTeX\ the following characteristics
+ from UKTUG meeting of 1990.
+ Advantages: clear layout of database, unique identifyer for elements,
+ compatibility with Scribe databases, explicit statement of citation type,
+ extensible style language, uses \LaTeX's cross-referencing, easy to
+ edit output, can be mixed with non-automatic generated bibliographies,
+ cross-referencing and abbreviations.
+ Disadvantages: multiple passes (\LaTeX, \BibTeX, \LaTeX, \LaTeX);
+ have to remember unique references, style language is opaque,
+ database is very wordy and boring to enter.}
+}
+\lst\lamportlc
+ {Lamport L (1987):
+ Makeindex: An index processor for \LaTeX.
+ (From the file server.)
+}
+\lst\langmyhrda
+ {Langmyhr D (1994):
+ How to make your own documentstyle in \LaTeX2e.
+ Euro\TeX'94, 167\dash175.
+ (Also MAPS 94.2, 65\dash72.)
+}
+\lst\larsonje
+ {Larson J.E (1989):
+ A chess font for \TeX.
+ \tubissue{10}(3), 351.
+}
+\lst\lauwerierhab
+ {Fractals\Dash meetkundige figuren in eindeloze herhaling.
+ Aramith. ISBN/NUGI-90-6834-031X/619.
+ \annotation{Some basic programs of the fractals are included.}
+}
+\lst\lavaudma
+ {Lavaud M (1991):
+ As\TeX, or developing a multi-windowing environment for research based on
+ \TeX.
+ Euro\TeX\ '90. Cahiers Gutenberg.
+ (Developments Euro\TeX\ '92, and TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 238\dash244.)
+}
+\lst\lavaudmb
+ {Lavaud M (1993):
+ Disquettes PC-GUT: \TeX\ \& Co pour PC.
+ (With: manual d'installation, revised 25/6/93.)
+}
+\lst\lawrencem
+ {Lawrence M. (1988):
+ The complete book on hand evaluation. Max Hardy.
+ ISBN 0-939460-27-0.
+}
+\lst\lebanb
+ {Leban B (1985):
+ A solution to the Tower of Hanoi problem using \TeX.
+ \tubissue 6(3), 151\dash154.
+\annotation{Review. Leban requires as input the number of disks and the first tower as
+a sequence of one-digit numbers.
+This means that creation of the initial tower is not part of the paper.
+Furthermore, Leban develops a set of Lisp like functions for \TeX.
+Apparently Knuth's List macros, \TeX book Appendix D.2, have been overlooked.
+Leban's small list processing system is an example of reinventing the wheel,
+with the concept of an active list separator absent. As a consequence
+the printing of the towers is done by recursion which is not necessary
+when using Knuth's list separator appropriately to `execute' the list.}
+}
+\lst\leskme
+ {Lesk M.E (1979):
+ Tbl\Dash a program to format tables.
+ UNIX manual,157--174.
+}
+\lst\louarnp
+ {Louarn P (1991):
+ Instructions to Euro\TeX{} and GUTenberg '91 authors.
+}
+\lst\louarnpa
+ {Louarn P (1991): Manipulons une matrice.
+ Cahiers GUTenberg 8. 59\dash61.
+ \annotation{His step-by-step explanation is very clear. The example
+ does not contain braces connecting cells,
+ or sub parts.}
+}
+\lst\makeindex
+ {Makeindex (1987):
+ Makeindex.
+ \annotation{From the file server. See also Chen and Harrison, Lamport (1987),
+ Salomon for a plain variant. Since 1995 there is BLUe's Index.}
+}
+\lst\markit
+ {MARK-IT (1989): SGML Parser, version 2. Sobemap NV,
+ Place du Champ de Mars 5, Bte 40, 1050 Bruxelles.
+}
+\lst\martincr
+ {Martin C.R (1990):
+ \TeX\ for \TeX nical typists.
+ \tubissue{11}(3), 425\dash428.
+}
+\lst\mattese
+ {Mattes E (1990?):
+ em\TeX.
+ (PD version for MS-DOS PCs, in general use. From the archives.)
+}
+\lst\mauss
+ {Maus S (1991): An expansion power lemma.
+ \tubissue{12}(2), 277.
+}
+\lst\mcclurem
+ {McClure M (1989):
+ \TeX\ macros for COBOL syntax diagrams.
+ TUGboat, 10, 4, 743--750.
+}
+\lst\meulenbroekd
+ {Meulenbroek D (1989):
+ Nieuwsblad v/h Noorden. December.
+ (Dutch)
+}
+\lst\meyerse
+ {Meyers E, F Paige (199?): \TeX sis.
+ \annotation{Provides \cs{ruledtable} and documentation in 100p.
+ \TeX{} file.
+ From lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu, directory /texsis.}
+}
+\lst\minskym
+ {Minsky M (1969):
+ Form and content in computer science.
+ Comm ACM ?\dash?.
+ Also in ACM Turing Award Lectures. The first twenty years 1966\dash1985.
+ ACM Press. Addison-Wesley IBN 0-201-07794-9.
+ \annotation{}
+}
+\lst\mittelbachfa
+ {Mittelbach F (1989):
+ An environment for multi-column output.
+ \tubissue{10}(3), 407\dash415.
+}
+\lst\mittelbachfab
+ {Mittelbach F (1989):
+ The doc-option..
+ \tubissue{10}(2), 245\dash273.
+}
+\lst\mittelbachfb
+ {Mittelbach F (1989):
+ An extension for the \LaTeX\ theorem environment.
+ \tubissue{10}(3), 416\dash426.
+}
+\lst\mittelbachfc
+ {Mittelbach F (1991):
+ E-\TeX: Guidelines for future \TeX\ extensions.
+ \tubissue{11}(3), 337\dash345.
+ (Redistributed: MAPS 93.1)
+}
+\lst\mittelbachfd
+ {Mittelbach F, R Sch\"opf (1989):
+ The new font selection scheme.
+ For \TeX{} packages.
+ \tubissue{10}(2), 222\dash238.\\
+ User interface to standard \LaTeX.
+ Reprint: \tubissue{11}(2), 297\dash305.
+ (See also NFSS 2, in Goossens, Mittelbach Samarin.)
+}
+\lst\mittelbachfe
+ {Mittelbach F, R Sch\"opf (1990):
+ Towards \LaTeX~3.0.
+ \tubissue{12}(1), 74\dash79.
+ (Also MAPS 90.2.)
+}
+\lst\mittelbachff
+ {Mittelbach F, R Sch\"opf (1992):
+ The Pursuit of quality.
+ Electronic Publishing '92. ISBN 0-521-43277-4.
+ (Redistributed MAPS 92.2.)
+}
+\lst\mittelbachffb
+ {Mittelbach F, C.A Rowley (1993):
+ The \LaTeX3 project.
+ MAPS 93.1, 95\dash99.
+ (Also in various early nineties proceedings.)
+}
+\lst\mittelbachfg
+ {Mittelbach F, C.A Rowley, M.J Downes (1993):
+ Volunteer work for \LaTeX3 project.
+ \tubissue{13}(4), 510\dash515.
+}
+\lst\mcclurem
+ {McClure M (1989):
+ \TeX\ macros for COBOL syntax diagrams.
+ \tubissue{10}(4), 743\dash750.
+}
+\lst\modestmf
+ {Modest M.F (1989):
+ Using \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ with Wordperfect5.0.
+ \tubissue{10}(1), 67\dash72.
+}
+\lst\nagyd
+ {Nagy Dezs\"o (1989):
+ A bar chart in \LaTeX.
+ \tubissue{10}(2), 239\dash240.
+}
+\lst\nearingj
+ {Nearing J (1989): Extended equation numbering
+ in plain \TeX.
+ \tubissue{10}(1), 82\dash88.
+}
+\lst\oostrumpa
+ {Oostrum P van (1989):
+ Fancyheadings.
+ From the fileserver.
+}
+\lst\oostrumpb
+ {Oostrum P van (1991):
+ Program text generation with \TeX\slash\LaTeX.
+ MAPS 91.1, 99\dash105.
+ (A survey of the available tools.)
+}
+\lst\palaisr
+ {Palais R (1992):
+ Moving a fixed-point. \tubissue{13}(4), 425\dash432.
+}
+\lst\paperts
+ {Papert S (1980):
+ Mindstorms---Children, computers, and powerful ideas.
+ Harvester studies in cognitive science; 14.
+ ISBN 0-85527-163-9.
+}
+\lst\paternotter
+ {Paternotte R (1989): Dwangneurose.
+ De {\bf E}nige {\bf G}oede
+ {\bf B}ridge {\bf C}ourant.
+ December. (Dutch)
+}
+\lst\petryckilj
+ {Petrycki L.J (1991): Comparing \TeX\ and
+ traditional typesetting for the composition of a textbook.
+ \tubissue{12}(3), 359\dash366.
+}
+\lst\pittmanje
+ {Pittman J.E (1988):
+ Loopy.\TeX. \tubissue{9}(3), 289\dash291.
+}
+\lst\polyaga
+ {Polya G (1957):
+ How to solve it. Anchor.
+}
+\lst\polyagb
+ {Polya G (1954):
+ Mathematics and plausible reasoning.
+ I. Induction and analogy in Mathematics.
+ ISBN 0-691-08005-4. Princeton University Press.
+}
+\lst\polyagc
+ {Polya G (1954):
+ Mathematics and plausible reasoning.
+ II. Patterns of plausible inference.
+ L.C. Card 68-56327. Princeton University Press.
+}
+\lst\poppeliernafm
+ {Poppelier N.A.F.M (1990):
+ SGML and \TeX\ in scientific publishing.
+ \tubissue{12}(1), 105\dash109. (Also MAPS 90.2)
+}
+\lst\quinlre
+ {Quin L.R.E (1990):
+ Summary of METAfont fonts available.
+ \TeX MaG, 4, 6, 1990
+ (Also MAPS 91.1.)
+}
+\lst\rahtzspq
+ {Rahtz S.P.Q (1987): Bibliographic tools.
+ Literary and linguistic computing, 2, 4, 231\dash241.
+}
+\lst\rahtzspqa
+ {Rahtz S.P.Q, M Burbank (1993):
+ Guidelines for Proceedings of the 1993 Annual Meeting of the \TeX{} Users
+ Group.
+ TUG Office.
+}
+\lst\rahtzspqaa
+ {Rahtz S.P.Q (1993):
+ Essential NFSS2, version 2.
+ \tubissue{14}(2), 132\dash137.
+ (The abstract copied from the article:
+ This article offers a user's view of the New Font Selection Scheme, version 2.
+ It describes the reasons for using the NFSS;
+ the differences a user will encounter between NFSS and old \LaTeX;
+ what it will be like installing and using NFSS2;
+ some special situations in mathematics; and
+ an overview of the advanced NFSS2 commands for describing new fonts.)
+}
+\lst\rahtzspqb
+ {Rahtz S.P.Q (1994):
+ Implementing the extended \TeX{} layout
+ using \PS{} fonts.
+ \tubissue{14}(2), 107\dash117.
+}
+\lst\raichleb
+ {Raichle B (1993):
+ In: V. Eijkhout. Oral \TeX; Erratum.
+ \tubissue{13}(1), 75.
+}
+\lst\raichleba
+ {Raichle B (priv.\ comm.): Sorting in \TeX's mouth (revisited).
+ Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94. 53\dash58. Reprinted in MAPS 95.1.
+ \annotation{Bernd Raichle reported at DANTE's 1994 Februari meeting about
+ sorting numbers in \TeX's mouth in the spirit of the work of
+ Jeffrey. Although his algorithms are of order $n^2$ the execution
+ time is good. The only drawback for practice is that it is restricted
+ to numbers so far. For Euro\TeX{} '94 he has extended his work
+ with quicksort in the mouth.}
+}
+\lst\raichlebb
+ {Raichle B (priv.\ comm.): Orale Spielereien.
+ \TeX nische Kom\"ode.
+ \annotation{Bernd Raichle started in 1994 a series of notes exploiting
+ the mouth processing of \TeX.\\
+ I. The n-asteriks is studied in depth. A completely expandable \LaTeX{}
+ \cs{Romannumeral} proposal is included.\\
+ II. Here the digestive processing of the \TeX{} engine is explained.
+ The explained n-asteriks solution is intriguing\Dash if not for the use
+ of \cs{uccode}\Dash and probably the fastest.
+}
+}
+\lst\ramekmb
+ {Ramek M (1988):
+ Chemical structure formulae and X/Y diagrams with \TeX.
+ Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '88, 227\dash258.
+}
+\lst\readd
+ {Read D (priv.comm.):
+ Some ideas to improve \LaTeX.
+ \annotation{Report with suggestions about
+ \LaTeX\ implementation, SGML-based.}
+}
+\lst\reidtj
+ {Reid T.J (1987):
+ Floating figures at the right\Dash and\Dash Some random text for testing.
+ \tubissue{8}(3), 315\dash320.
+}
+\lst\rokickyta
+ {Rokicky T (199?):
+ DVIPS.
+ }
+\lst\rokickytb
+ {Rokicky T (1994):
+ Driver support for color in \TeX: Proposal and Implementation.
+ \tubissue{15}(3), 205\dash2126.
+}
+\lst\rogersdf
+ {Rogers D.F (1992): On contrarian views.
+ \TeX line 14. 2\dash3.
+}
+\lst\rubinsteinza
+ {Rubinstein Z (1989):
+ Chess printing via METAfont and \TeX.
+ \tubissue{10}(2), 170\dash172.
+ (With erratum in \tubissue{10}(3), 359.)
+}
+\lst\rubinsteinzb
+ {Rubinstein Z (1989):
+ Printing annotated chess literature in natural notation.
+ \tubissue{10}(3), 387\dash390.
+}
+\lst\ryckom
+ {Ry\'cko M, B Jackowski (1993):
+ \TeX{} from {\tt\char92indent} to {\tt\char92par}.
+ TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 171\dash176.
+}
+\lst\salomonda
+ {Salomon D (1989):
+ Macros for indexing and table of contents preparation.
+ \tubissue{10}(3), 394\dash400.
+ \annotation{Comments by Breitenlohner (1990): \tubissue{11}(1)62,
+ with respect to writing long records to {\tt\char92write}
+ streams. In 1994 he made \cs{makeindex} available
+ for plain \TeX.}
+}
+%\lst\salomondb
+% {}
+\lst\salomondc
+ {Salomon D (1990):
+ Output Routines Examples \& Techniques.
+ Part~I: Introduction \& Examples. \tubissue{11}(1), 69\dash85.
+ Part~II: OTR Techniques. \tubissue{11}(2), 212\dash236.
+ Part~III: Insertions. \tubissue{11}(4), 588\dash
+ 605.
+ \annotation{Incorporated in his courseware: Insights and Hindsights.}
+ Part~IV: Horizontal Techniques. \tubissue{15}(1), 28\dash39.
+}
+\lst\salomondd
+ {Salomon D (1992):
+ Arrows for technical drawings.
+ \tubissue{13}(2), 146\dash149.
+}
+\lst\salomonde
+ {Salomon D (1992):
+ Creating shaded rectangles with POSTSCRIPT.
+ \tubissue{13}(3), 327\dash329. (Also MAPS 92.2.)
+}
+\lst\salomondf
+ {Salomon D (1992):
+ DDA methods in \TeX.
+ \tubissue{10}(2), 207\dash216.
+}
+\lst\salomondg
+ {Salomon D (1992):
+ NTG's Advanced \TeX\ course: Insights and Hindsights.
+ MAPS Special, $\approx500p.$
+}
+\lst\salomondh
+ {Salomon D (1995):
+ The advanced \TeX book.
+ Springer-Verlag. ISBN 0-387-94556-3.
+}
+\lst\salomondx
+ {Salomon D (priv.\ comm.).
+}
+\lst\samuelal
+ {Samuel A.L (1985):
+ First grade \TeX\Dash A beginners \TeX\ manual.
+ \TeX niques 11.
+ \annotation{Beautiful, obligatory reading! Even for \LaTeX\ devotees,
+ and for every novice. The layout is nice too. Only some 30p.}
+}
+\lst\sankers
+ {Sankar S (1989):
+ APE\Dash a set of \TeX\ macros to to format ADA programs.
+ \tubissue{10}(1), 89\dash97.
+}
+\lst\schellera
+ {Scheller A (1989):
+ Experience with SGML in the real world.
+ Advisory Group on Computer Graphics workshop, Rutherford.
+ \annotation{Work reported from DAPHNE-project: Document Application Processing in a
+ Heterogeneous Network Environment.}
+}
+\lst\schoepfra
+ {Sch\"opf R (1989):
+ Drawing histogram bars inside the \LaTeX\ picture-environment.
+ \tubissue{10}(1), 105\dash108.
+}
+\lst\schoepfrb
+ {Sch\"opf R (1989):
+ A new implementation of the \LaTeX\ {\tt verbatim[*]} environments.
+ \tubissue{11}(2), 284\dash296.
+}
+\lst\schrodj
+ {Schrod J (1992):
+ The DVI Standard, level 0. The TUG DVI Driver standards committee.
+ \tubissue{13}(1), 54\dash57.
+}
+\lst\schumacherefa
+ {Schumacher E.F (1973):
+ Small is beautiful.
+ Blond \& Briggs, London.
+}
+\lst\schumacherefb
+ {Schumacher E.F (1979):
+ Good Work.
+ Jonathan Cape Ltd, London.
+}
+\lst\schwarzn
+ {Schwarz N (1987):
+ {\em Einf\"uhrung in \TeX}. Addison-Wesley.
+ (Translated into English with co-author
+ J. Krieger (1990): Introduction to \TeX.
+ Addison-Wesley. Also into Dutch.)
+}
+\lst\schwarzhr
+ {Schwarz H.R, H Rutishauser, E Stiefel (1972):
+ Numerik symmetrischer Matrizen.
+ Teubner. (German)
+}
+\lst\seroulr
+ {Seroul R (1989):
+ Le petit livre de \TeX. Inter-\'Editions.
+ Paris.
+}
+\lst\sewellw
+ {Sewell W (1989):
+ Weaving a program\Dash Literate programming in WEB.
+ Van Nostrand. ISBN 0-442-31946.
+}
+\lst\sewellwa
+ {Sewell W (1987):
+ Multiple changefiles: The adventure continues.
+ \tubissue{8}(2), 117\dash118.
+}
+\lst\sgmlug
+ {SGML User's Group (Newsletter): (Editorial
+ address: Pindar Infotek, 2 Grosvenor Road, Wallington,
+ Surrey SM6 0ER, UK.)
+}
+\lst\siebenmannl
+ {Siebenmann L (1992):
+Elementary text processing and parsing in \TeX\Dash The appreciation of tokens.
+ \tubissue{13}(1), 62\dash73.
+}
+\lst\smedingar
+ {Smedinga R (1991):
+ Hoe met \LaTeX\ een boek gemaakt kan worden.
+ MAPS 91.2, 97\dash101.
+}
+\lst\smithjma
+ {Smith J.M (1987): The standard generalized markup language
+ (SGML): Guidelines for editors and publishers.
+ British National Bibliography Research Fund Report 26.
+ ISBN 0-7123-3111-5.
+}
+\lst\smithjmb
+ {Smith J.M (1987): The standard generalized markup language
+ (SGML): Guidelines for authors.
+ British National Bibliography Research Fund Report 27.
+ ISBN 0-7123-3112-3.
+}
+\lst\southallra
+ {Southall R (1984):
+ First principles of typographic design for document production.
+ \tubissue{5}(2), 79\dash90.
+ (Corrigenda (1985): \tubissue{6}(1), p.6.)
+}
+\lst\southallrb
+ {Southall, R (1985):
+ Designing a new typeface via METAfont.
+ STAN-CS-85-1074.
+}
+\lst\sowafa
+ {Sowa F (1991):
+ Graphics and halftones with BM2font.
+ TUG '91. \tubissue{12}(4), 534\dash538.
+}
+\lst\sowafb
+ {Sowa F (1994):
+ Printing colour pictures.
+ Euro\TeX'94, 176\dash181.
+ TUG 94, \tubissue{15}(3), 223\dash227.
+}
+\lst\sperbergmcq
+ {Sperberg-McQueen C.M, L Bernard (1990):
+ ACH-ACL-ALLC. Guidelines for the encoding and
+ interchange of machine readable texts.
+}
+\lst\spivakmda
+ {Spivak M.D (1986):
+ The Joy of \TeX\Dash\AmSTeX.
+ AMS. ISBN 0-8218-2999-8.
+ (Updated 2$^{nd}$ printing 1990.)
+}
+\lst\spivakmdb
+ {Spivak M.D (1989):
+ \LAMSTeX\Dash The Syn\-thesis.
+ \TeX\-plora\-tors Corporation.
+}
+\lst\spivakmdc
+ {Spivak M.D (1991):
+ \LAMSTeX\Dash The wizards manual.
+ \TeX\-plora\-tors Corporation.
+}
+\lst\swansone
+ {Swanson E (1986):
+ Mathematics into Type.
+ AMS.
+}
+\lst\swonkgl
+ {Swonk G.L (1991):
+ \LaTeX\ tree drawer.
+ \tubissue{12}(2), 286\dash289.
+}
+\lst\taupind
+ {Taupin D (1990):
+ Musique en \TeX.
+ Cahiers GUTenberg, 5, 62\dash69.
+ (Updated English version MAPS 92.1.)
+}
+\lst\taylorp
+ {Taylor P (1992):
+ The future of \TeX.
+ In: Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '92.
+ 235\dash254. (Reprinted in \tubissue{13}(4), 433\dash442.)
+}
+\lst\taylorpb
+ {Taylor P (1993):
+ NTS: The future of \TeX?
+ TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 177\dash182.
+}
+\lst\taylorpba
+ {Taylor P (1994):
+ $\epsilon$-\TeX{} and NTS: a status report
+ Euro\TeX'94, 182\dash187.
+}
+\lst\taylorpc
+ {Taylor P (1993):
+ A pragmatic approach to paragraphs.
+ \tubissue{14}(2), 138\dash140.
+}
+\lst\taylorpd
+ {Taylor P (1994):
+ Defensive programming in \TeX:
+ towards a better class of a \TeX{} macro.
+ Proceedings Euro\TeX{} 94, 69\dash82.
+}
+\lst\temmenm
+ {Temme N.M (1990):
+ Speciale functies in de mathematische
+ fysica. Epsilon 15. ISBN 90-5041-019-7.
+ (Dutch)
+}
+\lst\thielec
+ {Thiele C (1993):
+ The future of \TeX{} and TUG.
+ TUG '93. \tubissue{14}(3), 162\dash166.
+}
+\lst\thieleca
+ {Thiele C (1987):
+ What constitutes a well-documented macro?
+ \tubissue8(3), 307\dash308.
+}
+\lst\tobing
+ {Tobin G (198?):
+ METAfont for beginners.
+ (From the CTAN.)
+}
+\lst\tofstedd
+ {Tofsted D (1990):
+ An improved chess font.
+ \tubissue{11}(4), 542\dash544.
+}
+\lst\treebusk
+ {Treebus K (1988):
+ Tekstwijzer, een gids voor het grafisch verwerken van tekst.
+ SDU. Den Haag.
+}
+\lst\tugpub
+ {TUG (publications):
+ TUGboat, TTN, \TeX niques.
+\\ (TUGboat: Scholarly quarterly of TUG, with the proceedings of the annual
+ meeting as special issue, and the resource directory as
+ supplementary issue. From 1980 onward.
+ The style files involved are {\tt tugboat.cmn},
+ and the styles {\tt tug\-boat}, and
+ {\tt ltug\-boat} available from the (CTAN) archives.
+\\ \TeX niques: Special themed editions, with no 1 to 14 of 1993)
+ TTN: A portable quarterly newsletter of TUG. From 1990 onward.)
+}
+\lst\tutelaersp
+ {Tutelaers P (1991):
+ A font and a style for typesetting chess using \LaTeX\ or \TeX.
+ MAPS 91.2, 41\dash45. (Also \tubissue{13}(1), 85\dash90.)
+}
+\lst\urbanm
+ {Urban M (1986):
+ An introduction to \LaTeX.
+ TRW Software Productivity Project.
+ \TeX niques 9.
+}
+\lst\vensej
+ {Vens E.J (1992):
+ Incorporating POSTSCRIPT fonts in \TeX.
+ In: Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '92, 173\dash181.
+ (Also in MAPS 92.2.)
+}
+\lst\vignaudd
+ {Vignaud D (1989):
+ L'\'edition structr\'ee dans les documents,
+ SGML applications \`a l'\'edition fran\c caise.
+ \'Editions du Cercle de la Librairie. Paris.
+}
+\lst\vriesh
+ {Vries H de (1990): Biedwedstrijd.
+ De {\bf E}nige {\bf G}oede
+ {\bf B}ridge {\bf C}ourant. Maart. (Dutch)
+}
+\lst\warmerj
+ {Warmer J, S van Egmond (1989):
+ The implementation of the Amsterdam SGML Parser.
+ EP-ODD, 2, 2, 65\dash90.
+}
+\lst\whitneyrf
+ {Whitney R.F, B.N Beeton (1989):
+ TUGboat authors' guide.
+ \tubissue{10}(3), 378\dash385.
+ (Updated versions via the file server.)
+}
+\lst\wichuramj
+ {Wichura M.J (199?):
+ The \PiCTeX\ manual.
+ \TeX niques, 6.
+ (${\approx}\$30,$\dash.)
+}
+\lst\wichuramja
+ {Wichura M.J (1990):
+ Showing-off math macros.
+ \tubissue{11}(1), 57\dash61.
+}
+\lst\wilkinsonjh
+ {Wilkinson J.H (1965):
+ The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem.
+ Oxford University Press.
+}
+\lst\williamsl
+ {Williams L, L Hall (1990):
+ Increased efficiency using advanced EDT editing features.
+ \tubissue{11}(3), 421\dash424.
+}
+\lst\williamst
+ {Williams T, C Kelley (199?):
+ GNUplot: an interactive plotting program.
+ Version 3.
+}
+\lst\wilsonir
+ {Wilson I.R, A.M Addyman (1983, second edition, reprint):
+ A practical introduction to PASCAL with BS 6192.
+ Macmillan Press Ltd. ISBN 0 333 3340 3.
+}
+\lst\winninkjj
+ {Winnink J.J (editor, 1993):
+ NTG's PR set.
+ MAPS '93 Special, $\approx25$p.
+ (Contains: Wat is \TeX?, Hoenig's \TeX\ for new users, 4\TeX/em\TeX\
+ information, and examples with respect to
+ math, tables, graphics, and the hobbies bridge, chess, and music.)
+}
+\lst\winogradt
+ {Winograd T, B Paxton (1980):
+ An indexing facility for \TeX.
+ \tubissue{1}(x), A1\dash A12.
+ \annotation{The work uses \TeX\ version 1.x and a Lisp
+ program. It does not contain such a clear user guide as for makeindex.
+ It provides numbers in range notation and allows for
+ subentries, and cross-references like see \dots and see also \dots.
+ The program can merge files. The program has been converted into
+ Pascal some years later. The latter version is available on file servers.}
+}
+\lst\wirthna
+ {Wirth N (1973):
+ Systematic Programming: An introduction.
+ Prentice-Hall. ISBN 0-13-880369-2.
+}
+\lst\wirthnb
+ {Wirth N (1976):
+ Algorithms $+$ Data Structures $=$ Programs.
+ Prentice-Hall. ISBN 0-13-022418-9.
+}
+\lst\wittbeckera
+ {Wittbecker A (1988):
+ Making paragraphs.
+ \tubissue{9}(3), 272\dash276.
+}
+\lst\wittbeckeraa
+ {Wittbecker A (1989):
+ \TeX\ enslaved. Proceedings TUG89. Stanford.
+ \annotation{Advantages and disadvantages of \TeX-formatter with SGML
+ ``front-end'' are discussed, related to DEC's VAX Document.}
+}
+\lst\wonnebergerr
+ {Wonneberger R (1987): Kompaktf\"uhrer \LaTeX.
+ Addison-Wesley.
+}
+\lst\yasukis
+ {Ysuki Saito (1987):
+ Report on J\TeX: a Japanese \TeX.
+ \tubissue{8}(2), 103\dash116.
+}
+\lst\youngenra
+ {Youngen R (1989):
+ Computers and Mathematics.
+ Notices AMS.
+ \annotation{Discusses \TeX, \LaTeX\
+ and \AmSTeX, summarizing also the relative advantages.
+ Since the publication of this note \AmS-\LaTeX\ has been released,
+ and Spivak has provided \LAMSTeX. Of course these are not dealt with.}
+}
+\lst\youngenrb
+ {Youngen R (1991):
+ Typesetting with \TeX\ at the AMS.
+ 4p.
+ \annotation{A nice survey of why-and-what AMS is using \TeX\ for.}
+}
+\lst\youngenrc
+ {Youngen R (1992):
+ \TeX-based production at AMS.
+ MAPS 92.2, 63\dash68.
+}
+\lst\zalmstraj
+ {Zalmstra J, D.F. Rogers (1989):
+ A page make-up macro.
+ \tubissue{10}(1), 73--81.
+}
+\lst\zandta
+ {Zandt T van (1992):
+ PStricks. Princeton University.
+}
+\lst\zandtb
+ {Zandt T van, D Girou (1994):
+ Inside PStricks.
+ \tubissue{15}(3), 239\dash246.
+}
+\lst\zbikowskir
+ {Zbikowski R (1993):
+ Hacker's guide to AMSfonts and NFSS in the context of \LaTeX.
+ \tubissue{14}(1), 62\dash69.
+}
+\lst\zlatuskaja
+ {Zlatuska J (1991):
+ Virtual fonts with accented letters.
+ Cahiers GUTenberg 10\&11, 57\dash68.
+}
+\lst\zlatuskajb
+ {Zlatuska J (editor, 1992):
+ Proceedings Euro\TeX\ '92.
+ Masarykova universita, Brno. ISBN 80-210-0480-0.
+}
+\lst\zusek
+ {Zuse K (1976):
+ The Plankalk\"ul,
+ Gesellschaft f\"ur Mathematik und Datenverarbeitung,
+ Bonn. BMFT-GMD-106.
+}
+%%end data
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/blu/pic.dat b/macros/blu/pic.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8a320cd5fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/blu/pic.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,1358 @@
+%Copyright: C.G. van der Laan,
+%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl, (050)0594621525
+%File: pic.dat Set up of May, 1995
+\message{pic.dat browsed (Version: May 1996, cgl)}
+%
+\def\commonforpic{\csname newif\endcsname
+ \ifmarkorigin
+ \csname newif\endcsname\iffull
+\def\markorigin{\hbox to0pt{\hss
+ \vrule width1exdepth.2ptheight.2pt
+ \vrule height1exdepth1ex
+ \vrule width1exdepth.2ptheight.2pt
+ \hss}%
+}%end markorigin
+\def\corners##1{%##1 size of corner bar
+ \put(.1,.1){\line(-1,0){##1}}%
+ \put(.1,.1){\line(0,-1){##1}}%
+ \put(.2,.2){\line(-1,0){##1}}%
+ \put(.2,.2){\line(0,-1){##1}}%
+}%end corners
+\def\card##1##2##3{%#1,#2 x,y coord.corner; #3 label
+ \put(##1,##2){\line(-1,0){1.25}}
+ \put(##1,##2){\line(0,-1){ .45}}
+ \put(##1,##2){\lower.45\unitlength
+ \hbox{\line(-1,0){ .25}}}
+ \put(##1,##2){\hbox to0pt{\kern-1.25\unitlength
+ \hbox{\line(0,-1){ .25}}\hss}}
+ \put(##1,##2){\lower.5\unitlength\hbox
+ {\hskip.05\unitlength{\tiny ##3}}}
+}%end card
+%45 degree rightupper diag dots at #1,#2
+\def\diagdots##1##2{\put(##1,##2){$\raise1pt
+ \hbox to0pt{\kern-1pt.\hss}\kern2pt^{.^.}$}}
+%\thinlines %(default in blue.tex)
+\def\fatlbrace{\delimiter"4000308 }
+}%end commonforpic
+%
+%
+%
+\lst\bintreepic{%July 1995, cgl
+\bgroup\unitlength.5ex
+ \kk32 \xoffset{-32} \yoffset{-5}%
+ \xdim{66}\ydim{5}%
+ \def\eertnib##1\bintree{\fi}
+\beginpicture\bintree\endpicture\egroup
+\thispicture{}}
+%
+\lst\bluemodelpic{\bgroup\unitlength=3.5ex
+ \yoffset{-.75}
+ \xdim{13}\ydim{12}
+\beginpicture
+\def\str{\lower.5ex\null}
+%baseline
+\put(1,0){\vector(-1,0){.9}}
+\put(4,0){\vector(1,0){.9}}
+\put(2.5,0){\makebox(0,0){extras}}
+\put(6,0){\vector(-1,0){.9}}
+\put(12,0){\vector(1,0){.9}}
+\put(9,0){\makebox(0,0){BLUe's format}}
+%
+\put(0,4){\framebox(4,2){Extensions}}
+\put(0,8){\framebox(4,2){Publ.\
+ formats}}
+%Horizontal connection lines
+\put(4,5){\line(1,0){2}}
+\put(4,9){\line(1,0){2}}
+%\multiput(4,5)(.2, 0){10}{\hbox to
+% .2\unitlength{-\hss-}}
+%\multiput(4,9)(.2, 0){10}{\hbox to
+% .2\unitlength{-\hss-}}
+%Vertical separation line
+\multiput(5,0)(0,1){11}{\vrule
+ height.5\unitlength\relax}
+\put(6,4){\framebox(4,6){\vbox{%
+ \hbox{\tiny outer tags}
+ \kern1.25\unitlength
+ \hbox{blue.tex}
+ \kern1.25\unitlength
+ \hbox{\tiny inner tags}}}}
+%\put(6,4){\framebox(4,2){\vbox{%
+% \hbox{\strut Inner}\hbox{Tags}}}}
+%\put(6,8){\framebox(4,2){\vbox{%
+% \hbox{\strut Outer}\hbox{Tags}}}}
+\put(9.1,8.1){\vbox{\offinterlineskip
+ \hbox{\tiny\str ppt}\hbox{\tiny\str ref}%
+ }}
+\put(9.1,4.1){\vbox{\offinterlineskip
+ \hbox{\tiny\str man}%
+ \hbox{\tiny\str gkp}%
+ \hbox{\tiny\str\raise2ex\null crs}%
+ \hbox{\tiny\str vrb}%
+ \hbox{\tiny\str btb}\hbox{\tiny
+ \str abr}}}
+%\put(8,6){\line(0,1){2}}
+%Databases next
+%Outer database
+%\multiput(10,9)(.2, 0){5}{\hbox to
+% .2\unitlength{-\hss}}
+\put(10,9){\line(1,0){1}}
+\put(11,7){\line(0,1){2}}
+%\card{12.25}{7.25}{fmt.dat}
+\put(11,7){\framebox(1.25, .5){}}
+\put(12.3, 7){{\tiny fmt.dat}}
+%Inner databases
+\put(10,5){\line(1,0){1}}
+%\multiput(10,5)(.2, 0){5}{\hbox to
+% .2\unitlength{-\hss}}
+\put(11,3){\line(0,1){2}}
+\put(10,1){\framebox(2,2){\vbox{%
+ \hbox{\strut Data}\hbox{Bases}}}}
+%
+\card{12.25}{3.25}{tools.dat}
+\card{12.5 }{3.5 }{obsolete.dat}
+\card{12.75}{3.75}{pic.dat}
+\card{13 }{4 }{lit.dat}
+\card{13.25}{4.25}{address.dat}
+%
+%\diagdots{13.35}{4.35}
+%
+\put(4,6){\corners{.975}}%
+\put(4,10){\corners{.975}}
+\endpicture\egroup\thispicture{}%
+}%end bluemodelpic
+%
+\lst\bluepagepic{\vbox{\arrows{2cm}{\small headline}
+\hbox to2cm{\hss\tiny headlinesep(2ex)\hss}
+\hbox{\vrule\vbox to 3cm{\hrule\offinterlineskip
+ \hbox to2cm{\hss$\uparrow$\hss}\vss
+ \arrows{2cm}{\lower3pt\null\small pagewd}
+ \vss
+ \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small v\hss}
+ \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small s\hss}
+ \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small i\hss}
+ \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small z\hss}
+ \hbox to2cm{\lower2pt\null\hss\small e\hss}
+\vss\hbox to2cm{\hss$\downarrow$\hss}\hrule
+}\vrule}\kern-.7\baselineskip
+\hbox to2cm{\hss\tiny footlinesep(1ex)\hss}
+\arrows{2cm}{\small footline}
+}}
+%
+\lst\cantordustpic{%July 1995, cgl
+%Revision March 1996
+\bgroup
+\def\cf{{\E{\the\k}}\divide\k3
+ \ifnum0=\k \fc\fi
+ \advance\y-3\unitlength
+ {\cf}\advance\x\the\k\unitlength
+ \advance\x\the\k\unitlength
+ \cf}%
+\def\fc##1\cf{\fi}%
+\k243 \unitlength1pt
+\xdim{243}\yoffset{-10}%
+\beginpicture\cf\endpicture
+\egroup\thispicture{}}
+%
+\lst\cglpic{\bgroup\unitlength20pt%
+\xdim{1}\ydim{1}%
+\beginpicture
+\put(0,0){\squine(0,.4,.8,0,1,0)}
+\put(0,0){\squine(0,.4,.8,1,0,1)}
+\put(0,0){\squine(0,0,.4,.5,1,1)}
+\put(0,0){\squine(0,0,.4,.5,0,0)}
+\put(0,0){\squine(.8,.8,.4,.5,1,1)}
+\put(0,0){\squine(.8,.8,.4,.5,0,0)}
+\endpicture\egroup\thispicture{}%
+}%end \cgl
+%
+\lst\chartpic{%July 1995, cgl
+%Revision March 1996
+\bgroup
+\def\bintree{\E{\the\ekk}\ifnum\kk=2 \eertnib\fi
+ \divide\kk2 {\N{\the\kk}\bintree}%
+ \S{\the\kk}\bintree}%
+\def\eertnib##1\bintree{\fi}%
+\let\Eold\E
+\def\E{\global\advance\k1
+ \xytxt{ \csname\the\k\endcsname}\Eold}%
+\def\1{LMB, 1912}%
+\def\2{MJHB, 1882}\def\5{PAME, 1884}%
+\def\3{JHB, 1838}\def\4{MDB, 1840}%
+\def\6{EFE, 1845}\def\7{CLW, 1850}%
+\ekk8\k0\unitlength2ex\kk8
+\xdim{25}\ydim{17}\yoffset{-8}%
+\beginpicture\bintree\endpicture
+\egroup\thispicture{}}
+%
+\lst\dragonpic{%July 1995, cgl
+\bgroup
+\let\0\globalN\let\1\globalW
+\let\2\globalS\let\3\globalE
+\def\dragon{\k0
+ \loop \draw
+ \advance\k1 \kk\k \calcdir
+ \ifnum\k<\kmax
+ \repeat}
+\def\calcdir{\ifodd\kk \kaux\kk
+ \divide\kaux4 \multiply\kaux4 \advance\kk-\kaux
+ \advance\dir\kk \ifnum\dir>3 \advance\dir-4 \fi
+ \else\divide\kk2 \ea\calcdir\fi}
+\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname1}
+\unitlength2ex
+\dir0\x0pt\y0pt \kmax4
+\beginpicture\dragon\endpicture
+\egroup\thispicture{}}
+%
+\lst\flowchartlooppic
+{\bgroup\unitlength=3.8ex
+ \xoffset{-.5}\yoffset{-.3}
+ \xdim{5}\ydim{7.5}
+\beginpicture
+\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0)\markorigin\fi
+\put(0,0){\line(1,0){2}}
+\put(0,0){\line(0,1){6}}
+\put(0,6){\vector(1,0){2}}
+\put(2,6.5){\vector(0,-1){1.5}}
+\put(1,4){\framebox(2,1){pretst}}
+\put(2,4){\vector(0,-1){.5}}
+%rhombus
+\put(2,3){\rhombus(2,1)1{tst}}
+%\put(1,3){\line(2,1){1}}
+%\put(1,3){\line(2,-1){1}}
+%\put(3,3){\line(-2,1){1}}
+%\put(3,3){\line(-2,-1){1}}
+%\put(2,3){\makebox(0,0){tst}}
+%
+\put(2,2.5){\line(0,-1){0.5}}
+\put(1,1){\framebox(2,1){posttst}}
+\put(2,1){\line(0,-1){1}}
+%
+\put(3,3){\line(1,0){1}}
+\put(4,3){\vector(0,-1){3}}
+\put(4,2.5){\kern2pt`{\tt\char92else}'}
+\endpicture\egroup%end flowchartlooppic
+}
+\lst\furutapic
+{\bgroup\unitlength=4ex\yoffset{-1}
+ \xdim{14}\ydim{4.5}
+\beginpicture
+%\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0)\markorigin\fi
+\put(1, 1){\oval(2, 1)}
+\put(1, 1){\makebox(0, 0){Start}}
+\put(2, 1){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
+\put(3.5,.25){\framebox(2,1.5){Edit}}
+\put(5.5, 1){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
+\put(7,.25){\framebox(2,1.5){Format}}
+\put(9, 1){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
+\put(11.5, 1){\oval(2, 1)}
+\put(11.5, 1){\makebox(0, 0){End}}
+\put(0,0){\squine(4.5,8,11.5,1.85,4,1.6)}
+\put(11.65,1.55)\rdarrowhead
+\put(0,0){\squine(4.5,6.25,8,.1,-1,.1)}
+\put(4.5,.175)\luarrowhead
+\endpicture\egroup%end furutapic
+}
+%
+\lst\gpic{\bgroup\unitlength20pt%
+\xdim{1}\ydim{1}%
+\beginpicture
+\put(0,0){\squine(0,0,.4,.5,1,1)}
+\put(0,0){\squine(0,0,.4,.5,0,0)}
+\put(0,0){\squine(.8,.8, 0.4,.75,1,1)}
+\put(0,0){\squine(.8,.8, 0.4,.25,.5,.5)}
+\put(0,0){\squine(.4,.8,.8, 0, 0,.25)}
+\endpicture\egroup\thispicture{}%
+}%end \gpic
+%
+\lst\hfractalpic{%July 1995, cgl
+\bgroup
+\def\mod##1{\advance\dir##1
+ \ifnum3<\dir \advance\dir-4 \fi}%mod 4
+\def\nxt{\csname\the\dir\endcsname
+ {\the\kk}\multiply\kk17\divide\kk24
+ \advance\level-1 \hf}%
+\def\hf{\ifnum\level=0 \fh\fi
+ {\mod1\nxt}\mod3\nxt\relax}%
+\def\fh##1\relax{\fi}%
+\unitlength.1ex
+ \xdim{80}\ydim{140}\yoffset{-60}%
+ \kk48 \dir0 \level6
+\beginpicture\hf\endpicture
+\egroup\thispicture{}}
+%
+\lst\indmodelpic
+{\bgroup\unitlength=6ex
+ \xdim{7.5}\ydim{6}
+\beginpicture
+\put(2,0){\makebox(0,0){Result}}
+\put(2,1){\vector(0,-1){.8}}
+\put(2,1.25){\makebox(0,0){\cs{pasteupindex}}}
+\put(5.5,1.6){\vector(-1,0){3}}
+\put(2,3){\vector(0,-1){1.5}}
+\put(2,3.25){\makebox(0,0){\cs{sortindex}}}
+\put(2.5,2.9){\line(1,0){3}}
+\put(5.5, 2.9){\vector(0,-1){.5}}
+\put(5.5, 2.25){\makebox(0,0){`Enrich' index.elm\ }}
+\put(5.5, 2){\line(0,-1){.4}}
+\put(2,4.3){\vector(0,-1){.8}}
+\put(2,4.5){\makebox(0,0){Copy + IR markup}}
+\put(2,5.55){\vector(0,-1){.8}}
+\put(3,5.75){\makebox(0,0){\cs{input} blue
+ \cs{loadindexmacros} \cs{report}}}
+\endpicture\egroup}
+%end indmodelpic
+%
+\lst\kochfractalpic{%July 1995, cgl
+\bgroup
+\let\0\globalN\let\1\globalE
+\let\2\globalS\let\3\globalW
+\def\left{\advance\dir3 \ifnum\dir>3
+ \advance\dir-4 \fi}%
+\def\right{\advance\dir1 \ifnum\dir>3
+ \advance\dir-4 \fi}%
+\def\koch{\ifnum\kk=1 \draw\hcok\fi
+ {\divide\kk4
+ \koch\left\koch\right\koch\right\koch\koch
+ \left\koch\left\koch\right\koch}\relax}
+\def\hcok##1\relax{\fi}%
+\x0pt\y0pt\dir1\kk4 \unitlength1ex
+\beginpicture\koch\endpicture
+\egroup\thispicture{}}
+%
+\lst\lettertreepic
+{\bgroup\smallskip\small
+ \unitlength2ex
+ \xdim{25}\ydim{17}
+ \def\makebox(##1##2)##3{\hbox
+ to##1\unitlength{\vbox to##2\unitlength
+ {\vss\hbox{##3}\vfil}\hss}}
+\beginpicture
+\put(0,8.9){\makebox(4,0){Letter\lower.2ex\null}}
+\put(5,9){\line(-1,0){1.5}}
+%first level
+%vert line
+\put(5,2){\line(0,1){14}}%End coordinates (5,16)
+%hor lines
+\multiput(5,2)(0,2){8}{\line(1,0){.75}}
+%texts
+\put(6,1.9){\makebox(5,0){Post}}
+\put(6,3.9){\makebox(5,0){Signed}}
+\put(6,5.9){\makebox(5,0){Body}}
+\put(6,7.9){\makebox(5,0){Subject}}
+\put(6,9.9){\makebox(5,0){Addr$+$}}
+\put(6,11.9){\makebox(5,0){Date}}
+\put(6,13.9){\makebox(5,0){Yourref}}
+\put(6,15.9){\makebox(5,0){Ref}}
+%\put(6,17.9){\makebox(5,0){Header}}
+%Considered as format issue
+%Second level
+%hor lines
+\put(11,2){\line(-1,0){2}}
+\put(11,6){\line(-1,0){1.5}}
+\put(11,10){\line(-1,0){1}}
+%vert lines
+\put(11,1){\line(0,1){2}}
+\put(11,5){\line(0,1){2}}
+\put(11,8){\line(0,1){4}}
+%hor lines
+\multiput(11,1)(0,1){3}{\line(1,0){.75}}
+\multiput(11,5)(0,2){2}{\line(1,0){.75}}
+\multiput(11,8)(0,2){3}{\line(1,0){.75}}
+%texts
+\put(12,.9){\makebox(5,0){cc$*$}}
+\put(12,1.9){\makebox(7,0){Enclosures$*$}}
+\put(12,2.9){\makebox(5,0){PS$*$}}
+\put(12,4.9){\makebox(5,0){p$+$}}
+\put(12,6.9){\makebox(5,0){Dear}}
+\put(12,7.9){\makebox(5,0){Comm}}
+\put(12,9.9){\makebox(5,0){Address}}
+\put(12,11.9){\makebox(5,0){Name}}
+%Third level
+%hor lines
+\put(17,5){\line(-1,0){2}}
+\put(17,8){\line(-1,0){1}}
+\put(17,10){\line(-1,0){.75}}
+\put(17,12){\line(-1,0){1}}
+%Vert lines
+\put(17,4){\line(0,1){2}}
+\put(17,7.5){\line(0,1){1}}
+\put(17,9.5){\line(0,1){1}}
+\put(17,11.5){\line(0,1){1}}
+%hor lines
+\multiput(17,4)(0,1){3}{\line(1,0){.75}}
+\multiput(17,7.5)(0,1){2}{\line(1,0){.75}}
+\multiput(17,9.5)(0,1){2}{\line(1,0){.75}}
+\multiput(17,11.5)(0,1){2}{\line(1,0){.75}}
+%texts
+\put(18,3.9){\makebox(5,0){hp$*$}}
+\put(18,4.9){\makebox(5,0){q$*$}}
+\put(18,5.9){\makebox(5,0){list$*$}}
+\put(18,7.4){\makebox(5,0){e-mail$*$}}
+\put(18,8.4){\makebox(5,0){phone$*$}}
+\put(18,9.4){\makebox(5,0){city}}
+\put(18,10.4){\makebox(5,0){street}}
+\put(18,11.4){\makebox(5,0){given}}
+\put(18,12.4){\makebox(5,0){family}}
+%fourth level
+\put(21.75,9.5){\line(-1,0){1.25}}
+\put(21.75,10.5){\line(-1,0){.25}}
+\put(22,9.4){\makebox(5,0){country}}
+\put(22,10.4){\makebox(5,0){code}}
+\endpicture
+\egroup}
+%end lettertreepic
+%
+\lst\levyfractalpic{%July 1995, cgl
+\bgroup
+\def\summodfour{{\modsum0
+ \loop \ifodd\k \advance\modsum1 \fi
+ \divide\k2 \ifnum\k>0
+ \repeat \global\dir\modsum
+ \divide\modsum4 \multiply\modsum4
+ \global\advance\dir-\modsum}}
+\def\levyfractal{\loop\summodfour
+ \draw \advance\k1
+ \ifnum\k<\order \repeat}
+\unitlength1ex\x0pt\y0pt
+\k0 \dir0 \order256
+\kk1 %argument for \draw
+\ydim{14}%\yoffset{-7}%
+\xdim{21}\xoffset{-2}%
+\beginpicture\levyfractal\endpicture
+\egroup\thispicture{}}
+%
+\lst\linespic
+{\bgroup\unitlength1cm
+ \yoffset{-1.5}
+ \xdim{7}\ydim{3}
+\beginpicture
+\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0){\markorigin}\fi
+\line(1,-1){1}
+\line(1,1){1}
+\makebox(2,0){Beer}
+\disk{.25}\quad
+\circle{.5}
+\endpicture\egroup%end linespic
+}
+%
+\lst\metapostpic{\bgroup
+\unitlength3ex\xdim{12}\ydim{10}
+\xoffset{-6}
+\beginpicture
+\put(-2,0){\framebox(4,1){.ps}}
+\put(0,1){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(-6,2){\makebox(12,1){dvips, or \dots}}
+\put(0,2.5){\oval(12,1)}
+\put(-4,3){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(-6,4){\framebox(4,1){.eps}}
+\put(-4,5){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(-6,6){\makebox(4,1){MetaPost}}
+\put(-4,6.5){\oval(4,1)}
+\put(-4,7){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(-6,8){\framebox(4,1){.mp}}
+%
+\put(4,3){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(2,4){\framebox(4,1){.dvi}}
+\put(4,5){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(2,6){\makebox(4,1){(any)\TeX}}
+\put(4,6.5){\oval(4,1)}
+\put(4,7){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(2,8){\framebox(4,1){.tex}}
+\put(6,9){\corners1}
+\put(6.4,9){{\tiny (e)psfig}}
+\endpicture\egroup}
+%
+\lst\ntgpiepic
+{\bgroup\unitlength=7ex
+ \xoffset{-3}\yoffset{-2.25}
+ \xdim{6}\ydim{5}
+\beginpicture
+%1st quadrant
+%\bezier{100}(2, 0)(2, .54)(1.79, .89)
+ % 0 - `30' 2:1-lijn
+%\bezier{60}(1.79, .89)(1.46, 1.46)(1,
+%1.73)
+\put(0,0){\squine(1.79,1.46,1,.89,1.46,
+ 1.73)}
+ % `30' - 60
+%\bezier{60}(1, 1.73)(.54, 2)(0, 2)
+ % 60 - 90
+\put(0,0){\squine(1,.54,0,1.73,2,2)}
+%2nd quadrant
+%\bezier{60}(0, 2)(-.54, 2)(-1, 1.73)
+ % 90 - 120
+\put(0,0){\squine(0,-.54,-1,2,2,1.73)}
+%\bezier{60}(-1,1.73)(-1.46,1.46)(-1.73,
+%1)
+ %120 - 150
+\put(0,0){\squine(-1,-1.46,-1.73,1.73,
+ 1.46,1)}
+%\bezier{60}(-1.73, 1)(-2, .54)(-2, 0)
+ %150 - 180
+\put(0,0){\squine(-1.73,-2,-2,1,.54,0)}
+%3rd quadrant
+%\bezier{60}(-2, 0)(-2, -.54)(-1.73, -1)
+ %180 - 210
+\put(0,0){\squine(-2,-2,-1.73,0,-.54,
+ -1)}
+%\bezier{60}(-1.73,-1)(-1.46,-1.46)(-1,
+%-1.73)
+ %210 -240
+\put(0,0){\squine(-1.73,-1.46,-1,-1,
+ -1.46,-1.73)}
+%\bezier{60}(-1, -1.73)(-.54, -2)(0, -2)
+ %240 - 270
+\put(0,0){\squine(-1,-.54,0,-1.73,-2,-2)}
+%4th quadrant
+%\bezier{60}(0, -2)(.54, -2)(1, -1.73)
+ %270 - 300
+\put(0,0){\squine(0,.54,1,-2,-2,-1.73)}
+%\bezier{60}(1,-1.73)(1.46,-1.46)(1.73,-1)
+ %300 - 330
+\put(0,0){\squine(1,1.46,1.73,-1.73,
+ -1.46,-1)}
+%\bezier{60}(1.73, -1)(2, -.54)(2, 0)
+ %330 - 360
+\put(0,0){\squine(1.73,2,2,-1,-.54,0)}
+%division lines
+\put(0, 0){\line(1, 0){2}}
+\put(0, 0){\line(2, 1){1.79}}
+ %1.79 = 2 cos arctg .5
+%\put(0, 0){\line(-2, 1){1.79}}
+%\bezier{75}(0, 0)(-.81, .59)(-1.61,
+%1.18)
+ %-.81 = cos 144; .59 = sin 144
+\put(0,0){\squine(0,-.81,-1.61,0,.59,
+ 1.18)}
+%\put(0, 0){\line(-1, -2){.89}}
+ % .89 = 2 sin arctg .5
+%\bezier{75}(0, 0)(-.59, -.81)(-1.18,
+%-1.62)
+ %-.59 = cos -126; -.81 = sin -126
+\put(0,0){\squine(0,-.59,-1.18,0,-.81,
+ -1.62)}
+%piece
+%\bezier{60}(2.5, 0.1)(2.5, .64)(2.29,
+%.99)
+ % shift .5, .1
+\put(0,0){\squine(2.5,2.5,2.29,0.1,.64,
+ .99)}
+\put(0.5, 0.1){\line(1, 0){2}}
+\put(0.5, 0.1){\line(2, 1){1.79}}
+%Candles:
+%\bezier{20}(0,1.31)(-.15,1.45)(0,1.61)
+\put(0,0){\squine(0,-.15,0,1.31,1.45,
+ 1.61)}
+%\bezier{20}(0,1.31)(.175,1.45)(0,1.61)
+\put(0,0){\squine(0,.175,0,1.31,1.45,
+ 1.61)}
+%Middle
+\put(-.1,.11){\line(0,1){1.2}}
+\put(.1,.05){\line(0,1){.95}}
+\put(.1,1.1){\line(-2,3){.2}}
+%Left
+%\bezier{20}(-.25,1.46)(-.40,1.6)(
+%-.25,1.76)
+\put(0,0){\squine(-.25,-.40,-.25,
+ 1.46,1.6,1.76)}
+%\bezier{20}(-.25,1.46)(-.075,1.6)(
+%-.25,1.76)
+\put(0,0){\squine(-.25,-.075,-.25,
+ 1.46,1.6,1.76)}
+\put(-.35,.26){\line(0,1){1.2}}
+\put(-.15,.21){\line(0,1){.95}}
+\put(-.15,1.15){\line(-2,3){.2}}
+%Right
+%\bezier{20}(.25,1.46)(.40,1.6)(.25,
+%1.76)
+\put(0,0){\squine(.25,.40,.25,1.46,
+ 1.6,1.76)}
+%\bezier{20}(.25,1.46)(.075,1.6)(.25,
+%1.76)
+\put(0,0){\squine(.25,.075,.25,1.46,
+ 1.6,1.76)}
+\put(.35,.25){\line(0,1){1.2}}
+\put(.15,.2){\line(0,1){.95}}
+\put(.15,1.15){\line(2,3){.2}}
+%Leftleft
+%\bezier{20}(-.5,1.61)(-.65,1.75)(
+%-.5,1.91)
+\put(0,0){\squine(-.5,-.65,-.5,1.61,
+ 1.75,1.91)}
+%\bezier{20}(-.5,1.61)(-.325,1.75)(
+%-.5,1.91)
+\put(0,0){\squine(-.5,-.325,-.5,1.61,
+ 1.75,1.91)}
+\put(-.6,.41){\line(0,1){1.2}}
+\put(-.4,.36){\line(0,1){.95}}
+\put(-.4,1.3){\line(-2,3){.2}}
+%Rightright
+%\bezier{20}(.5,1.61)(.65,1.75)(.5,
+%1.91)
+\put(0,0){\squine(.5,.65,.5,1.61,1.75,
+ 1.91)}
+%\bezier{20}(.5,1.61)(.325,1.75)(.5,
+%1.91)
+\put(0,0){\squine(.5,.325,.5,1.61,
+ 1.75,1.91)}
+\put(.6,.4){\line(0,1){1.2}}
+\put(.4,.35){\line(0,1){.95}}
+\put(.4,1.3){\line(2,3){.2}}
+%texts
+\put(-1, -.1){\makebox(0, 0){\strut
+ Happy}}
+\put(.5, -1){\makebox(0, 0){\strut
+ Birthday}}
+\put(1.9, .35){\makebox(0, 0){\strut
+ NTG}}
+\endpicture\egroup%end ntgpiepic
+\thispicture{}}
+%
+\lst\overviewtexpic
+{\bgroup\unitlength=3.8ex \fullfalse
+ \xoffset{-.5}\yoffset{-2.75}
+ \xdim{15}\ydim{16.5}
+\beginpicture
+%1st column
+\put(1, 0){\line(0, 1){1.5}}
+\put(1, 2){\oval(2, 1)}
+\iffull\put(1.1, 2.1){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
+ \oval(2, 1)}
+ \put(2.1, 2){{\tiny .ps}}
+ \put(1.2, 2.2){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
+ \oval(2, 1)}
+ \put(2.3, 2.2){{\tiny .log}}
+\fi
+\put(1, 2){\makebox(0, 0){.pk}}
+\put(1, 4){\vector(0, -1){1.5}}
+\put(-.5, 4){\framebox(3, 1){%
+ METAFONT}}
+\iffull\card{2.75}{5.25}{-{%\smc%Too large
+ post}}
+\fi
+\put(1, 6.5){\vector(0, -1){1.5}}
+\put(1, 7){\oval(2, 1)}
+\put(1, 7){\makebox(0, 0){.mf}}
+%second column
+\put(7.5, -.5){\framebox(2, 1){%
+ driver}}
+\put(9.5,.5){\corners{.5}}%
+\put(8.5, 1.5){\vector(0, -1){1}}
+ %mod 24/1/94
+\put(8.5, 2){\oval(2, 1)}
+\iffull
+ \put(8.6, 2.1){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
+ \oval(2, 1)}
+ \put(9.6, 2){{\tiny .log}}
+%\put(8.7, 2.2){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
+% \oval(2, 1)}
+\fi
+\put(8.5, 2){\makebox(0, 0){.dvi}}
+\put(8.5, 4){\vector(0, -1){1.5}}
+\put(7.5, 4){\framebox(2, 1){\TeX}}
+%Flavours
+\card{ 9.75}{5.25}{BLUe}
+\card{10 }{5.5 }{La\TeX}
+\card{10.25}{5.75}{AMS-(La)\TeX}
+%\diagdots{10.35}{5.85}
+%
+\put(8.5, 6.5){\vector(0, -1){1.5}}
+\put(8.5, 7){\oval(2, 1)}
+\put(8.5, 7){\makebox(0, 0){.tex}}
+%
+\multiput(8.5, 9)(0, -.415){3}{%
+ \line(0, -1){.25}}
+\put(8.5, 8.7){\vector(0, 1){.3}}
+\put(8.5, 7.8){\vector(0, -1){.3}}
+\put(7.5, 9){\framebox(2, 1){editor}}
+%Tools
+\card{ 9.75}{10.25}{Spell}
+\card{10 }{10.5 }{Style}
+%\diagdots{10.1}{10.6}
+%
+\put(8.5, 11.5){\vector(0, -1){1.5}}
+\put(8.5, 12){\oval(2, 1)}
+\put(8.5, 12){\makebox(0, 0){copy}}
+%basis
+\put(1, 0){\vector(1, 0){6.5}}
+\put(9.5, 0){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
+\put(11, -.75){\framebox(2, 1.5){\vbox{%
+ \hbox{printer}
+ \hbox{screen}}}}
+%middle
+\multiput(5, 5.25)(0, 1){3}{%
+ \line(0,1){.5}}
+\multiput(5, .25)(0, 1){4}{%
+ \line(0,1){.5}}
+\multiput(5, -2.25)(0, .5){2}{%
+ \line(0,1){.25}}
+\put(5,-.5){\line(0,1){.25}}
+%PostScript
+\iffull
+ \put(1, -1){\oval(2, .5)}
+ \put(1, -1){\makebox(0, 0){{\tiny A-Type1}}}
+ \put(1.1, -.9){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
+ \oval(2, .5)}
+ \put(1.2, -.8){\ovaltlfalse\ovalblfalse\ovalbrfalse
+ \oval(2, .5)}
+ \multiput(2, -1)(.45, 0){4}{%
+ \line(1,0){.25}}
+ \put(4,-1){\vector(1,0){0}}
+ \put(4, -1.250){\framebox(2, .5){%
+ {\tiny \PS}}}
+ \multiput(6, -1)(.45, 0){8}{%
+ \line(1,0){.25}}
+ \put(9.75,-1){\vector(1,0){0}}
+ \put(10.25, -1){\oval(1, .5)}
+ \put(10.25, -1){\makebox(0, 0){{\tiny .ps}}}
+ \multiput(10.75, -1)(.45, 0){5}{%
+ \line(1,0){.25}}
+ \put(13.25,-1){\vector(1,0){0}}
+ \put(12,-1){\vector(0,1){.25}}
+ \put(13.25, -1.25){\framebox(1.5, .5){{\tiny Acrobat}}}
+ \put(14.75, -.75){\corners{.5}}
+ \multiput(14, -.625)(0,1){2}{\line(0,1){.25}}
+ \put(13.25, .75){\framebox(1.5, .5){{\tiny Acrobat}}}
+ \put(14.75, 1.25){\corners{.5}}
+ \put(14, 0){\oval(1,.5)}
+ \put(14, 0){\makebox(0, 0){{\tiny .pdf}}}
+ \multiput(13.25,1)(-.5, 0){3}{\line(-1,0){.25}}
+ \put(12, 1){\vector(0,-1){.25}}
+ \put(8.5, -1){\vector(0, 1){.5}}
+ \put(8.5,-.5){\vector(0,-1){.5}}
+\else
+ \put(5, -1){\line(0, -1){.25}}
+\fi
+%
+\put(2.5, 4.5){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
+\put(5, 4.5){\oval(2, 1)}
+\put(5, 4.5){\makebox(0, 0){.tfm}}
+\put(6, 4.5){\vector(1, 0){1.5}}
+%Source variants
+\iffull
+ \put(9.5, 7){\vector(-1,0){0}}
+ \multiput(9.5, 7)(.5,0){2}{\line(1, 0){.25}}
+ \multiput(10.25, 7.375)(.5,0){2}{\line(1, 0){.25}}
+ \put(11, 7.375){\vector(1,0){0}}
+ \put(11, 7.125){\framebox(1.5,.5){\tiny SGML}}
+ \multiput(10.25, 7.375)(0,-.5){2}{\line(0,-1){.25}}
+ \multiput(10.25, 6.625)(.5,0){2}{\line(1, 0){.25}}
+ \put(11,6.625){\vector(1,0){0}}
+ \put(11,6.375){\framebox(1.5,.5){\tiny HTML}}
+ %\put(12, 4.5){\oval(2, 1)}
+ %\put(12, 4.5){\makebox(0, 0){.log}}
+\fi
+%base line
+\put(.51,-2.25){\vector(-1, 0){1}}
+\put(2.25, -2.25){\makebox(0, 0){Fonts}}
+\put(3.9,-2.25){\vector( 1, 0){1}}
+\put(6.1,-2.25){\vector(-1, 0){1}}
+\put(9, -2.25){\makebox(0, 0){%
+ Typesetting}}
+\put(11.9,-2.25){\vector(1, 0){1}}
+\endpicture\egroup%end overviewtexpic
+\thispicture{}}
+%
+\lst\partitionedmatrixpic{\bgroup
+ \def\vdts{\vbox{\baselineskip4pt
+ \lineskiplimit0pt
+ \vglue2pt\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}}}%
+\vcenter{\offinterlineskip%No interline
+% space in between parts
+\halign{\hfil$##$&\hfil$##$\hfil\cr%2-column
+%first row with braces, element 11 empty
+{}&\hfil\enspace\mathop{\hbox to.9cm%
+ {\downbracefill}}\limits^{\vbox{\hbox{
+ $\scriptstyle p$}\kern2pt}}
+ \enspace\hfil\mathop{\hbox to.6cm%
+ {\downbracefill}}\limits^{\vbox{\hbox to
+ 0pt{\hss$\scriptstyle n-p$\hss}\kern2pt}}%
+ \enspace\hfil\cr % end first row
+%Separation between first (border) row and
+%rest
+\noalign{\vglue.5ex}
+%first column with braces
+\vcenter{\kern1ex%
+ \hbox{${\scriptstyle p}\left\fatlbrace\vbox to5.5ex{}
+ \right.$}\kern1.5ex
+ \hbox{\llap{$\scriptstyle n{-}$}%
+ ${\scriptstyle p}\left\fatlbrace\vbox to4ex{}
+ \right.$}}
+&%22-element is the matrix proper
+\left(\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil$##$\hfil&\hfil$##$\hfil&
+\hfil$##$\hfil&\hfil$##$\hfil
+\tabskip=.5\tabskip&\vdts##&
+\tabskip=2\tabskip
+\hfil$##$\hfil&\hfil$##$\hfil&
+\hfil$##$\hfil\cr%end template
+\times&\times&\times&\times&&\times&
+ \times&\times\cr
+0 &\times&\times&\times&&\times&
+ \times&\times\cr
+0 &0 &\times&\times&&\times&
+ \times&\times\cr
+0 &0 &0 &\times&&\times&
+ \times&\times\cr
+\noalign{\vglue.5ex}
+\multispan8\dotfill\cr
+0 &0 &0 &0 &&\times&
+ \times&\times\cr
+0 &0 &0 &0 &&\times&
+ \times&\times\cr
+0 &0 &0 &0 &&\times&
+\times&\times\cr}%end halign (22)
+}%end vcenter
+\right)\cr %end 22-element
+%Separation between last (border) row
+%and rest
+\noalign{\vglue1ex}
+{}&\hfil\enspace\mathop{\hbox to.9cm{%
+ \upbracefill}}\limits_{\vbox{\kern2pt
+ \amyicurt{4ex}{1.5ex}}}
+ \enspace\hfil
+ \mathop{\hbox to.6cm{%
+ \upbracefill}}\limits_{\vbox{\kern2pt
+ \unitlength1ex
+ \icmat4{1.5}}}\enspace\hfil%
+\cr % end last row
+}%end halign
+}\egroup%end vbox
+}%end partitionedmatrixpic
+%
+\lst\pstexpic{%cgl, June 1996
+\bgroup
+\unitlength3ex\xdim{12}\ydim{14}
+\xoffset{-6}
+\beginpicture
+\put(-2,0){\makebox(4,1){P/G-script}}
+\put(0,.5){\oval(4,1)}
+\put(0,1){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(-2,2){\framebox(4,1){.ps}}
+\put(0,3){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(-2,4){\makebox(4,1){dvips}}
+\put(0,4.5){\oval(4,1)}
+\put(0,5){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(-2,6){\framebox(4,1){.dvi}}
+\put(2,7){\corners1}
+\put(2.4,7){{\tiny .eps}}
+\put(0,7){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(-2,8){\makebox(4,1){(any)\TeX}}
+\put(0,8.5){\oval(4,1)}
+\put(0,9){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(-2,10){\framebox(4,1){.tex}}
+\put(2,11){\corners1}
+\put(2.4,11){{\tiny (e)psfig}}
+%
+\put(0,11){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(-2,12){\makebox(4,1){editor}}
+\put(0,12.5){\oval(4,1)}
+\put(2,12.5){\line(1,0)1}
+\put(3,12.5){\line(0,-1)1}
+\put(3,10.5){\line(0,-1)3}
+\endpicture\egroup}
+%
+\lst\pythpic{%July 1995, cgl
+%Revision March 1996
+\bgroup
+%\newdimen\leftx \newdimen\rightx
+%\newdimen\lefty \newdimen\righty
+\let\0\N \let\1\NE \let\2\E \let\3\SE
+\let\4\S \let\5\SW \let\6\W \let\7\NW
+\def\right{\turn2}%
+\def\left{\turn6}%
+\def\turn##1{\advance\dir##1
+ \ifnum\dir>7 \advance\dir-8 \fi}%mod 8
+\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname{\the\kk}}%
+\def\ldrawsq{\draw \leftx\x \lefty\y
+ \right\draw \rightx\x \righty\y
+ \right\draw
+ \right\draw
+ \right}%
+\def\rdrawsq{\draw \rightx\x \righty\y
+ \left\draw \leftx\x \lefty\y
+ \left\draw
+ \left\draw
+ \left}%
+\let\drawsq\ldrawsq
+\def\pyth{\ifnum\level=1 \htyp\fi
+ \drawsq\advance\level-1 \multiply\kk18\divide\kk25
+ {\turn7\x\leftx \y\lefty \let\drawsq\ldrawsq\pyth}%
+ \turn1\x\rightx \y\righty\let\drawsq\rdrawsq\pyth}
+\def\htyp##1\pyth{\fi}%
+\unitlength0.2ex\kk20
+\rightx\the\kk\unitlength
+\divide\rightx2 \x-\rightx%positioning
+\level5
+\xdim{28}\ydim{70}\xoffset{-9}%
+\beginpicture\pyth\endpicture
+\egroup\thispicture{}}
+%
+\lst\pythtreepic{%July 1995, cgl
+%Revision March 1996
+\bgroup
+\let\0\N \let\1\NE \let\2\E \let\3\SE
+\let\4\S \let\5\SW \let\6\W \let\7\NW
+\def\leftbranch{\advance\dir7
+ \ifnum\dir>7 \advance\dir-8 \fi}%mod 8
+\def\rightbranch{\advance\dir1
+ \ifnum\dir>7 \advance\dir-8 \fi}%mod 8
+\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname{\the\kk}}
+\def\pythtree{\ifnum\level=1 \eerthtyp\fi
+ \advance\level-1
+ \multiply\kk23\divide\kk32
+ {\leftbranch\draw\pythtree}%
+ \rightbranch\draw\pythtree}
+\def\eerthtyp##1\pythtree{\fi}
+%alternative
+%\def\pythtree{\ifnum\level>1
+% \expandafter\dopyth\fi}
+%\def\dopyth{\advance\level-1
+% \multiply\kk23\divide\kk32
+% {\leftbranch\draw\pythtree}%
+% \rightbranch\draw\pythtree}
+%\linethickness.2pt
+ \unitlength.2pt
+ \level6 \dir0 \kk90
+\xdim{285}\ydim{285}\xoffset{-90}%
+\beginpicture
+\setbox\hlfwndelm=\hbox{\vrule
+ width\the\linethickness
+ height\the\linethickness depth0pt}
+\N{\the\kk}\pythtree\endpicture
+\egroup\thispicture{}}%end \pythtreepic
+%
+\lst\regulartransparencypic{
+\setbox0=\vbox to.6\hsize{\let\x\fiverm
+ \hsize=.4\hsize\def\w{\kern.5ex}
+ \vskip.5ex\noindent
+ \centerline{\x Title Transparencies Set}
+ \line{\x\w\vbox to 10ex{\vss
+ \rlap{\x LOGO}\vss}\hfill
+ \vbox to 10ex{\vss
+ \x\baselineskip3ex
+ \llap{\x headtitle}
+ \llap{\x subheadtitle}
+ \llap{\x subsubheadtitle}
+ \vss}\w}
+ \hrule\vfil
+ \centerline{o\ o}
+ \centerline{\vrt}
+ \centerline{\teni\char'136}
+ \vfil\hrule\vskip.5ex
+ \line{\x\w\rlap{\x date}\hfill
+ --number--\hfill
+ \llap{\x copyright}\w}
+ \vskip.5ex}
+%
+\vbox{\vskip1ex\hbox to.4\hsize{\hss
+ Regular Transparency\hss}
+\kern2ex
+\hbox{\rlap{\copy0}\makelightbox}}
+}
+\lst\rotatedbintreepic{%July 1995, cgl
+\bgroup\unitlength1ex%
+ \let\W\N \let\exchange\E
+ \let\E\S \let\S\exchange
+ \def\1{x}\def\2{y}\def\3{a}\def\4{b}%
+ \def\5{piet}\def\6{hans}\def\7{etc.}\def\8{}%
+ \k0\kk16\xdim{10}\ydim{30}%
+\beginpicture\bintree\endpicture\egroup
+\thispicture{}}
+%
+\lst\sgmltexpic
+{\bgroup\csname newcount\endcsname\leg
+\unitlength2.5ex\xoffset{-13}
+\xdim{20}\ydim{25}
+\beginpicture
+\put(-7,\the\leg){\framebox(4,2){%
+ (La)\TeX}}
+\put(-2,\the\leg){\framebox(4,2){%
+ TROFF}}
+\put(3,\the\leg){\framebox(4,2){\dots}}
+\advance \leg by 4
+%hark
+\put(-5,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.75}}
+\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.75}}
+\put(5,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.75}}
+\put(-5,\the\leg){\vector(1,0){5}}
+%backarrow
+\put( 0,\the\leg){\line(1,0){5}}
+%converters
+\put(5.5,\the\leg){\vtop to 0pt{%
+\hbox{Specific}\hbox{format file}\vss}}
+\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0, 1){1}}
+%backarrow
+\advance \leg by 1
+\put(-4,\the\leg){\framebox(8,2){%
+ $\vcenter{\hbox{Generic markup}
+ \hbox{$\Rightarrow$\
+ procedural}}$
+ }
+ }
+\advance \leg by 2
+\put(4,\the\leg){\corners1}
+%\put(4.2,\the\leg.2){\line(0, -1){1}}
+%\put(4.2,\the\leg.2){\line(-1, 0){1}}
+%\put(4.4,\the\leg.4){\line(0, -1){1}}
+%\put(4.4,\the\leg.4){\line(-1, 0){1}}
+\put(4.4,\the\leg.2){{\tiny Formats}}
+%
+\advance \leg by 1
+\put(0,\the\leg.5){\vector(0,-1){1.5}}
+\put(0,\the\leg.5){\vector(0, 1){0}}
+%backarrow head
+%applications
+\advance \leg by 1
+\put(-10,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){Exchange}}
+\put(-5,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){Storage}}
+\put(0,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){%
+ Publication}}
+\put(5,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){%
+ Database}}
+\put(10,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){%
+\vtop to 0pt{\hbox{(Text-)}
+ \hbox{analysis}\vss}}}
+%hark
+\advance \leg by 2
+\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}}
+\put(-5,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}}
+\put(-10,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}}
+\put(5,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}}
+\put(10,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){1.25}}
+\put(-10.5,\the\leg){\line(1,0){21}}
+\put(11.25,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){\dots}}
+\put(-11.25,\the\leg){\makebox(0,0){\dots}}
+\advance \leg by 2
+\put(0,\the\leg){\line(0,-1){2}}
+\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0,1){0}}
+%back (up) arrow head
+\put(-7.5,\the\leg){\framebox(15,1){%
+ Complete, correct SGML doc.}}
+\advance \leg by 2
+\put(.5,\the\leg.25){Parser}
+\advance \leg by 2
+\put(0,\the\leg){\vector(0,-1){3}}
+%\advance \leg by 1
+\put(-7.5,\the\leg){\framebox(15,3){
+ $\vcenter{\hbox{|<|!SGML
+ - - declaration - -|>|}
+ \hbox{|<|!DOCTYPE
+ - - declaration - -|>|}
+ \hbox{|<|!
+ - - Markup copy - -|>|}}$
+ }
+ }
+\advance \leg by 3
+%\corners
+\put(7.5,\the\leg){\corners2}
+%\put(7.7,\the\leg.2){\line(0,-1){2}}
+%\put(7.7,\the\leg.2){\line(-1,0){2}}
+%\put(7.9,\the\leg.4){\line(0,-1){2}}
+%\put(7.9,\the\leg.4){\line(-1,0){2}}
+\put(7.9,\the\leg.2){{\tiny DTDs}}
+%
+\advance \leg by 1
+\put(.5,\the\leg){Editor}
+\advance \leg by 1
+\put(0,\the\leg.5){\vector(0,-1){2.5}}
+\advance \leg by 1
+\put(0,\the\leg){\framebox(0,0){\strut
+ ``Copy''}}
+\endpicture\egroup%end sgmltexpic
+\thispicture{}}
+%
+\lst\sierpinskitripic{%July 1995, cgl
+%Revision March 1996
+\bgroup
+\def\triangle{\ifnum\kk=0 \elgnairt\fi
+ {\N{\the\kk}}{\E{\the\kk}}\divide\kk2
+ {\triangle}%
+ {\advance\x\the\kk\unitlength\triangle}%
+ \advance\y\the\kk\unitlength\triangle}
+\def\elgnairt##1\triangle{\fi}
+\unitlength1ex\kk16
+\xdim{16}\ydim{16}
+\beginpicture\triangle\endpicture
+\egroup\thispicture{}}
+%
+\lst\simplepic
+{\bgroup\unitlength=1cm
+ \xdim{3}\ydim{1.25}
+\beginpicture
+\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0){\markorigin}\fi
+\put(1.5,.5){\oval(2,1)}
+\put(0.5,0){\makebox(2,1){Kees}}
+\endpicture\egroup%end simplepic
+}
+\lst\spiralpic{%July 1995, cgl
+\bgroup\unitlength.5ex\k30
+ \xdim{\the\k}\ydim{34}%
+ \yoffset{-\the\k}%
+\beginpicture
+ \loop\E{\the\k}\advance\k-1
+ \S{\the\k}\advance\k-1
+ \W{\the\k}\advance\k-1
+ \N{\the\k}\advance\k-1
+ \ifnum\k>4 \repeat
+\endpicture\egroup
+\thispicture{}}
+%
+\lst\texflowpic
+{\bgroup\smallskip\small
+\unitlength=2.5ex
+\xdim{18}\ydim{19}\yoffset{2}
+\beginpicture
+\put(6,1.5){\makebox(0,0){``Copy''}}
+\put(6,20.5){\makebox(0,0){``Results''}}
+\put(6,5){\oval(6,2)}
+\put(6,5){\makebox(0,0){Editor}}
+\put(6,9){\oval(6,2)}
+\put(6,9){\makebox(0,0){\AllTeX}}
+\put(6,13){\makebox(0,0){{\rm Error?}}}
+\put(6,17){\oval(6,2)}
+\put(6,17){\makebox(0,0){Driver}}
+\put(12,4){%\dashbox{.5}(8,2){\makebox(0,0){%
+ \framebox(8,2){\vbox{%
+ \hbox{\tiny Spelling checker}
+ \hbox{\tiny Style tools}}}}
+\put(0.2,13.2){Yes}
+\put(6.50,14.5){No}
+\put(6,2){\vector(0,1){2}}
+\put(6,6){\vector(0,1){2}}
+\put(6,10){\vector(0,1){2}}
+\put(6,14){\vector(0,1){2}}
+\put(6,18){\vector(0,1){2}}
+\put(0,13){\line(0,-1){8}}
+\put(9,5){\vector(1,0){3}}
+\put(12,5){\vector(-1,0){3}}
+\put(0,5){\vector(1,0){3}}
+\put(3,13){\line(-1,0){3}}
+\put(3,13){\line(3,1){3}}
+\put(3,13){\line(3,-1){3}}
+\put(9,13){\line(-3,1){3}}
+\put(9,13){\line(-3,-1){3}}
+\endpicture
+%\caption{Correction cyclus \label{correctie}}
+\smallskip\egroup
+}
+\lst\systemtheorypic
+{\bgroup
+\unitlength1cm\xoffset{-1.5}
+\xdim{7}\ydim{2.25}
+\beginpicture
+\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0){\markorigin}\fi
+\put(-1,1.75){$u_1$}
+\put(-.4,1.5){$^{\fivesy+}$}
+\put(-1,1.5){\vector(1,0){.9}}
+\put(0,0){\vector(0,1){1.4}}
+\put(-.3,1.125){$^{\fivesy+}$}
+\put(0,1.5){\circle{.1}}
+%
+\put(.1,1.5){\vector(1,0){1.65}}
+\put(.5,1.25){$e_1$}
+\put(1.75,1.125){\framebox(1,.75){$G$}}
+\put(2.75,1.5){\line(1,0){1.75}}
+%
+\put(4.5,1.5){\vector(0,-1){1.4}}
+\put(4.6,.2){$^{\fivesy+}$}
+\put(4.5,0){\circle{.1}}
+%
+\put(1.75,0){\line(-1,0){1.75}}
+\put(1.75,-.375){\framebox(1,.75){$K$}}
+\put(4.4,0){\vector(-1,0){1.65}}
+\put(3.25,-.25){$e_1$}
+%
+\put(5.5,0){\vector(-1,0){.9}}
+\put(4.7,-.375){$^{\fivesy+}$}
+\put(5.5,-.25){\llap{$u_2$}}
+\endpicture
+\egroup%end systemtheorypic
+}
+
+\lst\titletransparencypic{%
+\setbox0=\vbox to.6\hsize{\let\x\fiverm
+ \let\s\sevenrm
+ \hsize=.4\hsize\def\w{\kern.5ex}
+ \vskip7ex\noindent
+ \centerline{\s Title Transparencies
+ Set}
+ \centerline{\x subtitle}
+ \vskip2ex
+ \centerline{\s author name}
+ \centerline{\x address}
+ \vskip3ex
+ \centerline{\llap{\s\kern-10ex--
+ \quad\dots}}
+ \centerline{\llap{\s\kern-10ex--
+ \quad\dots}}
+ \vfil}
+%
+\vbox{\hbox to.4\hsize{\hss Title
+ Transparency\hss}
+\kern2ex
+\hbox{\rlap{\copy0}\makelightbox}}
+}
+%
+\lst\trimodelpic{%July 1995, cgl
+\bgroup\linethickness1ex
+\unitlength1ex
+\xdim{0}\ydim{15}%
+\yoffset{-5}%
+\beginpicture
+\setbox\trielm=\hbox{\vrule
+ width1.74\linethickness
+ height\linethickness\relax}
+\unitlengthy\ht\trielm
+\unitlengthx\wd\trielm
+\unitlength\unitlengthy
+{\N{10}}{\ESE{10}}{\WSW{10}}$$
+\endpicture\egroup
+\thispicture{}}%end \trimodelpic
+%
+\lst\tritreepic{%July 1995, cgl
+%Revision March 1996
+\bgroup\linethickness.2pt
+%Here we have to correct for the direction
+%and to adjust the drawing element atom
+%into a rectangular block,
+%default of size $.348{\times}.2$pt.\ftn{%
+% Vertically only half of the atoms have to be stacked.
+% Horizontally the right distance must be paced,
+% i.e.\ a factor $\sqrt3$ larger.
+% The rectangular block has sides in the proportion of $\sqrt3$.}
+\def\tritree{\ifnum\level=1 \eertirt\fi
+ \advance\level-1 \divide\kk2
+ {\N{\the\kk}\tritree}%
+ {\ESE{\the\kk}\tritree}%
+ \WSW{\the\kk}\tritree}%
+\def\eertirt##1\tritree{\fi}%
+\unitlength.2pt
+\xdim{0}\ydim{320}%
+\xoffset{0}\yoffset{0}%
+\level5 \kk128
+\beginpicture
+\setbox\trielm=\hbox{\vrule
+ width1.74\linethickness
+ height\linethickness}%
+%To account for element in 30 degrees direction
+\unitlengthy\ht\trielm %default.2pt
+\unitlengthx\wd\trielm %default.3482pt
+\unitlength\unitlengthy
+\tritree
+\endpicture\egroup
+\thispicture{}}%end \tritreepic
+%
+\lst\vectorbundlepic
+{\bgroup\unitlength=1cm
+ \xdim{4}\ydim{5}\yoffset{-.25}
+\beginpicture
+\ifmarkorigin\put(0,0){\markorigin}\fi
+\put(2,0){\vector(1,1){1}}
+\put(2,0){\vector(1,2){1}}
+\put(2,0){\vector(1,3){1}}
+\put(2,0){\vector(2,3){1}}
+\put(2,0){\vector(1,4){1}}
+\put(2,0){\vector(2,1){1}}
+\put(2,0){\vector(3,1){1}}
+\put(2,0){\vector(3,2){1}}
+\put(2,0){\vector(4,1){1}}
+%Second quadrant
+\put(2,0){\vector(-1,1){1}}
+\put(2,0){\vector(-2,1){1}}
+\put(2,0){\vector(-3,1){1}}
+\put(2,0){\vector(-3,2){1}}
+\put(2,0){\vector(-4,1){1}}
+\put(2,0){\vector(-1,2){1}}
+\put(2,0){\vector(-1,3){1}}
+\put(2,0){\vector(-1,3){1}}
+\put(2,0){\vector(-2,3){1}}
+\put(2,0){\vector(-1,4){1}}
+\endpicture\egroup%end vector
+} % bundlepic
+%
+\lst\viewtexpic
+{\bgroup\smallskip\small
+\unitlength2.5ex
+\xdim{24}\ydim{20.5}
+\beginpicture
+\put( 3, 4){\oval( 6, 2)}
+\put( 3, 4){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny PC preview}}
+\put( 3, 7){\oval( 6, 2)}
+\put( 3, 7){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny VDU preview}}
+\put(21, 1){\oval( 6, 2)}
+\put(21, 1){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny Photo setter}}
+\put(21, 4){\oval( 6, 2)}
+\put(21, 4){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny Laser printer}}
+\put(21, 7){\oval( 6, 2)}
+\put(21, 7){\makebox( 0, 0){\tiny Matrix printer}}
+\put(12,19.5){\oval( 6, 2)}
+\put(12,19.5){\makebox( 0, 0){CompuScript}}
+\put(9,15.5){\framebox(6, 2){\TeX}}
+\put(12,13.5){\oval( 6, 2)}
+\put(12,13.5){\makebox( 0, 0){dvi-file}}
+\put( 9, 9){%dashbox{.5}( 6, 2){PostScript}}
+ \framebox( 6, 2){PostScript}}
+\put(12, 1){\line( 0, 1){8}}
+\put(12,12.5){\vector( 0,-1){1.5}}%dvi-postscript
+\put(12,18.5){\vector(0,-1){1}} %ms-dos dvi
+\put(12,15.5){\vector(0,-1){1}} %ms-dos dvi
+\put(12, 7){\vector( 1, 0){6}}
+\put(12, 7){\vector(-1, 0){6}}
+\put(12, 4){\vector( 1, 0){6}}
+\put(12, 4){\vector(-1, 0){6}}
+\put(12, 1){\vector( 1, 0){6}}
+\endpicture
+\smallskip\egroup
+}
+\lst\webpic{\bgroup
+\unitlength2.5ex\xdim{12}\ydim{10}
+\xoffset{-6}
+\beginpicture
+\put(2,0){\framebox(4,1){nme.dvi}}
+\put(4,1){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(4,2.5){\oval(4,1)}
+\put(4,3){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(2,2){\makebox(4,1){\TeX}}
+\put(4,5){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(2,4){\framebox(4,1){nme.tex}}
+\put(4,6.5){\oval(4,1)}
+\put(2,6){\makebox(4,1){cweave}}
+\put(-4,2.5){\oval(4,1)}
+\put(-6,2){\makebox(4,1){C}}
+\put(-4,3){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(-6,4){\framebox(4,1){nme.c}}
+\put(-4,5){\line(0,1)1}
+\put(-4,6.5){\oval(4,1)}
+\put(-6,6){\makebox(4,1){ctangle}}
+\put(-4,7){\line(4,1)4}
+\put( 4,7){\line(-4,1)4}
+\put(-2,8){\framebox(4,1){nme.w}}
+\endpicture\egroup}
+%
+\lst\windpic{%July 1995, cgl
+\bgroup\unitlength10ex
+\let\0\N \let\1\NE \let\2\E \let\3\SE
+\let\4\S \let\5\SW \let\6\W \let\7\NW
+\def\draw{\csname\the\dir\endcsname1}%
+ \xoffset{0}\yoffset{-1}%
+ \xdim{0}\ydim{2}%
+\beginpicture
+\setbox\hlfwndelm=\hbox{\vrule
+ width\the\linethickness
+ height\the\linethickness depth0pt}%
+\loop\ifnum\dir<8{\draw}\advance\dir1\repeat
+\endpicture\egroup
+\thispicture{}}
+%
+\lst\xyturtlepic{\bgroup%
+\unitlength.5ex%
+\xdim{44}\ydim{27}%
+\y=0pt\x=0pt%
+\xoffset{0}\yoffset{0}%
+\beginpicture \whiteN6\E4%
+ {\S4\whiteS2\xytxt{ Ref.\ point}}{\E{40}}%
+ \N{20}\whiteE{20}\S4\whiteS4\xytxt{ (x,y)}%
+\endpicture\egroup\thispicture{}}
+\endinput \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/blu/readme.fst b/macros/blu/readme.fst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9f2a8cbbb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/blu/readme.fst
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+README first BLUe's format system June 1996
+
+Subject: Note which accompanies BLUe's format system and
+ provides a survey of the background articles.
+
+The BLUe's format system is for typesetting with plain TeX, and
+is shareware available.
+(A happy :-) user is requested to send the equivalent of ~20 breads
+ in US dollars to the author to support his work especially upgrading
+ my hardware. The pricing policy is according to the macindex and
+ appropriate for users in financial disadvantaged countries.
+ Don't send breads nor a check. Just the money in an envelope.)
+
+The user's guide `Publishing with TeX' and accompanying articles
+which explain details and show examples are free for personal use.
+
+No profit is allowed to make from it.
+
+When the results are used a proper credit
+---be it Knuth or the authors of gkpmac,
+ or me for the composition and the fill-ins---
+is the least a happy publishing user can do.
+
+Best wishes and good luck, ---Kees--- cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+
+How to process the PWT user's guide?
+------------------------------------
+Copy blue.tex, fmt.dat, tools.dat, pic.dat, next to the PWT files
+pwt.scr is the basic script which invokes all the other chapters:
+pwt.int, pwt.txt, pwt.mat, pwt.tab, pwt.grf, pwt.ref, pwt.ind,
+pwt.cus, pwt.aft, pwt.fmt, pwt.tls, pwt.sur, pwt.his, pwt.tot, pwt.obs,
+into a directory where TeX can find them, and then run tex
+tex pwt.scr
+(Each chapter can be processed independently via tex pwt.int for example).
+
+Contents BLUe's format system
+-----------------------------
+The files are: blue.tex (format)
+ fmt.dat (variant formats)
+ tools.dat (tools like indexing)
+ address.dat, lit.dat, pic.dat (databases)
+The user's guide is called Publishing with TeX.
+
+A handy auxiliary is pfile to print blue.tex with appropriate line numbers.
+A generalization is pgfile which prompts for the name of the file to be printed.
+
+The files which compose the user's guide Publishing with TeX have pwt as rootname
+and the chapter indicaton as extension.
+pwt.scr is the basic script which invokes all the other chapters:
+pwt.int, pwt.txt, pwt.mat, pwt.tab, pwt.grf, pwt.ref, pwt.ind,
+pwt.cus, pwt.aft, pwt.fmt, pwt.tls, pwt.sur, pwt.his, pwt.tot, pwt.obs.
+In total 16 files. Answers to the exercises, list of examples, table of
+contents, and index---yes that is new---are all generated on the fly and
+included automatically as appendices.
+Special is plnindex.tpl, a template for indexing loosened from blue.tex.
+It can be used with AnyTeX, as an independent tool for making an index.
+Needed is tools.dat, especially the sorting and indexing macros.
+The latter are loaded selectively from the database tools.dat.
+
+Background articles (Have appeared in MAPS and are available on NTG's CD-ROM)
+-------------------
+BLUe's Format (The umbrella article about blue.tex.)
+BLUe's Graphs (The gkppic macros are explained.)
+BLUe's Cross-Refs (One-pass cross-referencing with math.)
+BLUe's Bibliography (One-pass bibliography handling.)
+BLUe's Verbatim (Handling verbatims in TeX.)
+BLUe's Transparencies (The making of transparencies.)
+BLUe's Index (The making of indexes in a one-pass job.)
+BLUe's Pascal (About typesetting Pascal programs/fragments.)
+BLUe's Reports (The making of reports.)
+BLUe's Letters (The making of letters.)
+BLUe's Databases (The approach to storing auxiliaries.)
+BLUe-2-LaTeX (Acceptance and conversion.)
+
+Related material (Have appeared in MAPS and are available on NTG's CD-ROM)
+----------------
+Manmac BLUes (Is all about manmac, as-is etc.)
+AMS BLUes (Details with AMS practice, \lsams for
+ formatting references is inspired upon AMS.)
+TUGboat BLUes (TUGboat styles are discussed. ppt.tex emerged
+ from this which is at the heart of blue.tex)
+Math into BLUes (The typesetting of math via TeX is detailed with.)
+Icons via lfonts (Common matrix icons via LaTeX's fonts.)
+Table Diversions (The typesetting of tables via TeX is treated.)
+
+Auxiliary (Have appeared in MAPS and are available on NTG's CD-ROM)
+---------
+Sorting in BLUe (The basics needed for making a simple index.)
+FIFO and LIFO sing the BLUes (FIFO paradigm is treated, fundamental.)
+Syntactic Sugar (Discusses various approaches to macros.)
+
+An overview is supplied in What is TeX and METAfont all about? (NLUUG, 1993)
+The relation to SGML is treated in SGML(TeX,\dots ). (Cork 1990)
+Spivak's approach has been reviewed in Spivak's Oeuvre.
+
+For fun are added---and also show macro writing by example---
+Typesetting bridge via TeX
+Typesetting crosswords via TeX
+Tower of Hanoi, revisited.
+
+Paradigms (See elsewhere in the CTAN;
+--------- have appeared in MAPS and are available on NTG's CD-ROM)
+
+Headache?
+Plain's item extended
+Two-part macros
+Parameterization I Options
+Parameterization II Place within context
+Winds and halfwinds---Details matter
+It's all in the game
+Loops
+Searching in BLUe
+Sorting in TeX
+Just a little bit of PostScript (with a few .eps files)
+
+Of course all the articles run with blue.tex in plain TeX.
+Earlier versions have appeared in NTG's MAPS casu quo in proceedings of TuG/LUG meetings.
+
+Kees van der Laan, Hunzeweg 57, 9893PB, Garnwerd, The Netherlands.
+Phone: (31) (0)594 62 1525, email: cgl@rc.service.rug.nl. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/blu/tools.dat b/macros/blu/tools.dat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b50429d1fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/blu/tools.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,2082 @@
+%Tools database to cooperate with blue.tex
+%Januari 95, cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%To print the formats properly, copy
+%the following 11-lines job and
+%substitute the semicolon token
+%(=escape char) for `semi-col'. (2x)
+% ---Kees---
+%\input blue.tex
+%\hfuzz25pt
+%\title{File: tools.dat}
+%\issue{Version 1.0}
+%\beginscript
+%\thisverbatim={\catcode`\`semicol'=0
+% \catcode`\!=12
+% \catcode`\|=12
+% \input tools.dat}
+%\beginverbatim
+%`semi-col'endverbatim
+%\endscript
+%
+%
+%
+%Syntax included tools
+%\tool\<name>tool
+%...the file which otherwise would
+%...have been input
+%\endinput
+%Disadvantages:
+%-No outer defs allowed.
+% (\newtoks\x via \csname x\endcsname)
+%-No \par-s, use \endgraf
+%
+%
+%
+%Contents:
+%- binarytreetool
+%- bridgetool
+%- crosswordstool
+%- hanoitool
+%- indextool
+% (Sorting in BLUe, quick.tex
+% heap.tex and BLUe's Index)
+%- language english, russian
+%- ntglogo
+%- smileys
+%- toc
+%- xyztool
+%- partlogotool
+%- pascaltool
+%
+%
+%
+%Tools are sorted on name. %;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%binarytree%
+\tool\bintreetool
+%Because redefined in manmac & BLUe's system.
+\catcode`\^=7
+%
+\def\startbintree{\catcode`\^^M=9
+ \nodes}%neglect e-o-l
+%
+\def\nodes#1#2{\ifx\sedon#2
+ \levelone#1 \sedon\fi
+ \ea\def\csname#1\endcsname{#2}\nodes}
+\def\sedon#1\nodes{\fi
+ \setbintree\endgroup}
+\let\endbintree\sedon
+%
+\def\fork{\vbox{\offinterlineskip
+%Connection lines ____|____
+% | |
+\hbox{\ea%empty branche?
+ \ifx\csname\the\ltree\the\m
+ \endcsname\relax
+ \vrule width\tophnshalf
+ height0pt depth0pt
+ \else%non-empty branche
+ \vrule height\vnodesep
+ \vbox to\vnodesep{\hrule
+ width\tophnshalf\vss}%
+ \kern-.2pt\vrule height
+ 2\vnodesep
+ depth-\vnodesep\relax
+ \fi\advance\m1 \ea%empty branche
+ \ifx\csname\the\ltree\the\m
+ \endcsname\relax
+ \vrule width\tophnshalf
+ height0pt depth0pt
+ \else%non-empty branch
+ \kern-.4pt\vrule height
+ 2\vnodesep
+ depth-\vnodesep\relax
+ \vbox to\vnodesep{\hrule
+ width\tophnshalf\vss}%
+ \vrule height\vnodesep\relax
+ \fi}\kern1ex%Separation below
+ %connection lines
+%The sibling nodes
+\hbox to\tophns
+ {\hbox to0pt{\strut\hss
+ \csname\the\ltree\the\m
+ \endcsname\hss}\hss
+ \global\advance\m1
+ \hbox to0pt{\strut\hss
+ \csname\the\ltree\the\m
+ \endcsname\hss}}}}
+%
+\def\setbintree{%level >=1
+\ltree0 \m0
+%bounds for recursion
+\lu1 %dynamic for the rows
+\advance\levelone1
+%defaults
+\tophns30ex \vnodesep3ex
+%hook to override defaults if neede
+\the\everybintree
+\the\thisbintree
+%dependent quantities
+\treewidth3\tophns
+\tophnshalf\tophns \divide\tophnshalf2
+%root, level 00
+\vbox{\levelline{\vbox{\offinterlineskip
+ \hbox to0pt{\strut\hss
+ \csname\the\ltree\the\m
+ \endcsname\hss}}}%
+\loop\advance\ltree1 \multiply\lu2
+\levelline{\noindent\m1 \fork
+ \loop\ifnum\m<\lu
+ \kern\tophns \advance\m1 \fork
+ \repeat}\tophns\tophnshalf
+ \divide\tophnshalf2
+\ifnum\ltree<\levelone
+\repeat}\thisbintree{}}%end \bintree
+%
+\def\levelline#1{\hbox to\treewidth{\hss#1\hss}}
+\endinput
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%binarytreel%!cgl;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%b(inary)t(ree)l%!cgl;newcol
+\tool\bttool
+\message{ ---bttool, Aug 95, cgl--- }
+\def\drawbt{\whiteS{120}%
+ \trttxt{\hss{\small\csname\node\endcsname}}%
+ \ea\ifx\csname\node0\endcsname\relax
+ \tbward\fi%Backtrack
+ \S{80}\advance\k-125
+ {\W{\the\k}\S{80}\edef\node{\node0}%
+ \drawbt}%
+ \E{\the\k}\S{80}\edef\node{\node1}%
+ \drawbt\relax}
+\def\tbward#1\relax{\fi}
+%
+\everybt{\k1024\unitlength.02ex\x0pt\y0pt}
+%\thisbt{}
+\prebt{$$\multiply\count1by280
+ \ea\ydim\ea{\the\count1}
+ \ea\yoffset\ea{\ea-\the\count1}}
+\postbt{$$}
+\obeylines%
+\def\bt#1 #2
+ {\ifx\endbt#2\count1=#1 \tbdne\fi%
+ \ea\def\csname#1\endcsname{#2}\bt}%
+\def\tbdne#1\bt{\fi\def\node{1}%
+ \the\prebt\the\everybt\the\thisbt%
+ \beginpicture\drawbt\endpicture%
+ \the\postbt\endgroup}%
+\endinput
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%b(inary)t(ree)l%!cgl;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%brd%
+\tool\bridgetool
+\message{ ---bridgetool, Jan 95, cgl--- }
+%Typesetting bridge publications
+%via (plain) TeX. Version May 92.
+%The macros can als be used within LaTeX.
+%Version: 1.1 March 1994 (basically
+%unmodified since publication in 1990)
+%Author: Kees van der Laan
+% Hunzeweg 57, 9893PB, Garnwerd (Gr)
+% The Netherlands. 05941-1525,
+% cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%Examples of use have been published in
+%TUGboat, 11, 2, 265--276, and MAPS 91.2.
+%(A few are appended at the end.)
+%The macros consists of 3 indep. parts:
+%- dec.tex ((language) declarations,
+% used register and
+% control sequences)
+%- bid.tex (macros for bidding and
+% layout of games)
+%- play.tex (macros for discussing the
+% course of a play)
+% %;numvrb
+%%%%%%%dec.tex%%%%%%%
+%Card definitions
+\def\sp{$\spadesuit$}
+\def\h{$\heartsuit$}
+\def\d{$\diamondsuit$}
+\def\cl{$\clubsuit$}
+%(Toks register) control sequences
+%for hands used by play macros:
+%showgame, pc, strip
+\ea\let\ea\NT\csname newtoks\endcsname
+\NT\hnd%Dynamically one of:
+\NT\Ns\NT\Es\NT\Ss\NT\Ws
+\NT\Nh\NT\Eh\NT\Sh\NT\Wh
+\NT\Nd\NT\Ed\NT\Sd
+ \NT\Wd %Beware! Already
+%in TUGboat.sty in lower case
+\NT\Nc\NT\Ec\NT\Sc\NT\Wc
+%
+\def\bridgeenglish{
+%In central figure NESW
+\def\N{N}\def\E{E}\def\S{S}\def\W{W}
+%In heading bplay
+\def\NS{NS}\def\EW{EW}
+\def\TRICK{Trick}
+%Definition of hands
+%used by bbid
+\def\FIH{North}\def\SEH{East}
+\def\THH{South}\def\FOH{West}
+}% end \bridgeenglish
+\bridgeenglish%default
+%
+\def\LEADN{\gdef\FIP{N}\gdef\SEP{E}%
+ \gdef\THP{S}\gdef\FOP{W}}
+\def\LEADE{\gdef\FIP{E}\gdef\SEP{S}%
+ \gdef\THP{W}\gdef\FOP{N}}
+\def\LEADS{\gdef\FIP{S}\gdef\SEP{W}%
+ \gdef\THP{N}\gdef\FOP{E}}
+\def\LEADW{\gdef\FIP{W}\gdef\SEP{N}%
+ \gdef\THP{E}\gdef\FOP{S}}
+%Definition of counters
+%used by bplay
+\csname newcount\endcsname\trno
+%trick number
+%Definition of dimensions used in bbid
+\csname newdimen\endcsname\wr %width column
+\wr=7ex \relax
+\def\bidwidth{4\wr}
+%used in crdima
+\csname newbox\endcsname\NESW
+%
+\def\dutch{
+\def\FIH{Noord}\def\SEH{Oost}
+\def\THH{Zuid}\def\FOH{West}
+\def\N{N}\def\E{O}\def\S{Z}
+\def\W{W}\def\EW{OW}\def\NS{NZ}
+\def\TRICK{Slag}
+\setbox\NESW\hbox{\NESWfig}
+}%end \dutch
+%
+\def\french{
+\def\FIH{Nord}\def\SEH{Est}
+\def\THH{Sud}\def\FOH{Ouest}
+\def\N{N}\def\E{E}\def\S{S}
+\def\W{O}\def\EW{EO}\def\NS{NS}
+\def\TRICK{Lev\'ee}
+\setbox\NESW\hbox{\NESWfig}
+}%end \french
+%end input dec.tex
+%
+%%%%%%%bid.tex%%%%%%%
+%Modified central figure
+\def\hand#1#2#3#4{%
+%Example: \hand{AKJ765}{AK9}{--}{T983}
+\vtop{\hbox{\strut\sp\enspace#1}
+\hbox{\strut\h\enspace#2}
+\hbox{\strut\d\enspace#3}
+\hbox{\strut\cl\enspace#4}}%end \vtop
+}%end \hand
+%
+\def\crdima#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+%purpose: layout bridge hand
+%#1 left upper text
+%#2 right upper text
+%#3, #4, #5, #6: N, E, S, W hands
+\vbox{\halign{ &##\quad\cr
+ #1& #3& #2\cr
+ $\vcenter{#6}$&$\vcenter{\copy\NESW}$&
+ $\vcenter{#4}$\cr
+ & #5& \cr
+ }%end \halign
+ }%end \vbox
+}%end \crdima
+%
+\def\NESWfig{%
+\hbox{\vrule
+\vbox{\offinterlineskip\tabskip0pt
+\hrule\kern.25ex\halign{\hskip.5ex
+##\tabskip.5ex&\hfil##\hfil&
+##\hskip.5ex \tabskip0pt\cr
+\noalign{\vskip.5ex}
+ &\hbox to 2ex{\hss\N\hss}& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip.25ex}
+\kern.25ex\W& &\E\kern.25ex
+\cr\noalign{\vskip.25ex}
+ &\hbox to 2ex{\hss\S\hss}& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip.5ex}
+ }%end \halign
+\kern.25ex\hrule}%end \vbox
+\vrule}%end \hbox
+}% end \NESWfig
+\setbox\NESW\hbox{\NESWfig}
+%
+\def\ebid{\errormessage{%
+ bbid command is missing}}
+%
+\def\bbid{\bgroup%
+ \def\ebid{\egroup\egroup\egroup}
+ \def\alert{$^A$}
+ \def\think{$\ldots$\thinspace}
+ % etc.
+ \vtop\bgroup
+ \halign to\bidwidth\bgroup \tabskip2ex
+ plus 1ex minus 1ex& ##\hfil\cr
+ \FIH\hfil& \SEH\hfil&
+ \THH\hfil&\FOH\hfil\cr
+ \noalign{\vskip.5ex}
+}%end \bbid
+%end input bid.tex%
+%
+%%%%%%%play.tex%%%%%%%
+%\input{play.tex}
+%Modified 11/11/91 Central table
+%\bplay etc
+% bplay, showgame, pc, strip
+\def\eplay{\errormessage{%
+ bplay command is missing}}
+%
+\def\bplay{\bgroup\global\trno=0
+\def\eplay{\egroup\egroup}
+\def\bintermezzo{\noalign\bgroup
+ \smallskip\noindent}
+\def\eintermezzo{\smallskip\egroup}
+\tabskip1ex plus 1fill
+\halign to\hsize\bgroup
+ \tabskip1ex plus 1ex minus 1ex
+ \global\advance\trno by 1 %
+ \hbox to.5\wr{\hss\the\trno\hss}%<=!
+ \hbox to\wr{\pc\FIP##\hss}\hfil&
+ \hbox to\wr{\pc\SEP##\hss}\hfil&
+ \hbox to\wr{\pc\THP##\hss}\hfil&
+ \hbox to\wr{\pc\FOP##\hss}\hfil
+ \tabskip4ex plus2ex minus1ex&
+ \hbox to.5\wr{\hss##\hss}
+ \tabskip1ex plus 1ex minus 1ex&
+ \hbox to.5\wr{\hss##\hss}
+ \tabskip1ex plus 1fill\cr
+ %End template line, next is headline
+ \omit\hbox to1\wr{\TRICK\hss}\hfil&
+ \omit\hfil&\omit\hfil&\omit\hfil&
+ %Note only 3 \omits
+ \NS&\EW\cr%Headline
+}% end \bplay
+%
+\def\pc#1#2#3{% Version 3/3/90
+%Function: prints card #2#3 and
+% deletes it from player #1
+%#1 the hand N, E, S, W(uppercase)
+%#2 colour s, h, d, or c
+%#3 card value A K Q ... 2, or x
+%(or your (consistent/language) choice)
+%%%% 1. Update hand \#1#2; e.g. \Ns %%%
+\xdef\hnd{\csname #1#2\endcsname}
+\strip{#3}{\hnd}%
+%%%% 2. print card in table %%%
+\xdef\colour{\csname #2\if#2cl\else
+ \if#2sp\fi\fi\endcsname}
+\colour\thinspace #3%
+% %Needed for immediate postfix mark(s)
+}% end \pc
+%
+\def\strip#1#2{% Version 3/3/90
+%Function: deletes card value #1
+% from #2, i.e., \Ns, or ...
+ \def\wis##1#1##2\wis{%
+ %Function: #1 is deleted from argument
+ % in \wis ... \wis and result
+ % is assigned to \hnd
+ % (last card is replaced by --)
+ \global\hnd={##1##2}
+ \xdef\pa{##1} \xdef\pb{##2}
+ \ifx\pa\empty {\ifx\pb\empty
+ \global\hnd={--}% void colour
+ \fi}\fi
+ }% end \wis
+ \expandafter\wis\the #2\wis
+}% end \strip
+%
+\def\showgame{
+%Purpose: Shows all cards still active
+% in the play, via \Ns, ..., \Wc,
+% (note use of upper case for players)
+%Used: \crdima, \hand, \LFTINF, \RGTINF
+% \Ns, ..., \Wc
+$$\crdima{\LFTINF}{\RGTINF}%
+ {\hand{\the\Ns}{\the\Nh}{\the\Nd}%
+ {\the\Nc}}%
+ {\hand{\the\Es}{\the\Eh}{\the\Ed}%
+ {\the\Ec}}%
+ {\hand{\the\Ss}{\the\Sh}{\the\Sd}%
+ {\the\Sc}}%
+ {\hand{\the\Ws}{\the\Wh}{\the\Wd}%
+ {\the\Wc}}%
+$$}% end \showgame
+%end input play.tex %In total: 215 lines
+\endinput
+%Examples: diagram, bidding, course of play.
+%
+%\hsize=.5\hsize
+%1. Diagram
+%$$\crdima{N/None}{\vtop{\hbox{Deal:}
+% \hbox{demo}}}%
+% {\hand{J74}{AJ}{QJT2}{Q874}}%N
+% {\hand{K86}{T9542}{874}{T3}}%E
+% {\hand{QT952}{Q83}{AK5}{A6}}%S
+% {\hand{A3}{K76}{963}{KJ952}}%W
+%$$
+%2. Bidding
+%$$\bbid
+%1\cl\alert& ? no& 1\sp&\think no\cr
+% 2\sp& no& 4\sp& a.p.\cr
+%\noalign{\vskip.5ex}
+%\alert\ means Alert,
+% conventional bid\hidewidth\cr
+%? means explanation
+% asked\hidewidth\cr
+%\think means think
+%% pause\hidewidth\cr
+%\ebid $$
+%3. Course of play
+%\def\LFTINF{Puzzle}
+%\def\RGTINF{\vtop{\hbox{6NT,}
+% \hbox{by East}}}
+%
+%\Ns={KQ76}\Es={T9}\Ss={8542}\Ws={AJ3}
+%\Nh={J98} \Eh={A2}\Sh={QT74}\Wh={K653}
+%\Nd={J942}\Ed={T5}\Sd={Q876}\Wd={AK3}
+%\Nc={65}\Ec={KJ9xxxx}\Sc={2}\Wc={AQT}
+%
+%\showgame
+%
+%*Problem* How must NS defend in
+%order to guarantee 1 trick?
+%
+%*Solution* Start with a \h\
+%lead in order to break communication.
+%N must discard \h s
+%and S must discard \sp s.
+%\smallskip\noindent
+%\LEADS
+%\bplay
+%%\noalign{\LEADS}
+%h4! & hK & h8 & h2 & -- & 1\LEADW\cr
+%%\noalign{\LEADW}
+%cA & c5 & cx & c2 & -- & 2\cr
+%cQ & c6 & cx & s2 & -- & 3\cr
+%cT & h9 & cK & s4 & -- & 4\LEADE\cr
+%%\noalign{\LEADE}
+%cJ & s5 & s3 & s6 & -- & 5\cr
+%c9 & s8 & h5 & s7 & -- & 6\cr
+%cx & d6 & sJ & d2 & -- & 7\cr
+%\bintermezzo
+%On lead of the next \cl\
+%neither South nor North can be
+%squeezed as can be seen from%
+%\def\RGTINF{\vtop{\hbox{NS squeezed on}
+% \hbox{\c\ continuation?}}}
+%\showgame
+%with continuation
+%\eintermezzo
+%cx & h7 & h6 & hJ & -- & 8\cr
+%dT & d7 & dA & d4 & -- & 9\LEADW\cr
+%%\noalign{\LEADW}
+%dK & d9 & d5 & d8 & -- & 10\cr
+%h3 & dJ & hA & hT & -- & 11\LEADE\cr
+%\noalign{\LEADE}
+%sT & hQ & sA & sQ & -- & 12\LEADW\cr
+%\noalign{\LEADW}
+%d3 & sK & s9 & dQ & 1 & 12\cr
+%\eplay
+%\bye %;nonum
+%
+%Contents
+%
+%Declarations.
+% Newtoks, \NT alias.............10
+% \hnd, \Ns, \Es, \Ss, \Ws....12
+% \Nh, \Eh, \Sh, \Wh....13
+% \Nd, \Ed, \Sd, \Wd....14
+% \Nc, \Ec, \Sc, \Wc....17
+% \bridgeenglish..............19-30
+% \dutch......................51-58
+% \french.....................60-67
+% \N, \E, \S, \W..............21
+% \NS, \EW....................23
+% \TRICK......................24
+% \FIH, \SEH, \THH, \FOH...27-28
+% \sp, \h, \cl, \d..............3-6
+% \LEADN \LEADE \LEADS \LEADW 32-38
+% Newcount
+% \trno.......................42
+% Newdimen
+% \wr.........................46
+% \bidwidth{4\wr}.............47
+% Newbox
+% \NESW...................49, 111
+%
+% \hand........................72-78
+% \crdima......................80-92
+% \bbid, \ebid......116-127, 113-114
+% \alert.......................118
+% \think.......................119
+%%%%%%%play.tex%%%%%%%
+% \bplay, \eplay....138-162, 135-136
+% \bintermezzo, \eintermezzo 140-142
+% \pc........................164-179
+% \hnd.........................172
+% \colour......................175
+% \strip.....................181-196
+% \showgame..................198-213
+% Examples
+% diagram..................219-226
+% bidding..................227-238
+% course of play...........239-289
+%
+%History of changes
+%July 1994 \c and \s changed into
+% \cl and \sp,
+% \colour adapted
+%March 1994 Prepared for NTG's CD-ROM
+% Examples of use added
+% NESW figure adapted
+%Jan 1994 Submitted to CTAN.
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%bridge%!cgl;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%crs%
+\tool\crosswordstool
+\message{ ---crosswordstool,
+ Jan 95, cgl--- }
+%From Typesetting crosswords via TeX
+%EuroTeX 92, MAPS 92.1
+%NOTE In order to use natural input,
+%spaces except for the last one, and not
+%let this choice for ;] (space=\relax)
+%work through globally, start with
+%\bgroup\obeyspaces\let =\relax
+%\bdata
+%<natural data>
+%\edata
+%$$\crw$$%(or \sol)
+%\egroup
+%;numvrb
+\puzzletrue
+\csize3ex
+% %;numvrb %;vrblin99
+\def\bdata{\bgroup\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\store}
+\def\store#1\edata{\egroup\def\data{#1}}
+%{\obeyspaces\global\let =\relax}
+\def\usersize{}
+% ;vrblin=199
+{\catcode`\^=7 \catcode`\^^M=13 %local scope
+\gdef\crw{\cnt0\relax\boxit{\usersize%
+\hrule\ea\fifol\data\lofif^^M}}%
+\gdef\sol{\boxit{\def\num{}\puzzlefalse%
+\usersize\hrule\ea\fifol\data\lofif^^M}}%
+\gdef\fifol#1^^M{\ifx\lofif#1\lofif\fi%
+\processl{#1}\fifol}}%end local scope%
+% %;vrblin=299
+\def\lofif#1\fifol{\fi}
+\def\processl#1{\hbox{\fifo#1\ofif}\hrule}
+\def\fifo#1{\ifx\ofif#1\ofif\fi%
+\process#1\fifo} \def\ofif#1\fifo{\fi}
+%
+\def\process#1{\if*#1\cc\else%
+\ifx\relax#1\cc\else%
+\ifnum`#1=\uccode`#1\capchar#1\else%
+\lowchar#1\fi\fi\fi}
+\def\lowchar#1{\hbox to\csize{\vrule
+height.8\csize depth.2\csize\relax%
+\ifpuzzle\null\else\hss\uppercase{#1}%
+\fi\hss\vrule}}
+\def\capchar#1{\hbox to\csize{\vrule
+height.8\csize depth.2\csize\relax%
+\num\ifpuzzle\null\else\hss#1\fi%
+\hss\vrule}}
+\def\cc{\vrule height.8\csize depth%
+.2\csize width\csize}
+%
+\def\num{\global\advance\cnt1\relax%
+\vbox to.8\csize{\rlap{\kern1pt%
+\fiverm\the\cnt\hss}\vfil}}%
+% %;vrblin=399
+\def\boxit#1{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule%
+\vbox{#1}\vrule}\hrule}}% cgl, oct92
+\endinput %;nonum
+%Contents
+%\newif
+% \ifpuzzle (blue.tex)
+%\newcount
+% \cnt (blue.tex)
+%\newdimen
+% \csize (blue.tex)
+%Data
+% \bdata........................100
+% \store........................102
+% \edata........................102
+% \usersize.....................104
+%Crw
+% \crw..........................201
+% \sol..........................203
+%Auxiliaries
+% \fifol........................205
+% \process, \processl......305, 301
+% \lofif........................300
+% \lowchar......................309
+% \capchar......................313
+% \cc...........................317
+% \num..........................320
+% \boxit........................400
+%History of changes
+%July 1994 In tools.dat to cooperate
+% with blue.tex
+% \global\let =\relax removed.
+%Jan 1994 Submitted CTAN
+%1992 Submitted to EuroTeX and MAPS
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%crs%!cgl;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%hanoi%
+\tool\hanoitool
+\message{ ---hanoitool, Jan 95, cgl---}
+%Tower of Hanoi macros
+%hanoi.tex version 19 dec 91 %;numvrb
+%\hanoi changed into \sethanoi June 95
+%\n=number of disks \brd=breadth towers
+%\hgt=height tower \dskhgt=height disk
+\csname newcount\endcsname\n
+\csname newcount\endcsname\brd
+\csname newcount\endcsname\hgt
+\csname newcount\endcsname\dskhgt
+\def\preloop{%To create loopcnt, a
+ %local loopcounter
+ %(see also loopy.TeX).
+ \bgroup \advance\count10 by 1
+ \countdef\loopcnt=\count10
+ %Symbolic name
+ \loopcnt=1 %(default)
+ }%end \preloop
+\def\postloop{\loopcnt=0 %Restore
+ \egroup}%end \postloop
+%
+%Hanoi macros, top level
+\def\sethanoi#1{%Argument can be digit(s)
+ %or a counter (numeric)
+ \n=#1 %Assign argument value to \n
+ \def\II{}\def\III{}%Empty towers
+ %Next is inspired by the TeXbook,
+ %p374, 378
+ %The initial tower for \I is created
+ %The initial tower for \I is created
+ % \def\I{\disksep\i\disksep\ii
+ % \disksep\iii...\disksep\`n'}
+ %next to the defs for \i,\ii,...\`n'.
+ \preloop\ag\def\ag\I\ag{%
+ \loop
+ \ea\xdef\csname\romannumeral\loopcnt
+ \endcsname{\the\loopcnt}
+ \ag\disksep%separator
+ \ea\ag\csname
+ \romannumeral\loopcnt\endcsname
+ \ifnum\loopcnt<\n
+ \advance\loopcnt by 1
+ \repeat \ag}
+ \postloop
+ %For printing, values are needed for
+ \brd=\n %Breadth of largest disk
+ \advance\brd by 3 %Little room extra
+ \dskhgt=1 %Height of disks
+ \hgt=\n\multiply\hgt by2 %\hgt is height
+ \advance\hgt by1 %of towers
+ \showtowers %Print initial state
+ \Hanoi\I\II\III\n
+ }%end \sethanoi
+%
+\def\Hanoi#1#2#3#4{%Moves from #1 to #2,
+ %with aid of tower #3.
+ %The number of disks is #4, in a counter.
+ \ifnum#4=1 %For Tower of 1 disk,
+ %just move the disk
+ \movedisk\from#1\to#2%
+ \showtowers%Print towers after move
+ \else%Problem of #4 disks is solved by
+ %- problem of (#4-1) disks,
+ %- a move, and
+ %- a problem of (#4-1) disks.
+ {\advance#4 by-1 \Hanoi#1#3#2#4}%
+ \movedisk\from#1\to#2%
+ \showtowers%Print towers after move
+ {\advance#4 by-1 \Hanoi#3#2#1#4}%
+ \fi}%end \Hanoi
+%
+%Moving of the disks, TeXbook, App. D.2
+%Slightly adapted versions of \lop (
+%called \movedisk with function that
+%first element of #1 is prefixed to #2)
+%and \lopoff modification
+\def\movedisk\from#1\to#2{%Move disk from
+ %tower #1 to tower #2
+ \ea\lopoffx#1\lopoffx#1#2}
+\def\lopoffx\disksep#1#2\lopoffx#3#4{\ea
+ \gdef\ea#4\ea{\ea\disksep\ea#1#4}
+ \gdef#3{#2}%restore stub}%end\lopoffx
+ }%end \movedisk
+%
+%Printing tower status
+\def\showtowers{%Display pyramids
+ \endgraf\quad\hbox{\pt\I\ \pt\II\ \pt\III
+ }\endgraf
+ }%end \showtowers
+%
+%Auxiliaries
+\def\gobble#1{}%To eat character
+%
+\def\disksep#1{\hbox to\brd ex{\hss
+ \vrule width#1ex height\dskhgt ex
+ \hss}%
+ }%end \disksep
+%
+\def\pt#1{%Print Tower.
+ %#1 is \I, \II, or \III
+ \vbox to\hgt ex{\baselineskip=.2ex\vss
+ #1%
+ %Format pointer underneath
+ \hbox to\brd ex{\hss
+ \ea\gobble\string#1\hss}%
+ }%end vbox
+ }%end \pt
+\endinput %;nonum
+%Contents
+%\Hanoi .........................51--66
+%\hanoi .........................19--49
+%\movedisk ......................73--79
+%\showtowers ....................82--85
+%Auxiliaries
+% \preloop .....................8--15
+% \postloop ...................16--17
+% \lopoffx ....................76--78
+% \gobble .........................88
+% \disksep.....................90--93
+% \pt ........................95--103
+%History of changes
+%Jan 95 \\ changed into \disksep
+%March 1994 Contents added
+% From tugboat.sty into tug.ppt
+% 1991 MAPS and TUGboat versions
+%end**%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%sort%!cgl;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%sort%
+\tool\indextool
+\message{ ---indextool, Jan 95, cgl--- }
+%Shorthands ;numvrb
+%Counters in blue.tex
+%\newcount\n
+%\newcount\k
+%\newcount\kk\n=0
+%\newcount\kzero\kzero0 %Bias value
+%\newcount\pk
+%\newcount\pkone%Used in sortcs
+%\newcount\frst%First value of range
+%\newcount\last %Last value of range
+%\newcount\slast%Successor \last
+%\newcount\dif %Difference \last-\frst
+%\newcount\nw %Number of words
+%\newcount\nc %Number of chars/comp
+%\newcount\numex %Number of exchanges
+%\newcount\rndval%Random number
+%\newcount\rndnum%Seed random generator
+%\newcount\rndtmp%Temporary value
+%\newcount\status%Status comparison
+%;vrblin=100
+%Storing: from copy
+\def\seq#1\qes{\k0 \fifow#1 \wofif{} }
+%Auxiliaries: FIFO
+\def\fifow#1 {\ifx\wofif#1\n\k\wofif\fi
+ \processw{#1}\fifow}
+\def\wofif#1\fifow{\fi}
+\def\processw#1{\advance\k1 \ea
+ \gdef\csname\the\k\endcsname{#1}}
+%
+%Storing: from file
+\def\storefrom#1{%#1 is file name
+ \immediate\openin\inx=#1 \k\kzero
+ \continuetrue
+ \loop\ifeof\inx\continuefalse\fi
+ \ifcontinue\advance\k1{}%
+ \read\inx t\ea o\csname\the\k\endcsname
+ \repeat\advance\k-1\n\k
+ \immediate\closein\inx}
+%
+%Storing: random numbers
+\def\storerandomn#1{%#1 number of numbers
+ \n#1\k0
+ \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1 \rnd\ea
+ \xdef\csname\the\k\endcsname{\the\rndval}
+ \repeat}
+%
+%With, due to Reid, 1987
+%Moved into kernel blue.tex
+%\def\rnd{\global\multiply\rndnum371{}%
+% \global\advance\rndnum1{}%
+% \ifnum\rndnum>99999\relax
+% \rndtmp\rndnum \divide\rndtmp100000
+% \multiply\rndtmp100000
+% \global\advance\rndnum-\rndtmp
+% \fi\global\rndval\rndnum
+% \global\divide\rndval1000 }
+%
+%Storing: random words
+\def\storerandomw#1{%#1 number of words
+ \n#1\nw\n\def\defarr{\ea\gdef
+ \csname\the\nw\endcsname}
+ {\loop\ifnum0<\nw{\ag\defarr\ag{%
+ \randomword}}\advance\nw-1
+ \repeat}}%end s-r-w.
+%
+\def\randomword{\rnd \nc\rndval
+ \divide\nc15 \advance\nc2
+ \loop\ifnum0<\nc\randomchar
+ \advance\nc-1
+ \repeat}%end r-word
+%
+%Random character is modified
+\def\randomchar{\rnd
+ \multiply\rndval29 \divide\rndval100
+ \ifnum26=\rndval\rndval0 \fi
+ \ifnum26<\rndval\rndval4 \fi
+%Mod cgl: I \ag-ed the letter
+\ea\ag\ifcase\rndval
+ a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or
+ i\or j\or k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or
+ q\or r\or s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or
+ y\or z\fi}%end r-char
+%;vrblin=200Typeset
+%Parameters: Separators
+\def\sepn{, }%Number separator
+\def\sepw{ } %Word separator
+%\csname newtoks\endcsname\indword
+\let\sep\sepw
+%
+\def\prc#1{\init{#1}\def\prc##1{%
+ \ifnum\last=##1{}\else\ifnum\slast=##1{}%
+ \last\slast\advance\slast1{}\else
+ \prtfl\sepn\init{##1}\fi\fi}}
+%
+\def\init#1{\frst=#1\last=#1\slast=#1{}%
+ \advance\slast1{}}
+%
+%Print range: \frst-\last (or \last).
+\def\prtfl{\the\frst\ifnum\frst<\last
+ \advance\frst1{}\ifnum\frst=\last\sepn
+ \else\nobreak--\nobreak\fi\the\last\fi}
+%
+%Printing sequences
+\def\prts{{\k\kzero%print \1...\n
+ \def\sep{\let\sep=\sepw}%
+ \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
+ \sep\csname\the\k\endcsname
+ \repeat}}%end \prts
+%
+\let\prtw=\prts
+%
+\def\prtn{{\k\kzero%Print number sequence
+ \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
+ \ea\prc\csname\the\k\endcsname
+ \repeat\prtfl}}%end \prtn
+%
+\def\typindentry#1{%#1 a def
+ \ea\splitintoks#1%
+ \ifcase\digit\the\indword\or
+ {\tt\the\indword}\or
+ {\tt\char92\the\indword}\or
+ $\langle\hbox{\the\indword}\rangle$\fi{}
+ {\oldstyle\pagenrs}.}
+\def\hyphen{{\rm-}}
+\def\comma{{\rm, }}
+%
+\def\splitintoks#1 !#2 #3.{\indword{#1}%
+ \chardef\digit=#2{}\def\pagenrs{#3}}
+%
+\def\prtind{{\k\kzero
+ \def\sep{\let\sep\sepw}%
+ \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
+ \sep\ea\typindentry\csname\the\k\endcsname%
+ \repeat}}
+%;vrblin=300
+%Sorting in O(nlog n)
+\def\sortn{\let\cmp\cmpn\sort\prtn}
+%
+\def\sortaw{\let\cmp\cmpaw\sort\prtw}
+%
+\def\sortw{\let\cmp\cmpw{\accdef\sort}\prtw}
+%
+\def\sort{\heapsort}
+%
+%Paramaters: ij and accent string
+\def\accstr{\`\'\"\^\c}
+%
+\def\accdef{\def\i{i}\def\j{j}%
+ \def\'##1{##1a}\def\`##1{##1g}%
+ \def\"##1{##1t}\def\^##1{##1h}%
+ \def\c##1{##1c}}
+%
+\def\ij{ij}
+%
+%Sorting parameters: exchange macro
+\def\xch#1#2{%#1, #2 counter variables
+ \ea\let\ea\auxone\csname\the#1\endcsname
+ \ea\let\ea\auxtwo\csname\the#2\endcsname
+ \ea\global\ea\let\csname\the#2\endcsname
+ \auxone
+ \ea\global\ea\let\csname\the#1\endcsname
+ \auxtwo}
+%
+%Sorting parameters: number comparison
+\def\cmpn#1#2{%#1, #2 are def-s
+%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if
+% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
+ \ifnum#1=#2\global\status0 \else
+ \ifnum#1>#2\global\status1 \else
+ \global\status2 \fi\fi}
+%
+%Parameters: comparison of words
+\def\cmpw#1#2{%#1, #2 are def-s
+%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if
+% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
+ \let\nxt\nxtw\cmpc#1#2}
+%
+\def\cmpaw#1#2{%#1, #2 are defs with as
+%replacement text the words.
+%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if
+% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
+ \let\nxt\nxtaw\cmpc#1#2}
+%
+\def\cmpc#1#2{%#1, #2 are def-s
+%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if
+% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
+\ifproof\global\advance\nc1
+ \let\aa#1\let\bb#2\fi
+ \global\status0 \continuetrue
+ {\loop\ifx\empty#1\continuefalse\fi
+ \ifx\empty#2\continuefalse\fi
+ \ifcontinue\nxt#1\nxtt\nxt#2\nxtu
+ \lge\nxtt\nxtu
+ \repeat}\ifnum0=\status
+ \ifx\empty#1\ifx\empty#2\else
+ \global\status2 \fi
+ \else\ifx\empty#2\global\status1 \fi
+ \fi\fi
+% \ifproof\immediate\write16{\aa
+% \ifnum0=\status=\else
+% \ifnum1=\status>\else
+% <\fi\fi\bb}
+% \fi%end ifproof
+}
+%
+\def\lge#1#2{%#1 and #2 letter values
+%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2, if
+% #1 =, >, < #2.
+%and \continuefalse if #1=/#2.
+ \ifnum#1=#2{}\else\continuefalse
+ \ifnum#1<#2\global\status2 \else
+ \global\status1 \fi
+ \fi}
+%
+\def\nxtw#1#2{\def\pop##1##2\pop{%
+ \gdef#1{##2}\def\head{##1}}%head and tail
+ \ea\pop#1\pop%split in head and tail
+ \ea\loc\head\accstr%\head is an accent cs?
+ \if<\head\ea\pop#1\pop\fi
+ \iffound\let\acs\head
+ \ea\pop#1\pop%next head and tail
+ \ea\let\ea#2\csname ot\acs\head\endcsname
+ \else\ea\let\ea#2\csname ot\head\endcsname
+ \fi}
+%
+\def\loc#1#2{\def\locate##1#1##2\end
+ {\ifx\empty##2\empty\foundfalse
+ \else\foundtrue\fi}\ea\locate#2.#1\end}
+%
+%Parameters: for ASCII words
+\def\nxtaw#1#2{%Result: value of first
+%letter of string supplied in #1 is delivered
+%in #2. (To be used as a number (\chardef)).
+%#1, #2 are control sequences.
+ \def\pop##1##2\pop{\gdef#1{##2}%
+ \chardef#2=`##1{}}\ea\pop#1\pop}
+%
+\def\cmpir#1#2{%#1, #2 defs
+%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2 if
+% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
+%\immediate\write16{Compared are: #1 and #2}%
+\ea\ea\ea\decom\ea#1#2}
+%
+\def\decom#1 !#2 #3.#4 !#5 #6.{%
+ \def\one{#1}\def\four{#4}\cmpw\one\four
+ \ifnum0=\status%Compare secondary keys
+ \ifnum#2<#5{}\global\status2{}\else
+ \ifnum#2>#5{}\global\status1{}\else
+ %Compare tertiary keys
+ \ifnum#3<#6{}\global\status2{}\else
+ \ifnum#3>#6{}\global\status1{}\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+%
+\def\red{%Reduction of \1,...,\n
+ \k0\kk0\let\refer\empty
+ \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
+ \ea\let\ea\record\csname\the\k\endcsname
+ \ea\splitwn\record%
+ \ifx\refer\word%extend with number
+ \ea\xdef\csname\the\kk\endcsname{%
+ \csname\the\kk\endcsname, \num}%
+ \else%write record to \kk
+ \advance\kk1\let\refer\word\ea\global
+ \ea\let\csname\the\kk\endcsname\record
+ \fi
+ \repeat\n=\kk}
+%
+\def\redrng{%Reduction of \1,...,\n, with
+%range representation of page numbers
+ {\k1\kk0 \ifnum\n>0
+ \ea\let\ea\record\csname\the\k\endcsname
+ \ea\splitwn\record\let\refer\word
+ \let\nrsrng\empty\prcrng\num\fi
+ \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
+ \ea\let\ea\record\csname\the\k\endcsname
+ \ea\splitwn\record%
+ \ifx\refer\word%extend \nrsrng with number
+ \prcrng\num
+ \else%write record to \kk
+ \advance\kk1 \strnrs
+ \ea\xdef\csname\the\kk\endcsname{\refer{}
+ \nrsrng.}\let\nrsrng\empty\init\num
+ \prcrng\num\let\refer\word
+ \fi
+ \repeat\ifnum1<\n
+ \advance\kk1 \strnrs
+ \ea\xdef\csname\the\kk\endcsname{\word{}
+ \nrsrng.}
+ \global\n\kk\fi}}
+%
+\def\prcrng#1{\init{#1}\def\prcrng##1{%
+ \ifnum##1=\last\else\ifnum##1=\slast
+ \last\slast\advance\slast1 \else
+ \strnrs\init{##1}\fi\fi}}
+%
+\let\sepn\comma
+\def\strnrs{\dif\last\advance\dif-\frst
+\edef\nrsrng{\ifx\nrsrng\empty\else
+ \nrsrng\nx\nx\nx\sepn\fi\the\frst\ifnum0<\dif
+ \ifnum1=\dif\nx\nx\nx\sepn\the\last
+ \else\nx\nx\nx\hyphen\the\last
+ \fi
+ \fi}}
+%
+\def\splitwn#1 !#2 #3.{\def\word{#1 !#2}%
+ \def\num{#3}}
+%
+\def\getdig#1 !#2 #3.{\def\dig{#2}}
+%
+\def\sortcs{\global\k0\global\pk\n
+\global\pkone\pk\global\advance\pkone1
+%Invariant: 1:k non-cs
+% pk+1:n control seq-s
+\loop\global\advance\k1
+\ifnum\k<\pkone
+ \ea\ea\ea\getdig\csname\the\k\endcsname.%
+ \if2\dig{\continuetrue
+ \loop
+ \ifnum\k=\pk\continuefalse
+ \else\ea\ea\ea\getdig\csname\the\pk
+ \endcsname.%
+ \if2\dig
+ \else\xch\k\pk\continuefalse
+ \fi
+ \fi\global\pkone\pk\global\advance\pk-1
+ \ifcontinue
+ \repeat}%
+ \fi
+\repeat}%Result\1:\pk non-cs, \pkone:\n cs
+%;vrblin=500
+%Parameters: Ordering table
+%suffix g stands for grave, `
+% a stands for aigue, '
+% h stands for hat, ^
+% t stands for trema, "
+% c stands for cedille.
+\ea\chardef\csname ot=\endcsname=12
+\ea\chardef\csname ot/\endcsname=11
+\ea\chardef\csname ot-\endcsname=13
+\ea\chardef\csname ot,\endcsname=14
+\ea\chardef\csname ot.\endcsname=15
+\ea\chardef\csname ot"\endcsname=9
+\ea\chardef\csname ot&\endcsname=5
+\ea\chardef\csname ot'\endcsname=7
+\ea\chardef\csname ot`\endcsname=8
+\ea\chardef\csname ot*\endcsname=10
+\ea\chardef\csname ot<\endcsname=28
+\ea\chardef\csname ot>\endcsname=29
+\ea\chardef\csname ot!\endcsname=30
+\ea\chardef\csname ot?\endcsname=31
+\ea\chardef\csname ot[\endcsname=13
+\ea\chardef\csname ot]\endcsname=14
+\ea\chardef\csname ot0\endcsname=16
+\ea\chardef\csname ot1\endcsname=17
+\ea\chardef\csname ot2\endcsname=18
+\ea\chardef\csname ot3\endcsname=19
+\ea\chardef\csname ot4\endcsname=20
+\ea\chardef\csname ot5\endcsname=21
+\ea\chardef\csname ot6\endcsname=22
+\ea\chardef\csname ot7\endcsname=23
+\ea\chardef\csname ot8\endcsname=24
+\ea\chardef\csname ot9\endcsname=25
+\chardef\ota=35 \chardef\otA=35
+ \chardef\otaa=35 \chardef\otag=35
+ \chardef\otat=35\chardef\otah=35
+\chardef\otb=40 \chardef\otB=40
+\chardef\otc=46 \chardef\otC=46
+ \chardef\otcc=46
+\chardef\otd=53 \chardef\otD=53
+\chardef\ote=60 \chardef\otE=60
+ \chardef\otea=60 \chardef\oteg=60
+ \chardef\otet=60 \chardef\oteh=60
+\chardef\otf=67 \chardef\otF=67
+\chardef\otg=74 \chardef\otG=74
+\chardef\oth=81 \chardef\otH=81
+\chardef\oti=88 \chardef\otI=88
+ \chardef\otit=88 \chardef\otih=88
+\chardef\otj=95 \chardef\otJ=95
+ \chardef\otjt=95
+\chardef\otk=102 \chardef\otK=102
+\chardef\otl=109 \chardef\otL=109
+\chardef\otm=116 \chardef\otM=116
+\chardef\otn=123 \chardef\otN=123
+\chardef\oto=130 \chardef\otO=130
+ \chardef\otoa=130 \chardef\otog=130
+ \chardef\otot=130 \chardef\otoh=130
+\chardef\otp=137 \chardef\otP=137
+\chardef\otq=143 \chardef\otQ=143
+\chardef\otr=150 \chardef\otR=150
+\chardef\ots=157 \chardef\otS=157
+\chardef\ott=164 \chardef\otT=164
+\chardef\otu=171 \chardef\otU=171
+ \chardef\otut=171 \chardef\otuh=171
+\chardef\otv=178 \chardef\otV=178
+\chardef\otw=185 \chardef\otW=185
+\chardef\otx=192 \chardef\otX=192
+\chardef\otij=199 \chardef\otIJ=199
+\chardef\oty=200 \chardef\otY=200
+\chardef\otz=206 \chardef\otZ=206
+%\endinput%;nonum %cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%Contents sort.tex
+%Counters (blue.tex).............5--19
+%newifs ..(blue.tex)............20--23
+%Storing
+%from copy ...................101--108
+% \seq...\qes ...................102
+%from file ...................110--117
+% \storefrom ...............112--117
+%random generated items
+% \storerandomn ............124--125
+% \rnd .....................128--134
+% \storerandomw ............138--143
+% \randomword ..............145--149
+% \randomchar ..............152--161
+%Typeset
+% parameters ................202-205
+% \prc .....................207--210
+% \init ....................212--213
+% \prtfl ...................216--218
+% \prts ....................221--225
+% \prtw .........................227
+% \prtn ....................229--232
+% \typeindentry.............234--240
+% \splitintoks..............244--245
+% \prtind ..................247--251
+%Sorting
+% \sortn ........................302
+% \sortaw .......................304
+% \sortw ........................306
+% \sort .........................308
+% \accstr .......................311
+% \accdef ..................313--316
+% \ij ...........................318
+% \xch .....................321--327
+% \cmpn ....................330--335
+% \cmpw ....................338--341
+% \cmpaw ...................343--347
+% \cmpc ....................349--369
+% \lge .....................371--378
+% \nxtw ....................380--388
+% \loc .....................391--393
+% \nxtaw ...................396--401
+% \cmpir ...................403--407
+% \decom ...................409--420
+% \red .....................421--434
+% \redrng ..................436--457
+% \prcrng ..................459--462
+% \strnrs ..................465--471
+% \splitwn .................473--474
+% \getdig .......................476
+% \sortcs ..................478--497
+%Ordering table ..............501--569
+%History of changes
+%Oct 1994 OT modified with respect to
+% Index sorting.
+% Sorting macros adapted and
+% extended.
+%March 1994 Contents added to file sort.tex.
+%Jan 1994 Macros released for CTAN.
+%Spring 1993 Abridged version Sorting in BLUe
+% for TUG'93 (Aston) TB 14.3, 1993.
+%Fall 1992 Release for MAPS 93.1.
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%sort%;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%heap%
+%heapsort.tex Jan, 93
+%\newcount\n\newcount\lc\newcount\r
+%\newcount\ic\newcount\uone
+%\newcount\jc\newcount\jj\newcount\jjone
+%\newif\ifgoon
+%Non-descending sorting
+\def\heapsort{%data in \1 to \n
+\r=\n\heap\ic=1{}%
+{\loop\ifnum\r>1{}\xch\ic\r
+ \advance\r-1{}\sift\ic\r
+\repeat}}
+%
+\def\heap{%Transform \1..\n into heap
+ \lc=\n\divide\lc2{}\advance\lc1{}%
+ {\loop\ifnum\lc>1{}\advance\lc-1{}%
+ \sift\lc\n\repeat}}
+%
+\def\sift#1#2{%#1, #2 counter variables
+ \jj=#1\uone=#2\advance\uone1{}\goontrue
+ {\loop\jc=\jj \advance\jj by\jj
+ \ifnum\jj<\uone
+ \jjone=\jj \advance\jjone1{}%
+ \ifnum\jj<#2{}\cmpval\jj\jjone
+ \ifnum2=\status\jj=\jjone\fi\fi
+ \cmpval\jc\jj\ifnum2>\status\goonfalse\fi
+ \else\goonfalse\fi
+\ifgoon\xch\jc\jj\repeat}}
+%
+\def\cmpval#1#2{%#1, #2 counter variables
+%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2 if
+% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
+ \ea\let\ea\aone\csname\the#1\endcsname
+ \ea\let\ea\atwo\csname\the#2\endcsname
+ \cmp\aone\atwo}
+%\endinput %cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%heap%;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%quick%
+%quick.tex Jan 93
+%\newcount\low\newcount\up\newcount\m
+\def\quicksort{%Values given in
+%\low,...,\up are sorted, non-descending.
+%Parameters: \cmp, comparison.
+ \ifnum\low<\up\else\brk\fi
+%\refval, a reference value selected at random.
+ \m=\up\advance\m-\low%Size-1 of array part
+ \ifnum10<\m\rnd\multiply\m\rndval
+ \divide\m99{}\advance\m\low \xch\low\m
+ \fi
+ \ea\let\ea\refval\csname\the\low\endcsname
+ \m=\low\k=\low\let\refvalcop=\refval
+ {\loop\ifnum\k<\up\advance\k1{}%
+ \ea\let\ea\oneqs\csname\the\k\endcsname
+ \cmp\refval\oneqs\ifnum1=\status
+ \global\advance\m1{}\xch\m\k\fi
+ \let\refval=\refvalcop
+ \repeat}\xch\low\m
+ {\up=\m\advance\up-1{}\quicksort}%
+ {\low=\m\advance\low1{}\quicksort}\krb}
+%
+\def\brk#1\krb{\fi}\def\krb{\relax}
+%\endinput %cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%quick%;nonum!cgl;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%index%
+%From BLUe's Index Oct 94%;numvrb
+\catcode`\@=11
+%Some unused macros are left in.
+%\newread\inxin
+%\newtoks\indword
+%\newtoks\indexfile
+ %To parameterize the resulting index
+%\newtoks\irfile
+ %To parameterize the IRs
+%\newtoks\indexname
+%\newtoks\preindex
+%\newtoks\postindex
+%\newtoks\ignores
+%\newtoks\conseqs
+%\newtoks\consyms
+%\newtoks\srtkeys
+%\newtoks\srtkeypairs
+%Initializations
+\proofmodetrue
+\irfile{index}
+\indexfile{index.elm}
+\preindex{\head{\the\indexname}}
+\postindex{}
+\immediate\openout\inx=index
+\conseqs{\c\space\bf\it\rm\tt\sub\relax}
+\consyms{\`\'\"\^\~}
+\srtkeypairs{\AmSTeX{amstex}
+ \LAMSTeX{lamstex}
+ \LaTeX{latex}
+ \PS{PostScript}
+ \TeX{tex}}
+\srtkeys{\AmSTeX\LAMSTeX\LaTeX\PS\TeX}
+\let\sub\relax
+%Macros
+%
+%User level
+%;vrblin=100
+\def\sortindex{%Nov 1994, cgl
+%Purpose:
+%To sort IR file.
+%Input: default index is sorted
+% ( file specified in \irfile)
+%Output: file index.elm.
+ \newpage\immediate\closeout\inx
+ \filetoarray{\the\irfile}
+ \immediate\write16{Sorting n=\the\n.
+ Please wait, O(nlog n) process.}
+ \let\cmp\cmpir\let\nxtw\nxtwindex
+ \otindex\let\ \space
+ {%Make sortkey defs
+ \ea\sokdef\the\srtkeypairs\fedkos\relax
+ \sort
+ \let\spaceseparator\space
+ \setupnxtokens\def\ {\nx\ }%
+ \immediate\write16{Range reduction.}
+ \redrngtofile{index.srt}
+ \immediate\write16{After reduction and
+ writing to file index.srt; n=\the\n.}
+ \immediate\write16{Transform
+ index.srt-->index.elm.}
+ \tawfiletofile{index.srt}{\the
+ \indexfile}}}
+%
+%Set up set of \srtkeys
+\def\setupsrtkeys{\ea
+ \sok\the\srtkeypairs\kos\relax}
+%;vrblin=150
+\def\pasteupindex{%May 1995, cgl
+%Purpose:
+%To set index in (balanced) doublecolumn.
+%The index is preceded by
+%\chapterhead{\the\indexname}
+%and by the contents of
+%\preindex and followed by contents of
+%\postindex.
+%Input: default index.elm is set
+% (file specified in \indexfile).
+%Biased by manmac's \begindoublecolumns
+%\chapterhead{\the\indexname}%in preindex
+ \begingroup\def\space{{\tt\char32 }}%
+ \the\preindex\endgraf
+ \pageheight\vsize
+ \pagewd\hsize
+ \pagewidth\pagewd%anachronism
+ \parindent1em
+ \output={\global\setbox\partialpage=
+ \vbox{\unvbox255\bigskip}}%
+ \eject
+ \output={\bluedoublecolumnout}%
+% \hsize=8.5cm \vsize=51cm%blue.tex values
+%2*\hsize+(\hfil)=\pagewd
+ \divide\hsize2 \advance\hsize-1cm
+ \advance\vsize\vsize \advance\vsize1cm
+ \parskip0pt plus.8pt\relax
+ \obeylines\everypar{%
+ \hangindent2\parindent}%
+ \ea\let\csname par\endcsname\endgraf
+ \let\sub\endgraf
+%
+ \input\the\indexfile\relax
+%
+%endpasteupindex part biased by
+%manmac's \enddoublecolumns
+ \output={\balancecolumns}\eject
+ \endgroup
+ \pagegoal=\vsize\the\postindex}
+%
+%Add an element #1 to toks var #2
+\def\add#1to#2{#2\ea{\the#2#1}}
+%
+%Inner level
+%
+%IR creation
+%
+\let\spaceseparator\space
+%;vrblin=200
+%Things are set up within \makexref to
+%allow dynamical use.
+\def\makexref{\ifproofmode%Mod cgl oct 94
+ \setupsrtkeys
+ \bgroup\def\ {\string\ }%
+ \def\process##1{\def##1{\string##1 }}%
+ \ea\ea\ea\fifo\ea\the\ea\conseqs
+ \the\srtkeys\ofif
+ \def\process##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
+ \ea\fifo\the\consyms\ofif
+ \xdef\writeit{\write\inx{\text{}
+ !\xreftype\spaceseparator
+ \nx\number\pageno.}}\writeit
+ \egroup
+ \else\ifhmode\kern0pt\fi\fi
+ \ifsilent\ignorespaces\else{\next}\fi}
+%
+%Sorting
+%;vrblin=250
+\def\cmpir#1#2{%#1, #2 defs
+%Result: \status= 0, 1, 2 if
+% \val{#1} =, >, < \val{#2}
+%\immediate\write16{Compared are: *#1*
+% and *#2*}%
+\ea\ea\ea\decom\ea#1#2}
+%
+\def\nxtwindex#1#2{%
+%Function:
+%On input: #1 contains the `word'
+%As result: #2 contains the value
+% of the first non-ignored token as given
+% in the ordering table.
+%#1 contains the rest of the `word'
+ \def\pop##1##2\pop{%
+ \gdef#1{##2}\def\pophead{##1}}%head and tail
+ \ea\pop#1\pop%split in head and tail
+ \ignores\ea\ea\ea{\ea
+ \the\ea\conseqs\the\consyms}%
+ \ea\loc\pophead{\the\ignores}%
+ \iffound\ifx\empty#1 \chardef#2=0
+ \else\nxtwindex#1#2 \fi
+ \else
+ \ea\loc\pophead{\the\srtkeys}%
+ \iffound\xdef\pophead{\pophead}%
+ \ea\ea\ea\gdef\ea\ea\ea#1\ea\ea\ea
+ {\ea\pophead#1}%
+ \nxtwindex#1#2
+ \else
+ \ea\let\ea#2\csname ot\pophead\endcsname
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+%
+\def\otindex{%Parameters: Ordering `table'
+%Special cases
+\ea\chardef\csname ot \endcsname=0
+\ea\chardef\csname ot\space\endcsname=0
+%{|}~(\char126) in ASCII after lowercase
+%^ active character
+%Bulk according to ACII
+\def\process##1{\ea\chardef
+ \csname ot##1\endcsname=`##1 }
+%lowercase letters
+\fifo abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\ofif
+\chardef\otij=`y \chardef\otIJ=`y
+%other characters
+\fifo !"##$&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@
+ []_`\ofif
+%uppercase letters equal lowercase
+\def\process##1{\ea\chardef
+ \csname ot##1\endcsname=\lccode`##1 }
+\uppercase{\fifo
+ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\ofif}
+}
+%
+%Range reduction
+%;vrblin=400
+\def\redrngtofile#1{%Reduction of \1,...,\n,
+%with range representation of page numbers
+\immediate\openout\inx=#1
+ {\k1\kk0 \ifnum\n>0
+ \ea\ea\ea\splitwn\csname\the\k\endcsname
+ \let\refer\word
+ \let\nrsrng\empty\prcrng\num\fi
+ \loop\ifnum\k<\n\advance\k1
+ \ea\ea\ea\splitwn\csname\the\k\endcsname
+ \ifx\refer\word%extend \nrsrng with number
+ \prcrng\num
+ \else%write record to \kk
+ \advance\kk1 \strnrs
+ \immediate\write\inx{\refer\spaceseparator
+ \nrsrng.}%
+ \let\nrsrng\empty\init\num
+ \prcrng\num\let\refer\word
+ \fi
+ \repeat\ifnum1<\n
+ \advance\kk1 \strnrs
+ \immediate\write\inx{\refer\spaceseparator
+ \nrsrng.}%
+ \global\n\kk\fi
+ }\immediate\closeout\inx}
+%
+%Copying
+%;vrblin=500
+\def\filetoarray#1{%#1 is file name
+ \immediate\openin\inxin=#1\relax
+ \ifeof\inxin\immediate\write16{File #1 empty
+ or non-existent.}%
+ \fi \n\kzero\continuetrue
+ \loop\ifeof\inxin\continuefalse\fi
+ \ifcontinue\advance\n1 \immediate
+ \read\inxin t\ea o\csname\the\n\endcsname
+%\immediate\write16{k: \number\n:
+% \csname\the\n\endcsname}%
+ \repeat\advance\n-1
+ \immediate\closein\inxin}
+%
+\def\tawfiletofile#1#2{\continuetrue
+ \immediate\openin\inxin=#1\relax
+ \immediate\openout\inx=#2\relax
+ \loop\read\inxin to\IR
+ \ifeof\inxin\continuefalse\fi
+ \ifcontinue\trfandwrite\IR
+ \repeat
+ \immediate\closein\inxin
+ \immediate\closeout\inx
+}
+%
+\def\setupnxtokens{%
+ \def\process##1{\def##1{\nx##1}}%
+ \ea\ea\ea\fifo\ea\the\ea\conseqs
+ \the\srtkeys\ofif
+ \def\process##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
+ \ea\fifo\the\consyms\ofif
+}
+%
+\def\trfandwrite#1{\ea\splitintoks#1%
+ \immediate\write\inx{\nx\noindent
+ \ifcase\digit{\the\indword}\or
+ {\nx\tt\the\indword}\or
+ \nx\cs{\the\indword}\or
+ $\nx\langle\hbox{\the\indword}\nx\rangle
+ $\fi\spaceseparator{\nx
+ \oldstyle\pagenrs}}}%Period deleted
+%
+\def\splitintoks#1 !#2 #3.{\indword{#1}%
+ \chardef\digit=#2\relax\def\pagenrs{#3}}
+%
+%Typesetting;vrblin=600
+\def\bluedoublecolumnout{%
+%Biased by manmac's doublecolumnout
+ \splittopskip=\topskip
+ \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth \dimen@\pageheight
+ \advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage
+ \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
+ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
+ \blueonepageout\pagesofar
+ \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty}
+%
+\def\blueonepageout#1{%
+%Biased by manmac's \onepageout
+ \shipout\vbox{%
+ \vbox to\baselineskip{\null
+ \the\headline\vss}%
+ \kern2ex
+ \vbox to\pageheight{#1\vss}%
+ \kern1ex
+ \the\footline
+ }\advancepageno}
+%
+%Auxiliaries;vrblin=700
+%SetOfKeys
+\def\sok#1#2{%Function:
+%Build from \srtkeykpairs \srtkeys
+%via \ea\sok\srtkeypairs\kos\relax
+\ifx#1\kos\kos\fi
+ \srtkeys\ea{\the\srtkeys#1}\sok}
+\def\kos#1\sok{\fi}
+%
+\def\sokdef#1#2{%Function:
+%Build from \srtkeypairs srtkey defs
+\ifx#1\fedkos\fedkos\fi
+ \def#1{#2}\sokdef}
+\def\fedkos#1\sokdef{\fi}
+\endinput%;nonum
+%Table of contents: blue.ind
+%Variables
+% \indexname...........(blue.tex)
+% \preindex....................21
+% \postindex...................22
+% \indword.............(blue.tex)
+% \indexfile...........(blue.tex)
+% \irfile..............(blue.tex)
+% \conseqs.....................24
+% \consyms.....................25
+% \srtkeys.....................31
+% \srtkeypairs..............26-30
+% \ignores.............(blue.tex)
+%User level macros
+% \sortindex..............101-125
+% \pasteupindex...........151-187
+% \add#1to#2..................190
+%Lower level macros
+%IR Creation
+% \makexref...............203-216
+%Sorting
+% \cmpir..................251-256
+% \nxtwindex..............258-282
+% \otindex................284-304
+%Range reduction
+% \redrngtofile...........401-424
+%Copying
+% \filetoarray............501-512
+% \tawfiletofile..........514-523
+% \trfandwrite............533-540
+% \setupnxtokens..........525-531
+% \splitintoks............542-543
+%OTR doublecolumns
+% \bluedoublecolumnout....601-609
+% \blueonepageout.........611-620
+%Auxiliaries
+% \sok....................702-707
+% \sokdef.................709-713
+%History of changes
+%Nov 1994 Set up.
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%index%;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ntglogo%
+\tool\ntglogotool %;numvrb
+\message{ ---ntglogo, Jan 95, cgl--- }
+\font\calx=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\ntglogo{\vbox{%
+ \hbox{{\calx N}ederlandstalige}
+ \hbox{\hskip1em{\calx T}\kern-.2ex
+ \raise-.5ex\hbox{E}\kern.1exX}
+ \hbox{\hskip2em{\calx G}ebruikersgroep}}}
+\setbox\ntglogobox\ntglogo
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ntglogo%!cgl;nonum
+\endinput
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ntginfo%
+\tool\ntginfotool %;numvrb
+\message{ ---ntginfo, Jan 95, cgl--- }
+\def\dropntglogo{\noindent
+ \hangindent5\generalindent\hangafter-5
+ \smash{\lower3.5\baselineskip
+ \hbox to0pt{\hskip-.9\hangindent
+ \copy\ntglogobox\hss}}}
+\def\ntginfo{%
+\dropntglogo is the Dutch-language-oriented
+ \TeX{} \UG, founded in
+ {\oldstyle1988}. The activities
+ comprise two meetings per year,
+ with the wealthy MAPS\Dash Minutes
+ and APpendiceS\Dash
+ sent out before each meeting.\\
+The activities are biased by sharing experience
+in using \AllTeX, \MF, literate programming,
+SGML, Adobe's \PS{} and PDF, next to
+multi-media, in short, sharing knowledge about
+Electronic Publishing, biased by \AllTeX.
+The intricacies of the World-Wide-Web in
+relation to using \AllTeX{} is also explored.
+Less than {\oldstyle5}\% of our energy was
+devoted to organizational matters in the past.
+Apart from the regular MAPS we enjoy MAPS specials.
+Up till {\oldstyle1994} NTG's PR set and David
+Salomon's courseware\Dash
+Advanced \TeX: Insights and Hindsights\Dash
+have appeared in this series.
+The {\oldstyle 1994} special has the title
+{\oldstyle 100} FAQ: Everything you will ever
+have to know about \AllTeX.\ftn{Courtesy Bobby Bodenheimer
+ and ukTUG,
+ Reprint Baskerville, {\oldstyle4}, {\oldstyle6}.}
+\smallskip
+Important activities, listed in historical
+order, have been
+\bigskip
+{\generalindent5\generalindent
+\item{\oldstyle1988\quad} NTG's discussion
+ list and fileserver on the air
+\item{\oldstyle1989\quad} NTG days, various
+ courses have been offered since
+\item{\oldstyle1990\quad} SGML-\TeX{} conference,
+ Babel emerges
+\item{\oldstyle1992\quad} Belgian commissioner
+ for Flemish \AllTeX ies
+\item{\oldstyle1993\quad} Goddijn's Bulletin Board
+\item{\oldstyle1994\quad} 4All\TeX{} CD-ROM
+ with turnkey-\TeX{} system
+\item{\oldstyle1995\quad} Euro\TeX,
+ BLUe's system emerges
+\smallskip
+}\bigskip
+Close contacts have been maintained over the
+years with the TUG\Dash \TUG\Dash and the
+other LUGs\Dash Language-oriented \TUG s.
+One can subscribe for a joint membership of
+NTG and TUG.
+\smallskip
+The regular subscription fee for an individual
+NTG membership is in the order of
+{\it f}~{\oldstyle90} per year.
+Students are granted a discount.
+An institutional membership is possible.
+\smallskip
+Enquiries, casu quo a registration form,
+can be obtained from
+ NTG's secretary Postbus {\oldstyle394},
+ {\oldstyle1740} AJ Schagen,
+ ntg@nic.surfnet.nl.}
+\endinput
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%ntginfo%;nonum!cgl;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%smileys%
+\tool\smileystool %;numvrb
+\message{ ---smileys, July 95, cgl--- }%
+%Assumed \mfs etc. available
+\def\eyes{{\x250\unitlength\y150\unitlength
+ \putatxy}%l-eye
+ {\x750\unitlength\y150\unitlength
+ \putatxy}%r-eye
+}%
+\def\lefteyes{{\x200\unitlength\y150\unitlength
+ \putatxy}%l-eye
+ {\x700\unitlength\y150\unitlength
+ \putatxy}%r-eye
+}%
+\def\squinteyes{{\x300\unitlength\y150\unitlength
+ \putatxy}%l-eye
+ {\x700\unitlength\y150\unitlength
+ \putatxy}%r-eye
+}%
+\def\winkeye{\initialize
+ {100}{150}{250}{75}{250}{75}{400}{150}%
+ {\k0\kmax2\x0pt\y0pt\mfs}%l-winkeye
+ {\x750\unitlength\y150\unitlength\putatxy}%r-eye
+}%
+\def\mouth{\initialize
+ {250}{-250}{500}{-350}{500}{-350}{750}{-250}%
+ \k0\x0pt\y0pt\mfs}
+%
+\def\sadmouth{\initialize
+ {250}{-350}{500}{-250}{500}{-250}{750}{-350}%
+ \k0\x0pt\y0pt\mfs}
+%
+\kmax5 %level
+\setbox\smileybox=\hbox{\unitlength.01pt
+ \initialize
+ 000{650}{1000}{650}{1000}0%
+ \k0\putatxy\mfs
+ \initialize
+ 000{-650}{1000}{-650}{1000}0%
+ \k0\mfs\y0pt\x\X4\putatxy
+ \kmax3
+ \initialize
+ {100}{200}{250}{250}{250}{250}{400}{200}%
+ \k0\x0pt\y0pt\mfs%l-brow
+ \initialize
+ {600}{200}{750}{250}{750}{250}{900}{200}%
+ \k0\x0pt\y0pt\mfs%r-brow
+ {\x500\unitlength\y150\unitlength\S{250}}%Nose
+}%
+\endinput
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%smileys%!cgl;newcol;nonum
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%toc%
+\tool\toctool %;numvrb
+\message{---(mini-)ToC,
+ Sept 95, March 96 cgl---}
+%March 96 writing to file is replaced by
+% maintaining \toksvar tocvar.
+\let\bh\bluehead
+\long\def\bluehead#1\par{\bh#1\par
+\tocvar\ea{\the\tocvar\par#1}}
+\let\bsh\bluesubhead
+\long\def\bluesubhead#1\par{\bsh#1\par
+\tocvar\ea{\the\tocvar\par\quad#1}}
+\let\bssh\bluesubsubhead
+\long\def\bluesubsubhead#1\par{\bssh#1\par
+\tocvar\ea{\the\tocvar\par\qquad#1}}
+\let\be\blueexample
+\long\def\blueexample#1\par{\be#1\par
+\tocvar\ea{\the\tocvar\par\qquad ex: #1}}
+\long\def\pasteuptoc{\newcol
+ \bluehead Contents\par
+ \the\tocvar
+ \let\makesignature\relax}
+\endinput
+%end**%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%toc%!cgl;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%english%
+\tool\englishtool %;numvrb
+\message{ ---English , Jan 95, cgl--- }
+\abstractname{Abstract}
+\acknowledgementsname{Acknowledgements}
+\contentsname{Contents}
+\indexname{Index}
+\examplename{Example}
+\keywordsname{Keywords}
+\referencesname{References}
+\endinput
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%english%;nonum
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%russian%
+\tool\russiantool %;numvrb
+\message{ ---Russian , %Jan 95,
+ not yet available, cgl--- }
+%\abstractname{Abstract}
+%\acknowledgementsname{Acknowledgements}
+%\contentsname{Contents}
+%\indexname{Index}
+%\examplename{Example}
+%\keywordsname{Keywords}
+%\referencesname{References}
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%russian%;nonum
+\endinput %!cgl;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%xyz%
+\tool\xyztool %;numvrb
+\def\xyz#1#2#3{\leavevmode%
+\message{ ---xyz, jan 95, cgl--- }%
+ \setbox0\vbox{\hbox{/}\kern0pt}%
+ \lower2.65\ht0\hbox{\copy0%
+ \rlap{\qquad#1}}%
+ \kern-.185\ht0\lower1.8\ht0\copy0%
+ \kern-.185\ht0\lower0.95\ht0\copy0%
+ \kern-.11\ht0%
+ \vrule height9ex depth0pt\relax%
+ \raise7ex\rlap{\qquad#3}%
+ \vrule height.1pt depth.1pt width 8ex%
+ \qquad\lower.6ex\hbox{#2}}%
+\endinput %;nonum
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%xyz%!cgl;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%partlogo%
+\tool\partlogotool %;numvrb
+%from TeX book
+\def\partlogo#1{\goodbreak
+ \bigskip\noindent
+ \vbox{\line{\hrulefill}%
+ \kern-.5\baselineskip
+\line{\hrulefill{ \phantom{\bf #1}} %
+ \hrulefill}%
+ \kern-.5\baselineskip
+ \line{\hrulefill{ \bf #1}
+ \hrulefill}%
+ \kern-.5\baselineskip
+ \line{\hrulefill}%
+}\nobreak\smallskip\noindent}
+\endinput %;nonum
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%partlogo%!cgl;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+%begin%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%pascal%
+\tool\pascaltool
+\message{ ---pascaltool, Jan, Aug 95, cgl--- }
+%C.G. van der Laan, Jan, Oct 95.%;numvrb
+%Processing (first set of macros)
+%\let\beginpascal\fifol
+\def\lofif#1\fifol{\fi
+ \the\postpascal\endgroup}
+\let\endpascal\lofif
+\def\lf{x}%toggle for last font to insert \/
+\def\processw#1{%
+ \ifnum\commentstatus>0
+ \if p\lf\leavevmode\/\fi#1\def\lf{c}\else
+ \ifx\relax#1\relax{ }%space
+ \else\foundfalse
+ \loc{ #1 }{\the\reservedset}%
+ \iffound{\if p\lf\leavevmode\/\fi
+ \reservedwordsfont#1}\def\lf{r}%
+ \else\if=#1${}={}$\else
+ {\pascalprogramfont#1{}}\def\lf{p}\fi\fi
+ \fi\fi}%end processw;vrblin50
+%for the rest of listing use
+%another escape char;endinput
+%Typesetting : ;= ; . ^
+\def\becomes{:=}
+\catcode`\:=\active
+\def:#1{\if=#1${}\becomes{}$\else
+ {\rm\char`\:}#1\fi}
+\catcode`\;=\active
+ \def;{{\/\rm\char`\;}}
+\catcode`\.=\active \def.{{\pascalprogramfont
+ \char`\.}}
+\catcode`\^=\active \def^{\char'\active6}
+ %\def^{{\enspace$\uparrow$}}
+\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
+ \def[{{\rm \char`\[}}
+ \def]{{\rm\/\char`\]}}
+\def\leftbrace{(}
+\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\*=\active
+\def(#1{\ifx*#1$\{\,$\global
+ \advance\commentstatus1
+ \pascalcommentfont
+ \else\leftbrace#1\fi}
+%Reserved words ;vrblin100
+\reservedset{ and array begin case const
+ div do downto else end. end; file for
+ function goto if in label mod nil not of
+ or otherwise packed procedure program record
+ repeat set step string then to type until
+ var while with}%
+%Handling of >= <= <> > < ;vrblin150
+\def\lt{<}\def\gt{>}
+\catcode`\>=\active
+\def>#1{\if=#1${}\geq{}$\else
+ ${}\gt{}$#1\fi}
+\catcode`\<=\active
+\def<#1{\ifx>#1${}\ne{}$\else
+ \if=#1${}\leq{}$\else
+ ${}\lt{}$#1\fi\fi}
+%Handling of + - * ;vrblin200
+\def\-{-}%Save for hyphen use
+\def\plus{+}\def\minus{-}
+\catcode`\+=\active \def+{${}\plus{}$}
+\def*#1{\if)#1$\,\}$\global
+ \advance\commentstatus-1
+ \else${}\times{}$#1\fi}
+%{\catcode`\-=\active \gdef-{${}\minus{}$}}
+%Later catcode is set for minus
+%Last part of processing ;vrblin250
+\obeyspaces\let =\
+\def\fifow#1 {\ifx
+\wofif#1\wofif\fi\processw{#1}\ \fifow}%
+\def\processl#1{\fifow#1 \wofif
+ \endgraf}%First space is needed
+% ;vrblin300
+\let\zero0 \catcode`\0=\active\def0{{\rm\zero}}
+\let\one1 \catcode`\1=\active\def1{{\rm\one}}
+\let\two2 \catcode`\2=\active\def2{{\rm\two}}
+\let\three3\catcode`\3=\active\def3{{\rm\three}}
+\let\four4 \catcode`\4=\active\def4{{\rm\four}}
+\let\five5 \catcode`\5=\active\def5{{\rm\five}}
+\let\six6 \catcode`\6=\active\def6{{\rm\six}}
+\let\seven7\catcode`\7=\active\def7{{\rm\seven}}
+\let\eight8\catcode`\8=\active\def8{{\rm\eight}}
+\let\nine9 \catcode`\9=\active\def9{{\rm\nine}}
+\catcode`\-=\active \def-{${}\minus{}$}%
+\obeylines\smallskip%
+\the\prepascal\relax%;nonum
+\endinput%cgl@rc.service.rug.nl
+%
+%
+%
+%Contents Pascal
+% \beginpascal
+% \lofif
+% \endpascal
+% \processw
+%Typesetting : := ;semicol . ^
+% \becomes
+% :
+% ;
+% .
+% ^
+%Reserved words
+%Handling of >= <= <> > <
+% \lt
+% \gt
+% >
+% <
+%Handling of + - *
+% -
+% \plus
+% \minus
+% \times
+% +
+% *
+% -
+%Last part of processing
+% \fifow#
+% \processl
+%Keeping track of comments, and
+%using comment fonts
+% {, }
+% [, ]
+% \commentstatus
+% \pascalcommentfont
+% \prepascal
+%
+%Use of the above file via
+%\input pascal.tex
+%\beginpascal
+%(*Print length of third side of
+% triangle given two sides and
+% enclosed angle*)
+%program EX4A(input, output);
+%var a, b, c angle : real;
+%begin read(a, b, angle);
+% c:=sqrt(sqr(a)+sqr(b)-
+% 2*a*b*cos(angle));
+% writeln(`The third side is', c)
+%end.
+%\endpascal
+%\beginpascal
+%(*heap creation*)
+%l := n div 2 + 1;
+%while l <> 1 do
+%begin l := l-1; sift(a, l, n) end;
+%(*sorting*)
+%r := n;
+%while r <> 1 do
+%begin swap(a[1], a[r]);
+% r := r-1; sift(a, 1, r)
+%end;
+%(*sift arg1 through arg2*)
+%j:= arg1;
+%while 2j >= arg2 and
+% (a[j] < a[2j] or a[j] < a[2j+1])
+%do begin mi := 2j + if a[2j] > a[2j+1]
+% then 0
+% else 1;
+% exchange(a[j], a[mi]); j := mi
+%end.
+%\endpascal
+%\bye
+%Together with blue.tex and tools.dat
+%replace
+%\input pascal.tex
+%by
+%\input blue.tex
+%End pascal.tex
+%
+%
+%History of changes
+%Jan 95 Designed
+%end%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%pascal%!cgl;newcol
+%
+%
+%
+\tool\efg
+phoney tool, for test purpose
+\endinput%end \efg \ No newline at end of file